BHAGAVADGITA
Chapter I
1.1 Sri Sankaracharya did not
comment on this sloka. The commentary starts from 2.10.
1.2 Sri Sankaracharya did not
comment on this sloka. The commentary starts from 2.10.
1.3 Sri Sankaracharya did not
comment on this sloka. The commentary starts from 2.10.
1.4 Sri Sankaracharya did not
comment on this sloka. The commentary starts from 2.10.
1.5 Sri Sankaracharya did not
comment on this sloka. The commentary starts from 2.10.
1.6 Sri Sankaracharya did not
comment on this sloka. The commentary starts from 2.10.
1.7 Sri Sankaracharya did not
comment on this sloka. The commentary starts from 2.10.
1.8 Sri Sankaracharya did not
comment on this sloka. The commentary starts from 2.10.
1.9 Sri Sankaracharya did not
comment on this sloka. The commentary starts from 2.10.
1.10 Sri Sankaracharya did not
comment on this sloka. The
commentary starts from 2.10.
1.11 Sri Sankaracharya did not
comment on this sloka. The
commentary starts from 2.10.
1.12 Sri Sankaracharya did not
comment on this sloka. The
commentary starts from 2.10.
1.13 Sri Sankaracharya did not
comment on this sloka. The
commentary starts from 2.10.
1.14 Sri Sankaracharya did not
comment on this sloka. The
commentary starts from 2.10.
1.15 Sri Sankaracharya did not
comment on this sloka. The
commentary starts from 2.10.
1.16 Sri Sankaracharya did not
comment on this sloka. The
commentary starts from 2.10.
1.17 Sri Sankaracharya did not
comment on this sloka. The
commentary starts from 2.10.
1.18 Sri Sankaracharya did not
comment on this sloka. The
commentary starts from 2.10.
1.19 Sri Sankaracharya did not
comment on this sloka. The
commentary starts from 2.10.
1.20 Sri Sankaracharya did not
comment on this sloka. The
commentary starts from 2.10.
1.21 Sri Sankaracharya did not
comment on this sloka. The
commentary starts from 2.10.
1.22 Sri Sankaracharya did not
comment on this sloka. The
commentary starts from 2.10.
1.23 Sri Sankaracharya did not
comment on this sloka. The
commentary starts from 2.10.
1.24 Sri Sankaracharya did not
comment on this sloka. The
commentary starts from 2.10.
1.25 Sri Sankaracharya did not
comment on this sloka. The
commentary starts from 2.10.
1.26 Sri Sankaracharya did not
comment on this sloka. The
commentary starts from 2.10.
1.27 Sri Sankaracharya did not
comment on this sloka. The
commentary starts from 2.10.
1.28 Sri Sankaracharya did not
comment on this sloka. The
commentary starts from 2.10.
1.29 Sri Sankaracharya did not
comment on this sloka. The
commentary starts from 2.10.
1.30 Sri Sankaracharya did not
comment on this sloka. The
commentary starts from 2.10.
1.31 Sri Sankaracharya did not
comment on this sloka. The
commentary starts from 2.10.
1.32 Sri Sankaracharya did not
comment on this sloka. The
commentary starts from 2.10.
1.33 Sri Sankaracharya did not
comment on this sloka. The
commentary starts from 2.10.
1.34 Sri Sankaracharya did not
comment on this sloka. The
commentary starts from 2.10.
1.35 Sri Sankaracharya did not
comment on this sloka. The
commentary starts from 2.10.
1.36 Sri Sankaracharya did not
comment on this sloka. The
commentary starts from 2.10.
1.37 Sri Sankaracharya did not
comment on this sloka. The
commentary starts from 2.10.
1.38 Sri Sankaracharya did not
comment on this sloka. The
commentary starts from 2.10.
1.39 Sri Sankaracharya did not
comment on this sloka. The
commentary starts from 2.10.
1.40 Sri Sankaracharya did not
comment on this sloka. The
commentary starts from 2.10.
1.41 Sri Sankaracharya did not
comment on this sloka. The
commentary starts from 2.10.
1.42 Sri Sankaracharya did not
comment on this sloka. The
commentary starts from 2.10.
1.43 Sri Sankaracharya did not
comment on this sloka. The
commentary starts from 2.10.
1.44 Sri Sankaracharya did not
comment on this sloka. The
commentary starts from 2.10.
1.45 Sri Sankaracharya did not
comment on this sloka. The
commentary starts from 2.10.
1.46 Sri Sankaracharya did not
comment on this sloka. The
commentary starts from 2.10.
1.47 Sri Sankaracharya did not
comment on this sloka. The
commentary starts from 2.10.
BHAGAVADGITA
English translation of Sri
Sankaracharya's Sanskrit Commentary - Swami
Gambhirananda
Chapter 2
RO
2.1 Sri Sankaracharya did not
comment on this sloka. The commentary
starts from 2.10.
2.2 Sri Sankaracharya did not
comment on this sloka. The commentary
starts from 2.10.
2.3 Sri Sankaracharya did not
comment on this sloka. The commentary
starts from 2.10.
2.4 Sri Sankaracharya did not
comment on this sloka. The commentary
starts from 2.10.
2.5 Sri Sankaracharya did not
comment on this sloka. The commentary
starts from 2.10.
2.6 Sri Sankaracharya did not
comment on this sloka. The commentary
starts from 2.10.
2.7 Sri Sankaracharya did not
comment on this sloka. The commentary
starts from 2.10.
2.8 Sri Sankaracharya did not
comment on this sloka. The commentary
starts from 2.10.
2.9 Sri Sankaracharya did not
comment on this sloka. The commentary
starts from 2.10.
error
2.11 Bhisma, Drona and others are
not to be grieved for, because they
are of noble character and are
eternal in their real nature. With regard to
them, asocyan, who are not to be
grieved for; tvam, you; anvasocah,
grieve, (thinking) 'They die
because of me; without them what shall I do
with dominion and enjoyment?'; ca,
and; bhasase, you speak;
prajnavadan, words of wisdom, words
used by men of wisdom, of
intelligence. The idea is, 'Like
one mad, you show in yourself this
foolishness and learning which are
contradictory.' Because, panditah,
the learned, the knowers of the
Self -- panda means wisdon about the
Self; those indeed who have this
are panditah, one the authority of the
Upanisadic text, '...the knowers of
Brahman, having known all about
scholarship,...' (Br. 3.5.1)
['Therefore the knowers of Brahman, having
known all about scholorship, should
try to live upon that strength which
comes of Knowledge; having known
all about this strength as well as
scholorship, he becomes meditative;
having known all about both
meditativeness and its opposite, he
becomes a knower of Brahman.'] --
; na anusocanti, do not grieve for;
gatasun, the departed, whose life has
become extinct; agatasun ca, and
for those who have not departed,
whose life has not left, the
living. The ideas is, 'Your are sorrowing for
those who are eternal in the real
sense, and who are not to be grieved
for. Hence your are a fool!.'
2.12 Why are they not to be grieved
for? Because they are eternal.
How? Na tu eva, but certainly it is
not (a fact); that jatu, at any time;
aham, I ; na asam, did not exist;
on the contrary, I did exist. The idea is
that when the bodies were born or
died in the past, I existed eternally.
[Here Ast. adds ghatadisu viyadiva,
like Space in pot etc.-Tr.] Similarly,
na tvam, nor is it that you did not
exist; but you surely existed. Ca, and
so also; na ime, nor is it that
these ; jana-adhipah, rulers of men, did not
exist. On the other hand, they did
exist. And similarly, na eva, it is surely
not that; vayam, we; sarve, all; na
bhavisyamah, shall cease to exist;
atah param, after this, even after
the destruction of this body. On the
contrary, we shall exist. The
meaning is that even in all the three times
(past, present and future) we are
eternal in our nature as the Self. The
plural number (in we) is used
following the diversity of the bodies, but not
in the sense of the multiplicity of
the Self.
2.13 As to that, to show how the
Self is eternal, the Lord cites an
illustration by saying,'...of the
embodied,' etc. Yatha, as are, the manner
in which; kaumaram, boyhood;
yauvanam, youth, middle age; and jara,
decrepitude, advance of age;
dehinah, to an embodied being, to one
who possesses a body (deha), to the
Self possessing a body; asmin, in
this, present; dehe, body --. These
three states are mutually distinct. On
these, when the first state gets
destroyed the Self does not get
destroyed; when the second state
comes into being It is not born. What
then? It is seen that the Self,
which verily remains unchanged, acquires
the second and third states. Tatha,
similar, indeed; is Its, the unchanging
Self's dehantarapraptih,
acquisition of another body, a body different
from the present one. This is the
meaning. Tatra, this being so; dhirah,
an intelligent person; na, does
not; muhyati, get deluded.
2.14 'In the case of a man who
knows that the Self is eternal, although
there is no possibility of delusion
concerning the destruction of the Self,
still delusion, as of ordinary
people, caused by the experience of cold,
heat, happiness and sorrow is
noticed in him. Delusion arises from being
deprived of happiness, and sorrow
arises from contact with pain etc.'
apprehending this kind of a talk
from Arjuna, the Lord said, 'But the
contacts of the organs,' etc.
Matra-sparsah, the contacts of the organs
with objects; are
sita-usna-sukha-duhkha-dah, producers of cold, heat,
happiness and sorrow. Matrah means
those by which are marked off
(measured up) sounds etc., i.e. the
organs of hearing etc. The sparsah,
contacts, of the organs with sound
etc. are matra-sparsah. Or, sparsah
means those which are contacted,
i.e. objects, viz sound etc. Matrasparsah,
the organs and objects, are the
producers of cold, heat,
happiness and sorrow. Cold
sometimes produces pleasure, and
sometimes pain. Similarly the
nature of heat, too, is unpredictable. On
the other hand, happiness and
sorrow have definite natures since they
do not change. Hence they are
mentioned separately from cold and
heat. Since they, the organs, the
contacts, etc., agamapayinah, have a
beginning and an end, are by nature
subject to origination and
destruction; therefore, they are
anityah, transient. Hence, titiksasva,
bear; tan, them -- cold, heart,
etc., i.e. do not be happy or sorry with
regard to them.
2.15 What will happen to one who
bears cold and heat? Listen: Verily,
the person...,'etc. (O Arjuna) hi,
verily; yam purusam, the person whom;
ete, these, cold and heat mentioned
above; na, do not; vyathayanti,
torment, do not perturb; dhiram,
the wise man; sama-duhkha-sukham,
to whom sorrow and happiness are
the same, who is free from
happiness and sorrow when subjected
to pleasure and pain, because of
his realization of the enternal
Self; sah, he, who is established in the
realization of the enternal Self,
who forbears the opposites; kalpate,
becomes fit; amrtattvaya, for
Immortality, for the state of Immortality, i.e.
for Liberation.
2.16 Since 'the unreal has no
being,' etc., for this reason also it is
proper to bear cold, heat, etc.
without becoming sorrowful or deluded.
Asatah, of the unreal, of cold,
heat, etc. together with their causes; na
vidyate, there is no; bhavah,
being, existence, reality; because heat,
cold, etc. together with their
causes are not substantially real when
tested by means of proof. For they
are changeful, and whatever is
changeful is inconstant. As
configurations like pot etc. are unreal since
they are not perceived to be
different from earth when tested by the
eyes, so also are all changeful
things unreal because they are not
perceived to be different from
their (material) causes, and also because
they are not perceived before
(their) origination and after destruction.
Objection: If it be that [Here Ast.
has the additional words 'karyasya
ghatadeh, the effect, viz pot etc.
(and)'.-Tr.] such (material) causes as
earth etc. as also their causes are
unreal since they are not perceived
differently from their causes, in
that case, may it not be urged that owing
to the nonexistence of those
(causes) there will arise the contingency of
everything becoming unreal [An
entity cannot be said to be unreal merely
because it is non-different from
its cause. Were it to be asserted as
being unreal, then the cause also
should be unreal, because there is no
entity which is not subject to the
law of cuase and effect.]? Vedantin:
No, for in all cases there is the
experience of two awarenesses, viz the
awareness of reality, and the
awareness of unreality. [In all cases of
perception two awarenesses are
involved: one is invariable, and the
other is variable. Since the
variable is imagined on the invariable,
therefore it is proved that there
is something which is the substratum of
all imagination, and which is
neither a cause nor an effect.] That in
relation to which the awareness
does not change is real; that in relation
to which it changes is unreal.
Thus, since the distinction between the
real and the unreal is dependent on
awareness, therefore in all cases (of
empirical experiences) everyone has
two kinds of awarenesses with
regard to the same substratum: (As
for instance, the experiences) 'The
pot is real', 'The cloth is real',
'The elephant is real' -- (which
experiences) are not like (that of)
'A blue lotus'. [In the empirical
experience, 'A blue lotus', there
are two awarenesses concerned with
two entities, viz the substance
(lotus) and the quality (blueness). In the
case of the experience, 'The pot is
real', etc. the awarenesses are not
concerned with substratum and
qualities, but the awareness of pot,of
cloth, etc. are superimposed on the
awareness of 'reality', like that of
'water' in a mirage.] This is how
it happens everywhere. [The
coexistence of 'reality' and 'pot'
etc. are valid only empirically --
according to the non-dualists;
whereas the coexistence of 'blueness'
and 'lotus' is real according to
the dualists.] Of these two awareness,
the awareness of pot etc. is
inconstant; and thus has it been shown
above. But the awareness of reality
is not (inconstant). Therefore the
object of the awareness of pot etc.
is unreal because of inconstancy; but
not so the object of the awareness
of reality, because of its constancy.
Objection: If it be argued that,
since the awareness of pot also changes
when the pot is destroyed,
therefore the awareness of the pot's reality is
also changeful? Vedantin: No,
because in cloth etc. the awareness of
reality is seen to persist. That
awareness relates to the odjective (and not
to the noun 'pot'). For this reason
also it is not destroyed. [This last
sentence has been cited in the f.n.
of A.A.-Tr.] Objection: If it be argued
that like the awareness of reality,
the awareness of a pot also persists in
other pots? Vedantin: No, because
that (awareness of pot) is not
present in (the awareness of) a
cloth etc. Objection: May it not be that
even the awareness of reality is
not present in relation to a pot that has
been destroyed? Vedantin: No,
because the noun is absent (there).
Since the awareness of reality
corresponds to the adjective (i.e. it is used
adjectivelly), therefore, when the
noun is missing there is no possibility of
its (that awareness) being an
adjective. So, to what should it relate? But,
again, the awareness of reality
(does not cease) with the absence of an
object.. [Even when a pot is absent
and the awareness of reality does
not arise with regare to it, the
awareness of reality persists in the region
where the pot had existed. Some
read nanu in place of na tu ('But,
again'). In that case, the first
portion (No,...since...adjective. So,...relate?)
is a statement of the Vedantin, and
the Objection starts from nanu punah
sadbuddheh, etc. so, the next
Objection will run thus: 'May it not be said
that, when nouns like pot etc. are
absent, the awareness of existence
has no noun to qualify, and
therefore it becomes impossible for it (the
awareness of existence) to exist in
the same substratum?'-Tr.]
Objection: May it not be said that,
when nouns like pot etc. are absent,
(the awareness of existence has no
noun to qualify and therefore) it
becomes impossible for it to exist
in the same substratum? [The
relationship of an adjective and a
noun is seen between two real entities.
Therefore, if the relationship
between 'pot' and 'reality' be the same as
between a noun and an adjective,
then both of them will be real entities.
So, the coexistence of reality with
a non-pot does not stand to reason.]
Vedantin: No, because in such
experiences as, 'This water exists',
(which arises on seeing a mirage
etc.) it is observed that there is a
coexistence of two objects though
one of them is non-existent.
Therefore, asatah, of the unreal,
viz body etc. and the dualities (heat,
cold, etc.), together with their
causes; na vidyate, there is no; bhavah,
being. And similarly, satah, of the
real, of the Self; na vidyate, there is no;
abhavah, nonexistence, because It
is constant everywhere. This is what
we have said. Tu, but; antah, the
nature, the conclusion (regarding the
nature of the real and the unreal)
that the Real is verily real, and the
unreal is verily unreal; ubhayoh
api, of both these indeed, of the Self and
the non-Self, of the Real and the
unreal, as explained above; drstah, has
been realized thus;
tattva-darsibhih, by the seers of Truth. Tat is a
pronoun (Sarvanama, lit. name of
all) which can be used with regard to
all. And all is Brahman. And Its
name is tat. The abstraction of tat is
tattva, the true nature of Brahman.
Those who are apt to realize this are
tattva-darsinah, seers of Truth.
Therefore, you too, by adopting the
vision of the men of realization
and giving up sorrow and delusion,
forbear the dualities, heat, cold,
etc. -- some of which are definite in their
nature, and others inconstant --,
mentally being convinced that this
(phenomenal world) is changeful,
verily unreal and appears falsely like
water in a mirage. This is the
idea. What, again, is that reality which
remains verily as the Real and
surely for ever? This is being answered in,
'But know That', etc.
2.17 Tu, but -- this word is used
for distinguishing (reality) from
unreality; tat viddhi, know That;
to be avinasi, indestructible, by nature
not subject to destruction; what?
(that) yena, by which, by which
Brahman called Reality; sarvam,
all; idam, this, the Universe together
with space; is tatam, pervaded, as
pot etc. are pervaded by space. Na
kascit, none; arhati, can; kartum,
bring about; vinasam, the destruction,
disappearance, nonexistence; asya,
of this avyayasya, of the Immutable,
that which does not undergo growth
and depletion. By Its very nature
this Brahman called Reality does
not suffer mutation, because, unlike
bodies etc., It has no limbs; nor
(does It suffer mutation) by (loss of
something) belonging to It, because
It has nothing that is Its own.
Brahman surely does not suffer loss
like Devadatta suffering from loss of
wealth. Therefore no one can bring
about the destruction of this
immutable Brahman. No one, not even
God Himself, can destroy his
own Self, because the Self is
Brahman. Besides, action with regard to
one's Self is self-contradictory.
Which, again, is that 'unreal' that is said
to change its own nature? This is
being answered:
2.18 Ime, these; antavantah,
destructible; dehah, bodies -- as the idea
of reality which continues with
regard to water in a mirage, etc. gets
eliminated when examined with the
means of knowledge, and that is its
end, so are these bodies and they
have an end like bodies etc. in dream
and magic --; uktah, are said, by
discriminating people; to belong
nityasya, to the everlasting;
anasinah, the indestructible; aprameyasya,
the indeterminable; sarirnah,
embodied One, the Self. This is the
meaning. The two words
'everlasting' and 'indestructible' are not
repetitive, because in common usage
everlastingness and destructibility
are of two kinds. As for instance,
a body which is reduced to ashes and
has disappeared is said to have
been destoryed. (And) even while
existing, when it becomes
transfigured by being afflicted with diseases
etc. it is said to be 'destroyed'.
[Here the A.A. adds 'tatha dhana-naseapyevam,
similar is the case even with
regard to loss of wealth.'-Tr.] That
being so, by the two words
'everlasting' and 'indestructible' it is meant
that It is not subject to both
kinds of distruction. Otherwise, the
everlastingness of the Self would
be like that of the earth etc. Therefore,
in order that this contingency may
not arise, it is said, 'Of the everlasting,
indestructible'. Aprameyasya, of
the indeterminable, means 'of that
which cannot be determined by such
means of knowledge as direct
perception etc.' Objection: Is it
not that the Self is determined by the
scriptures, and before that through
direct perception etc.? Vedantin:
No, because the Self is
self-evident. For, (only) when the Self stands
predetermined as the knower, there
is a search for a means of
knolwedge by the knower. Indeed, it
is not that without first determining
oneself as, 'I am such', one takes
up the task of determining an object of
knowledge. For what is called the
'self' does not remain unknown to
anyone. But the scripture is the
final authority [when the Vedic text
establishes Brahman as the
innermost Self, all the distinctions such as
knower, known and the means of
knowledge become sublated. Thus it
is reasonable that the Vedic text
should be the final authority. Besides,
its authority is derived from its
being faultless in as much as it has not
originated from any human being.]:
By way of merely negating
superimposition of qualities that
do not belong to the Self, it attains
authoritativeness with regard to
the Self, but not by virtue of making
some unknown thing known. There is
an Upanisadic text in support of
this: '...the Brahman that is
immediate and direct, the Self that is within
all' (Br. 3.4.1). Since the Self is
thus eternal and unchanging, tasmat,
therefore; yudhyasva, you join the
battle, i.e. do not desist from the war.
Here there is no injunction to take
up war as a duty, because be (Arjuna),
though he was determined for war,
remains silent as a result of being
overpowered by sorrow and delusion.
Therefore, all that is being done
by the Lord is the removal of the
obstruction to his duty. 'Therefore, join
the battle' is only an approval,
not an injunction. The scripture Gita is
intended for eradicating sorrow,
delusion, etc. which are the cases of the
cycle of births and deaths; it is
not intended to enjoin action. As
evidences of this idea the Lord
cites two Vedic verses: [Ka. 1.2.19-20.
There are slight verbal
differences.-Tr.]
2.19 But the ideas that you have,
'Bhisma and others are neing killed by
me in war; I am surely their
killer' -- this idea of yours is false. How? Yah,
he who; vetti, thinks; of enam,
this One, the embodied One under
consideration; as hantaram, the
killer, the agent of the act of killing; ca,
and; yah, he who, the other who;
manyate, thinks; of enam, this One; as
hatam, the killed -- (who thinks)
'When the body is killed, I am myself
killed; I become the object of the
act of killing'; ubhau tau, both of them;
owing to non-discrimination, na, do
not; vijanitah, know the Self which is
the subject of the consciousness of
'I'. The meaning is: On the killing of
the body, he who thinks of the Self
(-- the content of the consciousness
of 'I' --) [The Ast. omits this
phrase from the precedig sentence and
includes it in this place. The A.A.
has this phrase in both the places.-Tr.]
as 'I am the killer', and he who
thinks, 'I have been killed', both of them
are ignorant of the nature of the
Self. For, ayam, this Self; owing to Its
changelessness, na hanti, does not
kill, does not become the agent of
the act of killing; na hanyate, nor
is It killed, i.e. It does not become the
object (of the act of killing). The
second verse is to show how the Self is
changeless:
2.20 Na kadacit, neverl; is ayam,
this One; jayate, born i.e. the Self has
no change in the form of being born
-- to which matter is subject --; va,
and (-- va is used in the sense of
and); na mriyate, It never dies. By this
is denied the final change in the
form of destruction. The word (na)
kadacit), never, is connected with
the denial of all kinds of changes thus
-- never, is It born never does It
die, and so on. Since ayam, this Self;
bhutva, having come to exist,
having experienced the process of
origination; na, will not; bhuyah,
again; abhavita, cease to be thereafter,
therefore It does not die. For, in
common parlance, that which ceases to
exist after coming into being is
said to die. From the use of the word va,
nor, and na, it is understood that,
unlike the body, this Self does not
again come into existence after
having been non-existent. Therefore It is
not born. For, the words, 'It is
born', are used with regard to something
which comes into existence after
having been non-existent. The Self is
not like this. Therfore It is not
born. Since this is so, therefore It is ajah,
birthless; and since It does not
die, therefore It is nityah, eternal.
Although all changes become negated
by the denial of the first and the
last kinds of changes, still
changes occuring in the middle [For the six
kinds of changes see note under
verse 2.10.-Tr.] should be denied with
their own respective terms by which
they are implied. Therefore the text
says sasvatah, undecaying,. so that
all the changes, viz youth etc.,
which have not been mentioned may
become negated. The change in
the form of decay is denied by the
word sasvata, that which lasts for
ever. In Its own nature It does not
decay because It is free from parts.
And again, since it is without
qualities, there is no degeneration owing to
the decay of any quality. Change in
the form of growth, which is
opposed to decay, is also denied by
the word puranah, ancient. A thing
that grows by the addition of some
parts is said to increase and is also
said to be new. But this Self was
fresh even in the past due to Its
partlessness. Thus It is puranah,
i.e. It does not grow. So also, na
hanyate, It is puranah, i.e. It
does not grow. So also, na hanyate, It is not
killed, It does not get
transformed; even when sarire, the body;
hanyamane, is killed, transformed.
The verb 'to kill' has to be understood
here in the sense of
transformation, so that a tautology [This verse has
already mentioned 'death' in the
first line. If the verb han, to kill, is also
taken in the sense of killing, then
a tautology is unavoidable.-Tr.] may be
avoided. In this mantra the six
kinds of transformations, the material
changes seen in the world, are
denied in the Self. The meaning of the
sentence is that the Self is devoid
of all kinds of changes. Since this is
so, therefore 'both of them do not
know' -- this is how the present
mantra is connected to the earlier
mantra.
error
2.22 Yatha, as in the world;
vihaya, after rejecting jirnani, wornout;
vasamsi, clothes; narah, a man
grhnati, takes up; aparani, other; navani,
new ones; tatha, likewise, in that
very manner; vihaya, after rejecting;
jirnani, wornout; sarirani, bodies;
dehi, the embodied one, the Self which
is surely unchanging like the man
(in the example); samyati, unites with;
anyani, other; navani, new ones.
This is meaning.
2.23 Why does It verily remain
unchanged? This is being answered in,
'Weapons do not cut It,' etc.
Sastrani, weapons; na, do not; chindanti,
cut; enam, It, the embodied one
under discussion. It being partless,
weapons like sword etc. do not cut
off Its limbs. So also, even pavakah,
fire; na dahati enam, does not
burn, does not reduce It to ashes. Ca,
and similarly; apah, water; na enam
kledayanti, does not moisten It. For
water has the power of
disintegrating a substance that has parts, by the
process of moistening it. That is
not possible in the case of the partless
Self. Similarly, air destroys an
oil substance by drying up the oil. Even
marutah, air; na sosayati, does not
dry; (enam, It,) one's own Self. [Ast.
reads 'enam tu atmanam, but this
Self', in place of enam svatmanam.-
Tr.]
error
2.25 Moreover, ucyate, it is said
that; ayam, This, the Self; is avyaktah,
unmanifest, since, being beyond the
ken of all the organs, It cannot be
objectified. For this very reason,
ayam, This; is acintyah, inconceivable.
For anything that comes within the
purview of the organs becomes the
object of thought. But this Self is
inconceivable becuase It is not an
object of the organs. Hence,
indeed, It is avikaryah, unchangeable. This
Self does not change as milk does
when mixed with curd, a curdling
medium, etc. And It is chnageless
owing to partlessness, for it is not
seen that any non-composite thing
is changeful. Not being subject to
transformation, It is said to be
changeless. Tasmat, therefore; vidivata,
having known; enam, this one, the
Self; evam, thus, as described; na
arhasi, you ought not; anusocitum,
to grieve, thinking, 'I am the slayer of
these; these are killed by me.'
2.26 This (verse), 'On the other
hand,' etc., is uttered assuming that the
Self is transient. Atha ca, on the
other hand, if (-- conveys the sense of
assumption --); following ordinary
experience, manyase, you think;
enam, this One, the Self under
discussion; is nityajatam, born
continually, becomes born with the
birth of each of the numerous
bodies; va, or; nityam, constantly;
mrtam, dies, along with the death of
each of these (bodies); tatha api,
even then, even if the Self be of that
nature; tvam, you; maha-baho, O
mighty-armed one; na arhasi, ought
not; socitum, to grieve; evam,
thus, since that which is subject to birth
will die, and that which is subject
to death will be born; these two are
inevitable.
2.27 This being so, 'death of
anyone born', etc. Hi, for; mrtyuh, death;
jatasya, of anyone born; dhruvah,
is certain; is without exception; ca,
and mrtasya, of the dead; janmah,
(re-) birth; is dhruvam, a certainly.
Tasmat, therefore, this fact, viz
birth and death, is inevitable. With regard
to that (fact), apariharye, over an
enevitable; arthe, fact; tvam, you; na
arhasi, ought not; socitum, to
grieve.
2.28 It is not reasonable to grieve
even for beings which are constituted
by bodies and organs, since 'all
beings remain unmanifest' etc. (Bharata,
O descendant of Bharata;) bhutani,
all beings, avyaktaduni, remain
unmainfest in the beginning. Those
beings, viz sons, friends, and others,
constituted by bodies and organs,
[Another reading is karya-karanasanghata,
aggregates formed by material
elements acting as causes and
effects.-Tr.] who before their
origination have unmanifestedness
(avyakta), invisibility,
nonperception, as their beginning (adi) are
avyaktaadini. Ca, and; after
origination, before death, they become
vyakta-madhyani, manifest in the
middle. Again, they eva, certainly;
become avyakta-nidhanani,
unmanifest after death. Those which have
unmanifestness (avyakta),
invisibility, as their death (nidhana) are
avyakta-nidhanani. The idea is that
even after death they verily attain
unmanifestedness. Accordingly has
it been said: 'They emerged from
invisibility, and have gone back to
invisibility. They are not yours, nor are
you theirs. What is this fruitless
lamentation!' (Mbh. St.
2.13). Ka, what;
paridevana, lamentation, or what
prattle, can there be; tatra, with regard
to them, i.e. with regard to beings
which are objects of delusion, which
are invisible, (become) visible,
(and then) get destroyed!
2.29 'This Self under discussion is
inscrutable. Why should I blame you
alone regarding a thing that is a
source of delusion to all!' How is this
Self inscrutable? [It may be argued
that the Self is the object of egoism.
The answer is: Although the
individualized Self is the object of egoism,
the absolute Self is not.] This is
being answered in, 'Someone visualizes
It as a wonder,' etc. Kascit,
someone; pasyati, visualizes; enam, It, the
Self; ascaryavat, as a wonder, as
though It were a wonder -- a wonder is
something not seen before,
something strange, something seen all on a
sudden; what is comparable to that
is ascarya-vat; ca, and; tatha,
similarly; eva, indeed; kascit,
someone; anyah, else; vadati, talks of It as
a wonder. And someone else srnoti,
hears of It as a wonder. And
someone, indeed, na, does not;
veda, realize It; api, even; srutva, after
hearing, seeing and speaking about
It. Or, (the meaning is) he who sees
the Self is like a wonder. He who
speaks of It and the who hears of It is
indeed rare among many thousands.
Therefore, the idea is that the Self
is difficult to understand. Now, in
the course of concluding the topic
under discussion, [viz the
needlessness of sorrow and delusion,from the
point of view of the nature of
things.] He says, 'O descendant of Bharata,
this embodied Self', etc.
2.30 Because of being partless and
eternal, ayam, this dehi, embodied
Self; nityam avadhyah, can never be
killed, under any condition. That
being so, although existing
sarvasya dehe, in all bodies, in trees etc., this
One cannot be killed on account of
Its being allpervasive. Since the
indewelling One cannot be killed
although the body of everyone of the
living beings be killed, tasmat,
therefore; tvam, you; na arhasi, ought not;
socitum, to grieve; for sarvani
bhutani, all (these) beings, for Bhisma and
others. Here [i.e. in the earlier
verse.] it has been said that, from the
standpoint of the supreme Reality,
there is no occasion for sorrow or
delusion. (This is so) not merely
from the standpoint of the supreme
Reality, but --
2.31 Api, even; aveksya,
considering; svadharmam, your own duty, the
duty of a Ksatriya, viz battle --
considering even that -- ; na arhasi, you
ought not; vikampitum, to waver, to
deviate from the natural duty of the
Ksatriya, i.e. from what is natural
to yourself. And hi, since that battle is
not devoid of righteousness, (but)
is supremely righteous -- it being
conducive to virtue and meant for
protection of subjects through
conquest of the earth --;
therefore, na vidyate, there is nothing; anyat,
else; sreyah, better; ksatriyasya,
for a ksatriya; than that dharmyat,
righteous; yuddhat, battle.
2.32 Why, again, does that battle
become a duty? This is being
answered (as follows) [A specific
rule is more authoritative than a general
rule. Non-violence is a general
rule enjoined by the scriptures, but the
duty of fighting is a specific rule
for a Ksatriya.]: Partha, O son of Partha;
are not those Ksatiryas sukhinah,
happy [Happy in this world as also in
the other.] who labhante, come
across; a yuddham, battle; idrsam, of
this kind; upapannam, which
presents itself; yadrcchaya, unsought for;
and which is an apavrtam, open;
svarga-dvaram, gate to heaven? [Rites
and duties like sacrifices etc.
yield their results after the lapse of some
time. But the Ksatriyas go to
heaven immediatley after dying in battle,
because, unlike the minds of
others, their minds remaind fully engaged in
their immediate duty.]
2.33 Atha, on the other hand; cet,
if; tvam, you; na karisyasi, will not
fight; even imam, this; dharmyam,
righteous; samgramam, battle, which
has presented itself as a duty,
which is not opposed to righteousness,
and which is enjoined (by the
scriptures); tatah, then, because of not
undertaking that; hitva, forsaking;
sva-dharmam, your own duty; ca, and;
kritim, fame, earned from
encountering Mahadeva (Lord Siva) and
others; avapsyasi, you will incur;
only papam, sin.
2.34 Not only will there be the
giving up of your duty and fame, but
bhutani, people; ca api, also;
kathayisyanti, will speak; te, of your;
avyayam, unending, perpetual;
akrtim, infamy. Ca, and; sambhavitasya,
to an honoured person, to a person
honoured with such epithets as
'virtuous', 'heroic', etc.;
akirtih, infamy; atiricyate, is worse than;
maranat, death. The meaning is
that, to an honoured person death is
perferable to infamy.
2.35 Moreover, maharathah, the
great chariot-riders, Duryodhana and
others; mamsyante, will think;
tvam, of you; as uparatam, having
desisted; ranat, from the fight;
not out of compassion, but bhayat, out of
fear of Karna and others; ca, and ;
yasyasi laghavam, you will again fall
into disgrace before them, before
Duryodhana and others; yesam, to
whom; tvam, you; bahumato bhutva,
had been estimable as endowed
with many qualities.
2.36 Ca, and besieds; tava, your;
ahitah, enemies; vadisyanti, will
speak; bahun, many, various kinds
of; avacya-vadan, indecent words,
unutterable words; nindantah, while
denigrating, scorning; tava, your;
samarthyam, might earned from
battles against Nivatakavaca and
others. Therefore, kim nu, what can
be; duhkhataram, more painful;
tatah, than that, than the sorrow
arising from being scorned? That is to
say, there is no greater pain than
it.
2.37 Again, by undertaking the
fight with Karna and others, va, either;
hatah, by being killed; prapsyasi,
you will attain; svargam, heaven; or
jitva, by winning over Karna and
other heroes; bhoksyase, you will enjoy;
mahim, the earth. The purport is
that in either case you surely stand to
gain. Since this is so, Kaunteya, O
son of Kunti; tasmat, therefore;
uttistha, rise up; krta-niscayah,
with determination; yuddhaya, for
fighting, i.e. with the
determination, 'I shall either defeat the enemies or
shall die.'
2.38 As regards that, listen to
this advice for you then you are engaged
in battle considering it to be your
duty: Krtva, treating; sukha-duhkhe,
happiness and sorrow; same, with
equanimity, i.e. without having likes
and dislikes; so also treating
labha-alabhau, gain and loss; jaya-ajayau,
conquest and defeat, as the same;
tatah, then; yuddhaya yujyasva,
engage in battle. Evam, thus by
undertaking the fight; na avapsyasi, you
will not incur; papam, sin. This
advice is incidental. [The context here is
that of the philosophy of the
supreme Reality. If fighting is enjoined in
that context, it will amount to
accepting combination of Knowledge and
actions. To avoid this contingency
the Commentator says, 'incidental'.
That is to say, although the
context is of the supreme Reality, the advice
to fight is incidental. It is not
an injunction to combine Knowledge with
actions, since fighting is here the
natural duty of Arjuna as a Ksatriya.].
The generally accepted argument for
the removal of sorrow and delusion
has been stated in the verses
beginning with, 'Even considering your
own duty' (31), etc., but this has
not been presented by accepting that
as the real intention (of the
Lord). The real context here (in 2.12 etc.),
however, is of the realization of
the supreme Reality. Now, in order to
show the distinction between the
(two) topics dealt with in this scripture,
the Lord concludes that topic which
has been presented above (in 2.20
etc.), by saying, 'This (wisdom)
has been imparted,' etc. For, if the
distinction between the topics of
the scripute be shown here, then the
instruction relating to the two
kinds of adherences -- as stated later on
in, 'through the Yoga of Knowledge
for the men of realization; through
the Yoga of Action for the yogis'
(3.3) -- will proceed again smoothly,
and the hearer also will easily
comprehend it by keeping in view the
distinction between the topics.
Hence the Lord says:
2.39 Partha, O son of Prtha
(Arjuna); esa, this; buddhih, wisdom, the
Knowledge which directly removes
the defect (viz ignorance) that is
responsible for sorrow, delusion,
etc. [Mundane existence consists of
attraction and repulsion, agentship
and enjoyership, etc. These are the
defects, and they arise from
ignorance about one's Self. Enlightenment
is the independent and sole cause
that removes this ignorance.]
constituting mundane existence;
abhihita, has been imparted; te, to you;
sankhye, from the standpoint of
Self-realization, with regard to the
discriminating knowledge of the
supreme Reality. Tu, but; srnu, listen;
imam, to this wisdom which will be
imparted presently; yoge, from the
spandpoint of Yoga, from the
standpoint of the means of attaining it
(Knowledge) -- i.e., in the context
of Karma-yoga, the performance of
rites and duties with detachment
after destroying the pairs of opposites,
for the sake of adoring God, as
also in the context of the practice of
spiritual absorption. As as
inducement, He (the Lord) praises that
wisdom: Yuktah, endowed; yaya, with
which; buddhya, wisdom
concerning Yoga; O Partha,
prahasyasi, you will get rid of; karmabandham,
the bondage of action -- action is
itself the bondage
described as righteousness and
unrighteousness; you will get rid of that
bondage by the attainment of
Knowledge through God's grace. This is
the idea.
2.40 Moreover, iha, here, in the
path to Liberation, viz the Yoga of
Action (rites and duties); na,
there is no; abhikrama-nasah, waste of an
attempt, of a beginning, unlike as
in agriculture etc. The meaning is that
the result of any attempt in the
case of Yoga is not uncertain. Besides,
unlike as in medical care, na
vidyate, nor is there, nor does there arises;
any pratyavayah, harm. But, svalpam
api, even a little; asya, of this;
dharmasya, righteousness in the
form of Yoga (of Action); when
pracised, trayate, saves (one);
mahato bhayat, from great fear, of
mundance existence characterized by
death, birth, etc.
2.41 Kuru-nandana, O scion of the
Kuru dynasty; iha, is this path to
Liberation; there is only eka, a
single; vyavasayatmika, one-pointed;
buddhih, conviction, which has been
spoken of in the Yoga of
Knowledge and which has the
characteristics going to be spoken of in
(Karma-) yoga. It is resolute by
nature and annuls the numerous
branches of the other opposite
thoughts, since it originates from the
right source of knowledge. [The
right source of knowledge, viz the Vedic
texts, which are above criticism.]
Those again, which are the other
buddhayah, thoughts; they are
bahu-sakhah, possessed of numerous
branches, i.e. possessed of
numerous variations. Owing to the influence
of their many branches the worldly
state becomes endless, limitless,
unceasing, ever-growing and
extensive. [Endless, because it does not
cease till the rixe of full
enlightenment; limitless, because the worldly
state, which is an effect, springs
from an unreal source.] But even the
worldly state ceases with the
cessation of the infinite branches of
thoughts, under the influence of
discriminating wisdom arising from the
valid source of knowledge. (And
those thoughts are) hi, indeed; anantah,
innumerable under every branch.
Whose thoughts? Avyavasayinam, of
the irresolute ones, i.e. of those
who are devoid of discriminating wisdom
arising from the right source of
knowledg.
2.42 Partha, O son of Prtha; those
devoid of one-pointed conviction,
who pravadanti, utter; imam, this;
yam puspitam vacam, flowery talk,
which is going to be stated, which
is beautiful like a tree in bloom,
pleasant to hear, and appears to be
(meaningful) sentences [Sentences
that can be called really
meaningful are only those that reveal the self.-
Tr.]; -- who are they? they are --
avipascitah, people who are
undiscerning, of poor intellect,
i.e. non-discriminating; veda-vada-ratah,
who remain engrossed in the
utterances of the Vedas, in the Vedic
sentences which reveal many
panegyrics, fruits of action and their
means; and vadinah, who declare,
are apt tosay; iti, that; na anyat,
nothing else [God, Liberation,
etc.]; asti, exists, apart from the rites and
duties conducive to such results as
attainment of heaven etc. And they
are kamatmanah, have their minds
full of desires, i.e. they are swayed by
desires, they are, by nature, full
of desires; (and) svarga-parah, have
heaven as the goal. Those who
accept heaven (svarga) as the supreme
(para) human goal, to whom heaven
is the highest, are svarga-parah.
They utter that speech (-- this is
supplied to construct the sentence --)
which janma-karma-phala-pradam,
promises birth as a result of rites and
duties. The result (phala) of rites
and duties (karma) is karma-phala. Birth
(janma) itself is the karma-phala.
That (speech) which promises this is
janma-karma-phala-prada. (This
speech) is kriya-visesa-bahulam, full of
various special rites;
bhoga-aisvarya-gatim-prati, for the attainment of
enjoyment and affluence. Special
(visesa) rites (kriya) are kriya-visesah.
The speech that is full (bahula) of
these, the speech by which that is full
(bahula) of these, the speech by
which these, viz objects such as
heaven, animals and sons, are
revealed plentifully, is kriya-visesa-bahula.
Bhoga, enjoyment, and aisvarya,
affluence, are bhoga-aisvarya. Their
attainment (gatih) is
bhoga-aisvarya-gatih. (They utter a speech) that is
full of the specialized rites,
prati, meant for that (attainment). The fools
who utter that speech move in the
cycle of transmigration. This is the
idea.
2.43 Partha, O son of Prtha; those
devoid of one-pointed conviction,
who pravadanti, utter; imam, this;
yam puspitam vacam, flowery talk,
which is going to be stated, which
is beautiful like a tree in bloom,
pleasant to hear, and appears to be
(meaningful) sentences [Sentences
that can be called really
meaningful are only those that reveal the self.-
Tr.]; -- who are they? they are --
avipascitah, people who are
undiscerning, of poor intellect,
i.e. non-discriminating; veda-vada-ratah,
who remain engrossed in the
utterances of the Vedas, in the Vedic
sentences which reveal many
panegyrics, fruits of action and their
means; and vadinah, who declare,
are apt tosay; iti, that; na anyat,
nothing else [God, Liberation,
etc.]; asti, exists, apart from the rites and
duties conducive to such results as
attainment of heaven etc. And they
are kamatmanah, have their minds
full of desires, i.e. they are swayed by
desires, they are, by nature, full
of desires; (and) svarga-parah, have
heaven as the goal. Those who
accept heaven (svarga) as the supreme
(para) human goal, to whom heaven
is the highest, are svarga-parah.
They utter that speech (-- this is
supplied to construct the sentence --)
which janma-karma-phala-pradam,
promises birth as a result of rites and
duties. The result (phala) of rites
and duties (karma) is karma-phala. Birth
(janma) itself is the karma-phala.
That (speech) which promises this is
janma-karma-phala-prada. (This
speech) is kriya-visesa-bahulam, full of
various special rites;
bhoga-aisvarya-gatim-prati, for the attainment of
enjoyment and affluence. Special
(visesa) rites (kriya) are kriya-visesah.
The speech that is full (bahula) of
these, the speech by which that is full
(bahula) of these, the speech by
which these, viz objects such as
heaven, animals and sons, are
revealed plentifully, is kriya-visesa-bahula.
Bhoga, enjoyment, and aisvarya,
affluence, are bhoga-aisvarya. Their
attainment (gatih) is
bhoga-aisvarya-gatih. (They utter a speech) that is
full of the specialized rites,
prati, meant for that (attainment). The fools
who utter that speech move in the
cycle of transmigration. This is the
idea.
2.44 And vyavasayatmika,
one-pointed; buddhih, conviction, with
regard to Knowledge or Yoga; na
vidhiyate, does not become
established, i.e. does not arise;
samadhau, in the minds -- the word
samadhi being derived in the sese
of that into which everthing is
gathered together for the enjoyment
of a person --; bhoga-aisvaryaprasaktanam,
of those who delight in enjoyment
and wealth, of those
who have the hankering that only
enjoyment as also wealth is to be
sought for, of those who identify
themselves with these; and apahrtacetasam,
of those whose intellects are
carried away, whose
discriminating judgement becomes
covered; taya, by that speech which
is full of various special rites.
2.45 To those who are thus devoid
of discriminating wisdom, who
indulge in pleasure, [Here Ast.
adds 'yat phalam tad aha, what result
accrues, that the Lord
states:'-Tr.] O Arjuna, vedah, the Vedas;
traigunya-visayah, have the three
qualities as their object, have the three
gunas, [Traigunya means the
collection of the three qualities, viz sattva
(purity), rajas (energy) and tamas
(darkness); i.e. the collection of
virtuous, vicious and mixed
activities, as also their results. In this
derivative sense traigunya means
the worldly life.] i.e. the worldly life, as
the object to be revealed. But you
bhava, become; nistraigunyah, free
from the three qualities, i.e. be
free from desires. [There is a seeming
conflict between the advices to be
free from the three qualities and to be
ever-poised in the quality of
sattva. Hence, the Commentator takes the
phrase nistraigunya to mean
niskama, free from desires.] (Be)
nirdvandvah, free from the pairs of
duality -- by the word dvandva,
duality, are meant the conflicting
pairs [Of heat and cold, etc.] which are
the causes of happiness and sorrow;
you become free from them. [From
heat, cold, etc. That is, forbear
them.] You become nitya-sattvasthah,
ever-poised in the quality of
sattva; (and) so also niryoga-ksemah,
without (desire for) acquisition
and protection. Yoga means acquisition of
what one has not, and ksema means
the protection of what one has. For
one who as 'acquisition and
protection' foremost in his mind, it is difficult
to seek Liberation. Hence, you be
free from acquisition and protection.
And also be atmavan,
self-collected, vigilant. This is the advice given to
you while you are engaged in your
own duty. [And not from the point of
view of seeking Liberation.]
2.46 If there be no need for the
infinite results of all the rites and duties
mentioned in the Vedas, then why
should they be performed as a
dedication to God? Listen to the
answer being given: In the world,
yavan, whatever; arthah, utility,
use, like bathing, drinking, etc.; one has
udapane, in a well, pond and other
numerous limited reservoirs; all that,
indeed, is achieved, i.e. all those
needs are fulfilled to that very extent;
sampluhtodake, when there is a
flood; sarvatah, all arount. In a similar
manner, whatever utility, result of
action, there is sarvesu, in all; the
vedesu, Vedas, i.e. in the rites
and duties mentioned in the Vedas; all
that utility is achieved, i.e. gets
fulfilled; tavan, to that very extent; in that
result of realization which comes
brahmanasya, to a Brahmana, a
sannyasin; vijanatah, who knows the
Reality that is the supreme Goal --
that result being comparable to the
flood all around. For there is the
Upanisadic text, '...so all
virtuous deeds performed by people get
included in this one...who knows
what he (Raikva) knows...' (Ch. 4.1.4).
The Lord also will say, 'all
actions in their totality culminate in
Knowledge' (4.33). [The
Commentators quotation from the Ch. relates to
meditation on the qualified
Brahman. Lest it be concluded that the
present verse relates to knowledge
of the qualified Brahman only, he
quotes again from the Gita toshow
that the conclusion holds good in the
case of knowledge of the absolute
Brahman as well.] Therefore, before
one attains the fitness for
steadfastness in Knowledge, rites and duties,
even though they have (limited)
utility as that of a well, pond, etc., have
to be undertaken by one who is fit
for rites and duties.
2.47 Te, your; adhikarah, right; is
karmani eva, for action alone, not for
steadfastness in Knowledge. Even
there, when you are engaged in
action, you have ma kadacana,
never, i.e. under no condition whatever;
a right phalesu, for the results of
action -- may you not have a hankering
for the results of action. Whenever
you have a hankering for the fruits of
action, you will become the agent
of acquiring the results of action. Ma,
do not; thus bhuh, become;
karma-phalahetuh, the agent of acquiring
the results of action. For when one
engages in action by being impelled
by thirst for the results of
action, then he does become the cause for the
production of the results of
action. Ma, may you not; astu, have; sangah,
an inclination; akarmani, for
inaction, thinking, 'If the results of work be
not desired, what is the need of
work which involves pain?'
2.48 If action is not to be
undertaken by one who is under the impulsion
of the fruits of action, how then
are they to be undertaken? This is being
stated: Yogasthah, by becoming
established in Yoga; O Dhanajaya,
kuru, undertake; karmani, actions,
for the sake of God alone; even there,
tyaktva, casting off; sangam,
attachment, in the form, 'God will be
pleased with me.' ['Undertake work
for pleasing God, but not for
propitiating Him to become
favourable towards yourself.'] Undertake
actions bhutva, remaining; samah,
equipoised; siddhi-asidhyoh, in
success and failure -- even in the
success characterized by the
attainment of Knowledge that arises
from the purification of the mind
when one performs actions without
hankering for the results, and in the
failure that arises from its
opposite. [Ignorance, arising from the impurity
of the mind.] What is that Yoga
with regard to being established in which
it is said, 'undertake'? This
indeed is that: the samatvam, equanimity in
success and failure; ucyate, is
called; yogah, Yoga.
2.49 Then again, O Dhananjaya, as
against action performed with
equanimity of mind for adoring God,
karma, action undertaken by one
longing for the results; is, hi,
indeed; durena, quite, by far; avaram,
inferior, very remote;
buddhi-yogat, from the yoga of wisdom, from
actions undertaken with equanimity
of mind, because it (the former) is
the cause of birth, death, etc.
Since this is so, therefore, saranam
anviccha, take resort to, seek
shelter; buddhau, under wisdom, which
relates to Yoga, or to the
Conviction about Reality that arises from its
(the former's) maturity and which
is the cause of (achieving) fearlessness.
The meaning is that you should
resort to the knowledge of the supreme
Goal, because those who under take
inferior actions, phala-hetavah,
who thirst for rewards, who are
impelled by results; are krpanah, pitiable,
according to the Sruti, 'He, O
Gargi, who departs from this world without
knowing this Immutable, is
pitiable' (Br. 3.8.10). [See note under 2.7.-Tr.]
2.50 Listen to the result that one
possessed of the wisdom of
equanimity attains by performing
one's own duties: Buddhi-yuktah,
possessed of wisdom, possessed of
the wisdom of equanimity; since
one jahati, rejects; iha, here, in
this world; ubhe, both; sukrta-duskrte,
virtue and vice (righteousness and
unrighteousness), through the
purification of the mind and
acquisition of Knowledge; tasmat, therefore;
yujyasva, devote yourself; yogaya,
to (Karma-) yoga, the wisdom of
equanimity. For Yoga is kausalam,
skilfulness; karmasu, in action.
Skilfulness means the attitude of
the skilful, the wisdom of equanimity
with regard to one's success and
failure while engaged in actions
(karma) -- called one's own duties
(sva-dharma) -- with the mind
dedicated to God. That indeed is
skilfulness which, through equanimity,
makes actions that by their very
nature bind give up their nature!
Therefore, be you devoted to the
wisdom of equanimity.
2.51 The words 'phalam tyaktva, by
giving up the fruits' are connected
with the remote word 'karmajam,
produced by actions'. Hi, because;
[Because, when actions are
performed with an attitude of equanimity, it
leads to becoming freed from sin
etc. Therefore, by stages, it becomes
the cause of Liberation as well.]
buddhi-yuktah, those who are devoted
to wisdom, who are imbued with the
wisdom of equanimity; (they)
becoming manisinah, men of
Enlightenment; tyaktva, by giving up;
phalam, the fruit, the acquisition
of desirable and undesriable bodies;
[Desirable: the bodies of gods and
others; undesirable: the bodies of
animals etc.] karmajam, produced by
actions; gacchanti, reach; padam,
the state, the supreme state of
Visnu, called Liberation; anamayam,
beyond evils, i.e. beyond all
evils; by having become janma-bandhavinirmuktah,
freed from the bondage of birth --
birth (janma) itself is a
bondage (bandha); becoming freed
from that --, even while living. Or: --
Since it (buddhi) has been
mentioned as the direct cause of the
elimination of righteousness and
unrighteousness, and so on, therefore
what has been presented (in the
three verses) beginning with, 'O
Dhananjaya,...to the yoga of
wisdom' (49), is enlightenment itself, which
consists in the realization of the
supreme Goal, which is comparable to a
flood all around, and which arises
from the purification of the mind as a
result of Karma-yoga. [In the first
portion of the Commentary buddhi has
been taken to mean samattva buddhi
(wisdom of equanimity); the
alternative meaning of buddhi has
been taken as 'enlightenment'. So,
action is to be performed by taking
the help of the 'wisdom about the
supreme Reality' which has been
chosen as one's Goal.]
2.52 When is attained that wisdom
which arises from the purification of
the mind brought about by the
pursuit of (karma-) yoga? This is being
stated: Yada, when, [Yada: when
maturity of discrimination is attained.]
at the time when; te, your;
buddhih, mind; vyatitarisyati, will go beyond,
cross over; moha-kalilam, the
turbidity of delusion, the dirt in the form of
delusion, in the form of
non-discrimination, which, after confounding
one's understanding about the
distinction between the Self and the not-
Self, impels the mind towards
objects -- that is to say, when your mind
will attain the state of purity;
tada, then, [Tada: then, when the mind,
becoming purified, leads to the
rise of discrimination, which in turn
matures into detachment.] at that
time; gantasi, you will acquire;
nirvedam, despassion; for
srotavyasya, what has to be heard; ca, and;
srutasya, what has been heard. The
idea implied is that, at that time
what has to be heard and what has
been heard [What has to be
heard...has been heard, i.e. the
scriptures other than those relating to
Self-knowledge. When discrimination
referred to above gets matured,
then the fruitlessness of all
things other than Self-knowledge becomes
apparent.] becomes fruitless.
2.53 If it be asked, 'By becoming
possessed of the wisdom arising from
the discrimination about the Self
after overcoming the turbidity of
delusion, when shall I attain the
yoga of the supreme Reality which is the
fruit that results from
Karma-yoga?', then listen to that; Yada, when at
the time when; te, your; buddhih,
mind; that has become sruti-vipratipanna,
bewildered, tossed about, by
hearing (the Vedas) that reveal
the diverse ends, means, and
(their) relationship, i.e. are filled with
divergent ideas; sthasyati, will
become; niscala, unshakable, free from
the trubulence in the form of
distractions; and acala, steadfast, that is to
say, free from doubt even in that
(unshakable) state; samadhau, in
samadhi, that is to say, in the
Self -- samadhi being derived in the sense
of that in which the mind is fixed;
tada, then, at that time; avapsyasi, you
will attain; yogam, Yoga, the
enlightenment, Self-absorption, that arises
from discrimination. Having got an
occasion for inquiry, Arjuna, with a
view to knowing the characteristics
of one who has the realization of the
Self, [By the word samadhi is meant
the enlightenment arising from
discrimination, which has been
spoken of in the commentary on the
previous verse. The steadfastness
which the monks have in that
enlightenment is called
steadfastness in Knowledge. Or the phrase may
mean, 'the enlightenment achieved
through meditation on the Self', i.e.
the realization of the supreme
Goal.] asked:
2.54 O Kesava, ka, what; is the
bhasa, description, the language (for
the description) -- how is he
described by others --; sthita-prajnasya, of
a man of steady wisdom, of one
whose realization, 'I am the supreme
Brahman', remains steady;
samadhi-sthasya, of one who is Selfabsorbed?
Or kim, how; does the sthitadhih,
dhih, man of steady
wisdom; himself probhaseta, speak?
How does he asita, sit? How does
he vrajeta, move about? That is to
say, of what kind is his sitting or
moving? Through this verse Arjuna
asks for a description of the man of
steady wisdom.
2.55 In the verses beginning from,
'When one fully renounces...', and
ending with the completion the
Chapter, instruction about the
characteristics of the man of
steady wisdom and the disciplines (he had
to pass through) is being given
both for the one who has, indeed,
applied himself to steadfastness in
the Yoga of Knowledge after having
renounced rites and duties from the
very beginning [Even while he is in
the stage of celibacy.], and for
the one who has (applied himself to this
after having passed) through the
path of Karma-yoga. For in all the
scriptures without exception,
dealing, with spirituality, whatever are the
characteristics of the man of
realization are themselves presented as the
disciplines for an aspirant,
because these (characteristics) are the result
of effort. And those that are the
disciplines requiring effort, they become
the characteristics (of the man of
realization). [There are two kinds of
sannyasa -- vidvat (renunciation
that naturally follows Realization), and
vividisa, formal renunciation for
undertaking the disciplines which lead to
that Realization. According to A.G.
the characteristics presented in this
and the following verses describe
not only the vidvat-sannyasin, but are
also meant as disciplines for the
vividisa-sannyasin.-Tr.] O Partha, yada,
when, at the time when; prajahati,
one fully renounces; sarvan, all; the
kaman, desires, varieties of
desires; manogatan, that have entered the
mind, entered into the heart --. If
all desires are renounced while the
need for maintaining the body
persists, then, in the absence of anything
to bring satisfaction, there may
arise the possibility of one's behaving like
lunatics or drunkards. [A lunatic
is one who has lost his power of
discrimination, and a drunkard is
one who has that power but ignores it.]
Hence it is said: Tustah, remains
satisfied; atmani eva, in the Self alone,
in the very nature of the inmost
Self; atmana, by the Self which is his
own -- indifferent to external
gains, and satiated with everything else on
account of having attained the
nector of realization of the supreme Goal;
tada, then; ucyate, he is called;
sthita-prajnah, a man of steady wisdom,
a man of realization, one whose
wisdom, arising from the discrimination
between the Self and the not-Self,
is stable. The idea is that the man of
steady wisdom is a monk, who has
renounced the desire for progeny,
wealth and the worlds, and who
delights in the Self and disports in the
Self.
2.56 Moreover, that munih, monk
[Sankaracarya identifies the monk
with the man of realization.]
ucyate, is then called; sthita-dhih, a man of
steady wisdom; when anudvignamanah,
his mind is unperturbed;
duhkhesu, in sorrow -- when his
mind remains unperturbed by the
sorrows that may come on the
physical or other planes [Fever,
headache, etc. are physical
(adhyatmika) sorrows; sorrows caused by
tigers, snakes, etc. are
environmental (adhibhautika) sorrows; those
caused by cyclones, floods, etc.
are super-natural (adhidaivika).
Similarly, delights also may be
experienced on the three planes.] --; so
also, when he is vigata-sprhah,
free from longing; sukhesu, for delights -
- when he, unlike fire which flares
up when fed with fuel etc., has no
longing for delights when they come
to him --; and vita-raga-bhayakrodhah,
has gone beyond attachment, fear
and anger.
2.57 Further, prajna, the wisdom;
tasya, of that person, fo that
sannyasin; pratisthita, remains
established; yah, who; anabhi-snehah,
has no attachment for; sarvatra,
anything anywhere, even for body, life,
etc.; who na abhinanadati, neither
welcomes; na dvesti, nor rejects; tat
tat, anything whatever;
subha-asubham, good or bad; propya, when he
comes across it, i.e. who does not
rejoice on meeting with the good, nor
reject the bad on meeting with it.
Of such a person, who is thus free
from elation or dejection, the
wisdom arising from discrimination remains
established.
2.58 And besides, yada, when; ayam,
this one, the sannyasin practising
steadfastness in Knowledge;
samharate, fully withdraws; ['Fully'
suggests absolute firmness in
withdrawal, and 'withdraws' suggests full
control over the organs] indriyani,
the senses; indriya-arthebhyah, from
all the objects of the senses; iva,
as; kurmah, a tortoise; sarvasah, wholly
(withdraws); angani, its limbs,
from all sides out of fear; -- when the man
engaged in steadfastness to
Knowledge withdraws thus, then tasya, his;
prajna, wisdom; pratisthita,
remains established -- (the meaning of this
portion has already been
explained). As to that, [That is , so far as the
phenomenal world is concerned.] the
organs of a sick person, too,
cease to be active when the
refrains from sense-objects; they get fully
withdrawn like the limbs of a
tortoise. but not so the hankering for those
objects. How that (hankering) gets
completely withdrawn is being stated:
2.59 Although visayah, the objects,
(i.e.) the organs, figuratively implied
and expressed by the word
'objects', or, the objects themselves;
vinivartante, recede; niraharasya
dehinah, from an abstinent man, from
an embodied being, even from a fool
who engages in painful austerity
and abstains from objects; (still,
they do so) rasavarjam, with the
exception of the taste (for them),
with the exception of the hankering that
one has for objects. The word rasa
is well known as referring to the
sense of taste (hankering), as in
such expressions as, 'sva-rasena
pravrttah, induced by his own taste
(i.e. willingly)', 'rasikah, a man of
tastes', 'rasajnah, a connoisseur
(of tastes)', etc. Api, even that; rasah,
taste of the nature of subtle
attachment; asya, of this person, of the
sannyasin; nivartate, falls away,
i.e. his objective perception becomes
seedless; when drstva, after
attaining; param, the Absolute, the Reality
which is the supreme Goal, Brahman,
he continues in life with the
realization, 'I verily am That
(Brahman).' In the absence of full realization
there can be no eradication of the
'hankering'. The idea conveyed is
that, one should therefore
stabilize one's wisdom which is characterized
by full realization. [If it be held
that attachment cannot be eliminated
without the knowledge of Brahman,
and at the same time that the
knowledge of Brahman cannot arise
until attachment is eradicated, then
we get involved in a vicious
circle. In answer it is said that gross
attachments are eliminated through
discrimination which restrains the
senses from being overpowered by
objects. And the full Knowledge
arising thereof eliminates the
subtle inclinations as well. Hence there is
no vicious circle involved.] Since
the organs have to be first brought
under his own control by one who
desires to establish firmly the wisdom
which is characterized by full
realization, therefore the Lord speaks of the
evil that arises from not keeping
them under control:
2.60 Hi, for; kaunteya, O son of
Kunti; pramathini, the turbulent;
indriyani, organs; prasabham,
violently; haranti, snatch away; manah, the
mind; vipascitah, of an
intelligent; purusasya, person; api, even; yatatah,
while he is striving diligently
[Repeatedly being mindful of the evils that
arise from sense-objects.] -- (or,)
the words purusasya vipascitah (of an
intelligent person) are to be
connected with the remote word api (even).
[The Commentator says that api may
be construed either with yatatah or
with vipascitah purusasya.-Tr.]
Indeed, the organs confound a person
who is inclined towards objects,
and after confounding him, violently
carry away his mind endowed with
discriminating knoweldge, even when
he is aware of this. Since this is
so, therefore,
2.61 Samyamya, controlling, having
subdued; sarvani, all; tani, of them;
asita, one should remain; yuktah,
concentrated; mat-parah, on Me as
the supreme -- he to whom I,
Vasudeva, the inmost Self of all, am the
supreme (parah) is mat-parah. The
idea is, he should remain
(concentrated) thinking, 'I am not
different from Him.' Hi, for; the prajna,
wisdom; tasya, of one, of the
sannyasin remaining thus concentrated;
yasya, whose; indriyani, organs;
are vase, under control, by dint of
practice; [The organs come under
control either by constantly thinking of
oneself as non-different from the
Self, or by constantly being mindful of
the evils that result from
objects.] pratisthita, becomes steadfast. Now,
then, is being stated this
[This:what is described in the following two
verses, and is also a matter of
common experience.] root, cause of all
the evils that beset one who is the
verge of being overwhelmed:
2.62 Pumsah, in the case of a
person; dhyayatah, who dwells on, thinks
of; visayan, the objects, the
specialities [Specialities: The charms
imagined in them.] of the objects
such as sound etc.; upajayate, there
arises; sangah, attachment,
fondness, love; tesu, for them, for those
objects. Sangat, from attachment,
from love; sanjayate, grows; kamah,
hankering, thirst. When that is
obstructed from any quarter, kamat, from
hankering; abhijayate, springs;
krodhah, anger. Krodhat, from anger;
bhavati, follows; sammohah,
delusion, absence of discrimination with
regard to what should or should not
be done. For, an angry man,
becoming deluded, abuses even a
teacher. Sammohat, from delusion;
(comes) smrti-vibhramah, failure of
memory originating from the
impressions acquired from the
instructions of the scriptures and
teachers. When there is an occasion
for memory to rise, it does not
occur. Smrti-bhramsat, from that
failure of memory; (results) buddhinasah,
loss of understanding. The
unfitness of the mind to discriminate
between what should or should not
be done is called loss of
understanding. Buddhi-nasat, from
the loss of understanding;
pranasyati, he perishes. Indeed, a
man continues tobe himself so long as
his mind remains fit to distinguish
between what he ought to and ought
not do. When it becomes unfit, a
man is verily ruined. Therefore, when
his internal organ, his
understanding, is destroyed, a man is ruined, i.e.
he becomes unfit for the human
Goal. Thinking of objects has been said
to be the root of all evils. After
that, this which is the cause of Liberation
is being now stated: [If even the
memory of objects be a source of evil,
then their enjoyment is more so.
Hence, a sannyasin seeking Liberation
cannot avoid this evil, since he
has to move about for food which is
necessary for the maintenance of
his body. The present verse is an
answer to this apprehension.]
2.63 Pumsah, in the case of a
person; dhyayatah, who dwells on, thinks
of; visayan, the objects, the
specialities [Specialities: The charms
imagined in them.] of the objects
such as sound etc.; upajayate, there
arises; sangah, attachment,
fondness, love; tesu, for them, for those
objects. Sangat, from attachment,
from love; sanjayate, grows; kamah,
hankering, thirst. When that is
obstructed from any quarter, kamat, from
hankering; abhijayate, springs;
krodhah, anger. Krodhat, from anger;
bhavati, follows; sammohah,
delusion, absence of discrimination with
regard to what should or should not
be done. For, an angry man,
becoming deluded, abuses even a
teacher. Sammohat, from delusion;
(comes) smrti-vibhramah, failure of
memory originating from the
impressions acquired from the
instructions of the scriptures and
teachers. When there is an occasion
for memory to rise, it does not
occur. Smrti-bhramsat, from that
failure of memory; (results) buddhinasah,
loss of understanding. The
unfitness of the mind to discriminate
between what should or should not
be done is called loss of
understanding. Buddhi-nasat, from
the loss of understanding;
pranasyati, he perishes. Indeed, a
man continues tobe himself so long as
his mind remains fit to distinguish
between what he ought to and ought
not do. When it becomes unfit, a
man is verily ruined. Therefore, when
his internal organ, his
understanding, is destroyed, a man is ruined, i.e.
he becomes unfit for the human
Goal. Thinking of objects has been said
to be the root of all evils. After
that, this which is the cause of Liberation
is being now stated: [If even the
memory of objects be a source of evil,
then their enjoyment is more so.
Hence, a sannyasin seeking Liberation
cannot avoid this evil, since he
has to move about for food which is
necessary for the maintenance of
his body. The present verse is an
answer to this apprehension.]
2.64 Certainly the functions of the
organs are naturally preceded by
attraction and repulsion. This
being so, caran, by perceiving; visayan,
objects, which are unavoidable;
indriyaih, with the organs such as ears
etc.; raga-dvesa-viyuktaih, that
are free from those attraction and
repulsion; and are atma-vasyaih,
under his own control; vidheya-atma,
[A.G. takes atma-vasyaih in the
sense of '(with the organs) under the
control of the mind'. He then
argues that it the mind be not under
control, there can be no real
control, over the organs. Hence the text
uses the second expression,
'vidheyatma, whose mind can be subdued
at will'. Here atma is used in the
sense of the mind, according to the
Commentator himself.] the
self-controlled man, whose mind can be
subdued at will, a seeker after
Liberation; adhigacchati, attains;
prasadam, serenity, self-poise.
What happens when there is serenity?
This is being answered:
2.65 Prasade, when there is
serenity; upajayate, there follows; hanih,
eradication; asya sarva-duhkhanam,
of all his, the sannyasin's, sorrow
on the physical and other planes.
Moreover, (this is so) hi, because;
buddhih, the wisdom;
prasanna-cetasah, of one who has a serene mind,
of one whose mind is poised in the
Self; asu, soon; pari-avatisthate,
becomes firmly established; remains
steady (avatisthate) totally (pari), like
the sky, i.e. it becomes unmoving
in its very nature as the Self. The
meaning of the sentence is this:
Since a person with such a poised mind
and well-established wisdom attains
fulfilment, therefore a man of
concentration [A man who is free
whom slavery to objects of the
senses.] ought to deal with the
indispensable and scripturally nonforbidden
objects through his senses that are
free from love and hatred.
That same serenity is being
eulogized:
2.66 Ayuktasya, for the unsteady,
for one who does not have a
concentrated mind; na asti, there
is no, i.e. there does not arise;
buddhih, wisdom, with regard to the
nature of the Self; ca, and; there is
no bhavana, meditation, earnest
longing [Longing to have a continuous
remembrance of the knowledge of
Brahman which arises in the mind
from hearing the great Upanisadic
sayings (maha-vakyas).] for the
knowledge of the Self; ayuktasya,
for an unsteady man. And similarly,
abhavayatah, for an unmeditative
man, who does not ardently desire the
knowledge of the Self; there is no
santih, peace, restraint of the senses.
Kutah, how can there be; sukham,
happiness; asantasya, for one
without peace? That indeed is
happiness which consists in the freedom
of the senses from the thirst for
enjoyment of objects; not the thirst for
objects -- that is misery to be
sure. The implication is that, so long as
thirst persists, there is no
possibility of even an iota of happiness! It is
being stated why a man without
concentration does not possess
wisdom:
2.67 Hi, for; yat manah, the mind
which; anu-vidhiyate, follows in the
wake of; caratam, the wandering;
indriyani, senses that are tending
towards their respective objects;
tat, that, the mind engaged in thinking
[Perceiving objects like sound etc.
in their respective varieties.] of the
objects of the senses; harati,
carries away, destroys; asya, his, the
sannyasin's; prajnam, wisdom born
from the discrimination between the
Self and the not-Self. How? Iva,
like; vayuh, the wind; diverting a navam,
boat; ambhasi, on the waters. As
wind, by diverting a boat on the waters
from its intended course, drives it
along a wrong course, similarly the
mind, by diverting the wisdom from
the pursuit of the Self, makes it
engage in objects. After having
stated variously the reasons for the idea
conveyed through the verse, 'For, O
son of Kunti,' etc. (60), and having
established that very idea, the
Lord concludes thus:
2.68 Since the evils arising from
the activities of the organs have been
described, tasmat, therefore;
mahabaho, O mighty-armed one; tasya,
his, the sannyasin's; prajna,
wisdom; pratisthita, becomes established;
yasya, whose; indriyani, organs;
sarvasah, in all their varieties,
differentiated as mind etc.;
nigrhitani, are withdrawn; indriya-arthebhyah,
from their objects such as sound
etc. In the case of a man of steady
wisdom in whom has arisen
discriminating knowledge, those which are
these ordinary and Vedic dealings
cease on the eradication of ignorance,
they being effects of ignorance.
And ignorance ceases because it is
opposed to Knowledge. For
clarifying this idea, the Lord says:
2.69 ya, that which;
sarva-bhutanam, for all creatures; is nisa, night --
which being darkness (tamah) by
nature, obliterates distinctions among
all things; what is that? that is
the Reality which is the supreme Goal,
accessible to the man of steady
wisdom. As that which verily appears as
day to the nocturnal creatures is
night for others, similarly the Reality
wich is the supreme Goal appears to
be night, as it were, to all
unenlightened beings who are
comparable to the nocturnal creatures,
because It is beyond the range of
vision of those who are devoid of that
wisdom. Samyami, the
self-restrained man, whose organs are under
control, i.e. the yogi [The man of
realization.] who has arisen from the
sleep of ignorance; jagarti, keeps
awake; tasyam, in that (night)
characterized as the Reality, the
supreme Goal. That night of ignorance,
characterized by the distinctions
of subjects and objects, yasyam in
which; bhutani, the creatures, who
are really asleep; are said to be
jagrati, keeping awake, in which
night they are like dreamers in sleep; sa
nisa, it is night; pasyatah, to the
seeing; muneh, sage, who perceives the
Reality that is the supreme Goal,
because that (night) is ignorance by
nature. Therefore, rites and duties
are enjoined only during the state of
ignorance, not in the state of
enlightenment. For, when Knowledge
dawns, ignorance becomes eradicated
like the darkness of night after
sun-rise. [It may be argued that
even after illumination the phenomenal
world, though it is known to be
false, will continue to be perceived
because of the persistence of past
impressions; therefore there is scope
for the validity of the scriptural
injunctions even in the case of an
illumined soul. The answer is that
there will be no scope for the
injunctions, because the man of
realization will then have no ardent
leaning towards this differentiated
phenomenal world which makes an
injunction relevant.] Before the
rise of Knowledge, ignorance, accepted
as a valid means of knowledge and
presenting itself in the different forms
of actions, means and results,
becomes the cause of all rites and duties.
It cannot reasonably become the
source of rites and duties (after
Realization) when it is understood
as an invalid means of knowledge. For
an agent becomes engaged in actions
when he has the idea, 'Actions
have been enjoined as a duty for me
by the Vedas, which are a valid
means of knowledge'; but not when
he understands that 'all this is mere
ignorance, like the night'. Again,
the man to whom has come the
Knowledge that all these
differences in their totality are mere ignorance
like the night, to that man who has
realized the Self, there is eligibility
only for renouncing all actions,
not for engaging in actions. In
accordance with this the Lord will
show in the verse, 'Those who have
their intellect absorbed in That,
whose Self is That' (5.17) etc., that he
has competence only for
steadfastness in Knowledge. Objection: May it
not be argued that, there will be
no reason for being engaged even in
that (steadfastness in Knowledge)
if there be no valid means of
knowledge [Vedic injunctions.] to
impel one to that. [Because, without an
injunction nobody would engage in a
duty, much less in steadfastness to
Knowledge.] Answer: No, since
'knowledge of the Self' relates to one's
own Self. Indeed, by the very fact
that It is the Self, and since the validity
of all the means of knowledge
culminates in It, [The validity of all the
means of knowledge holds good only
so long as the knowledge of the
Self has not arisen.] therefore the
Self does not depend on an injunction
to impel It towards Itself. [Does
the injunction relate to the knowledge of
the Self. or to the Self Itself?
The first alternative is untenable because a
valid means of knowledge reveals
its objects even without an injunction.
The second alternative also is
untenable because the Self is selfrevealing,
whereas an injunction is possible
in the case of something yet
to be achieved. And one's own Self
is not an object of that kind.] Surely,
after the realization of the true
nature of the Self, there is no scope again
for any means to, or end of,
knowledge. The last valid means of (Self-)
knowledge eradicates the
possibility of the Self's becoming a perceiver.
And even as it eradicates, it loses
its own authoritativeness, in the same
way as the means of knowledge which
is valid in dream becomes
unauthoritative during the waking
state. In the world, too, after the
preception of an abject, the valid
means of that perception is not seen to
be a cause impelling the knower (to
any action with regard to that
object). Hence, it is established
that, for an knower of the Self, there
remains no eligibility for rites
and duties. The attainment of Liberation is
only for the sannyasin [Liberation
is attained only by one who, after
acquiring an intellectual knowledge
of the Self in a general way, is
endowed with discrimination and
detachment, has arisen above all
desires, has become a monk in the
primary sense, and has directly
realized the Self by going through
the process of sravana (understanding
of Upanisadic texts about the
Self), etc.], the man of enlightenment, who
has renounced all desires and is a
man of steady wisdom; but not for
him who has not renounced and is
desirious of the objects (of the
senses). Such being the case, with
a view to establishing this with the
help of an illustration, the Lord
says:
2.70 Sah, that man; apnoti,
attains; santim, peace Liberation; yam, into
whom, into which person; sarve,
all; kamah, desires, all forms of wishes;
pravisanti, enter, from all
directions, like waters entering into a sea,
without overwhelming him even in
the presence of objects; they vanish in
the Self, they do not bring It
under their own influence, tadvat, in the
same way; yadvat, as; apah, waters,
coming from all sides; pravisanti,
flow into; samudram, a sea; that
remains acala-pratistham, unchanged,
that continues to be its own self,
without any change; apuryamanam,
(even) when filled up from all
sides with water. Na, not so the other; who
is kama-kami, desirous of objects.
Kama means objects which are
sought after. He who is given to
desire them is kama-kami. The idea
implied is that he never attains
(peace). Since this is so, therefore.
2.71 Sah puman, that man who has
become thus, the sannyasin, the
man of steady wisdom, the knower of
Brahman; adhi-gacchati, attains;
santim, peace, called Nirvana,
consisting in the cessation of all the
sorrows of mundane existence, i.e.
he becomes one with Brahman; yah,
who; vihaya, after rejecting;
sarvan, all; kaman, desires, without a trace,
fully; carati, moves about, i.e.
wanders about, making efforts only for
maintaining the body; nihsprhah,
free from hankering, becoming free
from any longing even for the
maintenance of the body; nirmamah,
without the idea of ('me' and)
'mine', without the deeprooted idea of
'mine' even when accepting
something needed merely for the upkeep of
the body; and nir-ahankarah, devoid
of pride, i.e. free from self esteem
owing to learning etc. This
steadfastness in Knowledge, which is such,
is being praised:
2.72 O Partha, esa, this, the
aforesaid; is brahmisthitih, the state of
being established in Brahman, i.e.
continuing (in life) in indentification
with Brahman, after renouncing all
actions. Na vimuhyati, one does not
become deluded; prapya, after
attaining ; enam, this Rcchati, one
attains; brahma-nirvanam,
identification with Brahman, Liberation;
sthitva, by being established;
asyam, in this, in the state of Brahmanhood
as described; api, even; anta-kale,
in the closing years of one's life.
What need it be said that, one who
remains established only in Brahman
during the whole life, after having
espoused monasticism even from the
stage of celibacy, attains
indetification with Brahman!
BHAGAVADGITA
English translation of Sri
Sankaracharya's Sanskrit Commentary - Swami
Gambhirananda
Chapter 3
RO
error
error
3.3 Anagha, O unblemished one, O
sinless one; [This word of address
suggests that Arjuna is qualified
to receive the Lord's instruction.]
dvividha, two kinds of ; nistha,
steadfastness, persistence in what is
undertaken; asmin loke, in this
world, for the people of the three castes
who are qualified for following the
scriptures; prokta, were spoken of;
maya, by Me, the omniscient God,
who had revealed for them the
traditional teachings of the Vedas,
which are the means of securing
prosperity and the highest Goal;
pura, in the days of yore, in the
beginning the creation, after
having brought into being the creatures.
Now then, which is that
steadfastness of two kinds? In answer the Lord
says: The steadfastness
jnanayogena, through the Yoga of Knowledge-
Knowledge itself being the Yoga
[Here jnana, Knowledge, refers to the
knowledge of the supreme Reality,
and Yoga is used in the derivative
sense of 'that (Knowledge) through
which one gets united with
Brahman'.]-; had been stated
sankhyanam, for the men of realizationthose
possessed of the Knowledge arising
from the discrimination with
regard to the Self and the
not-Self, those who have espoused
monasticism from the stage of
Celibacy; itself, those to whom the entity
presented by the Vedantic knowledge
has become fully ascertained (see
Mu. 3.2.6)-,the monks who are known
as the parama-hamsas, those
who are established in Brahman
alone. And the steadfastness karmayogena,
through the Yoga of Action-action
itself being the Yoga [Yoga
here means 'that through which one
gets united with, comes to have,
prosperity', i.e. such actions as
go by the name of righteousness and are
prescribed by the scriptures.] had
been stated yoginam, for the yogis,
the men of action (rites and
duties). This is the idea. Again, had it been
intended or stated or if it will be
stated in the Gita by the Lord-and if it
has also been so stated in the
Vedas-that Knowledge and action are to
be practised in combination by one
and the same person for attaining
the same human Goal, why then
should He here tell His dear supplicant
Arjuna, that steadfastness in
either Knowledge or action is to be
practised only by different persons
who are respectively qualified? If, on
the other hand, it be supposed that
the Lord's idea is, 'After hearing
about both Knowledge and action,
Arjuna will himself practise them (in
combination); but, to others, I
shall speak of them as being meant to be
pursued by different persons', then
the Lord would be imagined to be
unreliable, being possessed of
likes and dislikes! And that is untenable.
So, from no point of view
whatsoever can there be a combination of
Knowledge and action. And what has
been said by Arjuna regarding
superiority of Wisdom over action,
that stands confirmed for not having
been refuted; and (it also stands
confirmed) that steadfastness in
Knowledge is suitable for being
practised by monks alone. And from the
statement that they (Knowledge and
action) are to be followed by
different persons, it is understood
that this has the Lord's approval.
Noticing that Arjuna had become
dejected under the impression, 'You
are urging me to that very action
which is a source of bondage', and
was thinking thus, 'I shall not
undertake action', the Lord said, 'Na
karmanam anarambhat, not by
abstaining from action,' etc. Or:-When
steadfastness in Knowledge and
steadfastness in action become
incapable of being pursued
simultaneously by one and the same person
owing to mutual contradiction,
then, since it may be concluded that they
become the cause of attaining the
human Goal independently of each
other, therefore, in order to
show-that the steadfastness in action is a
means to the human Goal, not
independently, but by virtue of being
instrumental in securing
steadfastness in Knowledge; and that, on the
other hand, steadfastness in
Knowledge, having come into being
through the means of steadfastness
in action, leads to the human Goal
independently without anticipating
anything else-,the Lord said:
3.4 Purusah, a person; na does not;
asnute, attain; naiskarmyam,
freedom from action, the state of
being free from action, steadfastness in
the Yoga of Knowledge, i.e. the
state of abiding in one's own Self which
is free from action; anarambhat, by
abstaining; karmanam, from actionsby
the non-performance of actions such
as sacrifices etc. which are or
were performed in the present or
past lives, which are the causes of the
purification of the mind by way of
attenuating the sins incurred, and
which, by being the cause of that
(purification), become the source of
steadfastness in Knowledge through
the generation of Knowledge, as
stated in the Smrti (text),
'Knowledge arises in a person from the
attenuation of sinful acts' [the
whole verse is: Jnanam utpadyate
pumsamksayatpapasya karmanah;
Yathadarsatalaprakhye
pasyatyatmanamatmani. 'Knowledge
arises...acts. One sees the Self in
oneself as does one (see oneself)
in a cleaned surface of a mirror'.-Tr.]
(Mbh. Sa. 204.8). This is the
import. From the statement that one does
not attain freedom from action by
abstaining from actions, it may be
concluded that one attains freedom
from action by following the
opposite course of performing
actions. What, again, is the reason that
one does not attain freedom from
action by abstaining from actions? The
answer is: Because performing
actions is itself a means to freedom from
action. Indeed, there can be no
attainment of an end without (its) means.
And Karma-yoga is the means to the
Yoga of Knowledge characterized
by freedom from action, because it
has been so established in the
Upanisads and here as well. As for
the Upanisads, it has been shown in
the texts, 'The Brahmanas seek to
know It through the study of the
Vedas, sacrifices, (charity, and
austerity consisting in a dispassionate
enjoyment of sense-objects)' (Br.
4.4.22), etc. whch deal with the means
of realizing the goal of Knowledge
under discussion, viz the Realm of the
Self, that the Yoga of Karma is a
means to the Yoga of Knowledge . And
even here (in the Gita), the Lord
will established that, 'But, O mightyarmed
one, renunciation is hard to attain
without (Karma-)yoga' (5.6); 'By
giving up attachment, the yogis
undertake work...for the purification of
themselves' (5.11); 'Sacrifice,
charity and austerity are verily the purifiers
of the wise' (18.5), etc.
Objection: Is it not that in such texts as-
'Extending to all creatures
immunity from fear' (Na. Par. 5.43), (one
should take recourse to freedom
from action)-, it is shown that
attainment of freedom from action
follows even from the renunciation of
obligatory duties? And in the
world, too, it is a better known fact that
freedom from action follows
abstention from actions. Hence also arises
the question, 'Why should one who
desires freedom from action
undertake action?' Reply: Therefore
the Lord said: Na ca, nor; samadhigacchati,
does he attain; siddhim, fulfilment
steadfastness in the Yoga of
Knowledge, characterized by freedom
from action; sannyasanat eva,
merely through renunciation-even
from the mere renunciation of actions
which is devoid of Knowledge. What,
again, is the reason that by the
mere giving up of actions which is
not accompanied with Knowledge, a
person does not attain fulfulment
in the form of freedom from actions?
To this query seeking to know the
cause, the Lord says:
3.5 Hi, because; na kascit, no one;
jatu, ever; tisthati, remains; api,
even; for so much time as a ksanam,
moment; akarma-krt, without doing
work. Why? Hi, for; sarvah, all
creatures; karyate karma, are made to
work; verily avasah, under
compulsion; gunaih, by the gunas-sattva
(goodness); rajas (activity), and
tamas (mental darkness); prakrti-jaih,
born of Nature. The word
'unenlightened' has to be added to the
sentence, since the men of
realzation have been spoken of separately in,
'who is not distracted by the three
gunas (qualities)' (14.23). For Karmayoga
is meant only for the
unenlightened, nor for the men of Knowledge.
Karma-yoga, on the other hand, is
not pertinent for the men of
Knowledge who, because of their not
moving away from their own Self,
are not shaken by the gunas. This
has been explained similarly in, 'he
who has known this One as
indestructible' (2.21). But, if one who is not
a knower of the self does not
perform prescribed action, then this is
certainly bad. Hence the Lord says:
3.6 Yah, one who; samyamya, after
withdrawing; karma-indriyani, the
organs of action-hands etc.; aste,
sits; manasa, mentally; smaran,
recollecting, thinking;
indriya-arthan, the objects of the senses; sah, that
one; vimudha-atma, of deluded mind;
ucyate, is called; mithya-acarah, a
hypocrite, a sinful person.
3.7 Tu, but, on the other hand, O
Arjuna; yah, one who is unenlightened
and who is eligible for action;
arabhate, engages in;-what does he
engage in? the Lord says in
answer-karma yogam, Karma-yoga; karmaindriyaih,
with the organs of action, with
speech, hands, etc.; niyamya,
controlling; indriyani, the
sense-organs; manasa, with the mind; and
becoming asaktah unattached; [Here
Ast; adds 'phalabhisandhi-varjitah,
free from hankering for
results'.-Tr.] sah, that one; visisyate, excels the
other one, the hypocrite. This
being so, therefore,
3.8 Tvam, you, O Arjuna; kuru,
perform; niyatam, the obligatory; karma,
duties, those daily obligatory
duties (nitya-karmas) or which one is
competent (according to the
scriptures), and which are not heard of
[although no result of daily
obligatory duties is mentioned in the
scriptures, still Sankaracarya
holds that it is either heaven or purification
of the heart, because something
done must have its consequence.-Tr.]
as productive of any result; hi,
for, from the point of view of result;
karma, action; is jyayah, superior;
akarmanah, to inaction, to nonperformance
(of duties). Why? Ca, and;
akarmanah, through inaction;
api, even; te sarira-yatra, the
maintenance of your body; na prasiddhyet,
will not be possible. Therefore,
the distinction between action and in
action is abvious in this world.
'And as regards your ideea that action
should not be udnertaken because it
leads to bondage-that too is
wrong.' How?
3.9 Ayam, this; lokah, man, the one
who is eligible for action; karmabandhanah,
becomes bound by actions- the
person who has karma as
his bondage (bandhana) is
karma-bandhanah-; anyatra, other than; that
karmanah, action; yajnarthat, meant
for Got not by that meant for God.
According to the Vedic text,
'Sacrifice is verily Visnu' (Tai. Sam. 1.7.4),
yajnah means God; whatever is done
for Him is yajnartham. Therefore,
mukta-sangah, without being
attached, being free from attachment to
the results of actions; O son of
Kunti, samacara, you perform; karma,
actions; tadartham, for Him, for
God. An eligible person should engage
in work for the following reason
also:
3.10 Pura, in the days of yore, in
the beginning of creation; srstva,
having created; prajah, the beings,
the people of the three castes; sahayajnah,
together with the sacrifices;
Prajapati, the creator of beings,
uvaca, said; 'Anena, by this
sacrifice; prasavisyadhvam, you multiply.'
Prasava means origination, growth.
'You accomplish that. Esah astu, let
this sacrifice be; vah, your;
ista-kama-dhuk, yielder of coveted objects of
desire.' That which yields (dhuk)
coveted (ista) objects of desire (kama),
particular results, is
istakama-dhuk. How?
3.11 'Bhavayata, you nourish;
devan, the gods, Indra and others;
anena, with this sarifice. Let te
devah, those gods; bhavayantu, nourish;
vah, you-make you contented with
rainfall etc. Thus bhavayantah,
nourishing; parasparam, one
another; avapsyatha, you shall attain; the
param, supreme; sreyah, Good,
called Liberation, through the attainment
of Knowledge;' or, 'you shall
attain heaven-which is meant by param
'sreyah.' [The param sreyah
(supreme Good) will either mean liberation
or heaven in accordance with
aspirant's hankering for Liberation or
enjoyment.] Moreover,
3.12 'Yajna-bhavitah, being
nourished, i.e. being satisfied, by sacrifices;
devah, the gods; dasyante hi, will
indeed give, will distribute; among vah,
you; the istan, coveted; bhogan,
enjoyments, such as wife, childeren and
cattle. Sah, he; is eva, certainly;
a stenah, thief, a stealer of the wealth of
gods and others; yah, who; bhunkte,
enjoys, gratifies only his own body
and organs; with dattan, what
enjoyable things have been given; taih, by
them, by the gods; apradaya,
without offering (these); ebhyah, to them,
i.e. without repaying the debt [The
three kinds of debt-to the gods, to
the rsis (sage), and to the
manes-are repaid by satisfying them through
sacrifices, celibacy (including
study of the Vedas, etc.), and procreation,
respectively. Unless one repays
these debts, he incurs sin.] to them.'
3.13 Those again, who are
yajna-sista-asinah, partakers of the
remnants of sacrifices, who, after
making offering to the gods and
others, [The panca-maha-yajnas,
five great offerings, which have to be
made by every householder are
offerings to gods, manes, humans,
creatures and rsis (sages).] are
habituated to eat the remnants (of those
offerings), called nectar; they,
santah, by being (so); mucyante, become
freed; sarva-kilbisaih, from all
sins-from those sins incurred through the
five things [the five things are;
oven, water-pot, cutting instruments,
grinding machines and broom. A
householder incurs sin by killing insects
etc. with these things, knowingly
or unknowingly. It is atoned by making
the aforesaid five offerings.], viz
oven etc., and also from those others
incurred owing to injury etc.
caused inadvertently. Tu, but; the papah,
unholy persons, who are selfish;
ye, who; pacanti, cook; atma-karanat,
for themselves; te, they, being
themselves sinful; bhunjate, incur; agham,
sin. For the following reasons also
actions should be undertaken by an
eligible person. Action is
definitely the cause of the movement of the
wheel of the world. How? This is
being answered:
3.14 It is a matter of direct
perception that annat, from food, which is
eaten and is transformed into blood
and semen; bhavanti, are born;
bhutani, the creatures.
Anna-sambhavah, the origin of food; is parjanyat,
from rainfall. Parjanyah, rainfall;
bhavati, originates; from yajnat, from
sacrifice. This accords with the
Smrti, 'The oblations properly poured
into fire reaches the sun. From the
sun comes rain, from rain comes
food, and from the sun comes rain,
from rain comes food, and from that
the creatures' (Ma.Sm.3.76). (Here)
sacrifice means its unique [Also
termed as the unseen result
(adrsta).-Tr.] result. And that sacrifice, i.e.
the unique result, which arises
(samudbhavah) from action (karma)
undertaken by the priest and the
sacrificer, is karma-samudbhavah; it
has action for its origin.
3.15 Again, [a different reading in
place of this is: 'Tat ca vividham
karma kuto jatamityaha, From where
did those various kinds of action
originate? In reply the Lord
says...' Still another reading is: 'Tat ca karma
brahmodbhavam iti aha, And the Lord
says: That action has the Vedas
as its origin.'-vide A.A., 1936, p.
116). Astekar's reading is: Tat ca evam
vidham karma kuto jatamityaha, And
from where has this kind of aciton
originated? The answers this.'-Tr.]
viddhi, know; that karma, action; is
brahmodbhavam, it has Brahma, the
Veda, as its udbhavam, origin.
[Here Ast. adds 'revealer'-Tr.]
Further, Brahma, called the Veda, is
aksara-samudbhavam, it has aksara,
the Immutable, Brahman, the
supreme Self, as its source. This
is the meaning. Since the Veda came
out, like the breath of a man, from
the supreme Self Itself, called the
Immutable, therefore the Veda,
being the revealer of everything, is sarvagatam,
all pervading. Even though
all-pervading, the Veda is nityam, for
ever; pratisthitam, based; yajne,
on sacrifice, because the injunctions
about sacrifices predominate in it.
3.16 O Partha, sah, he; jivati,
lives; mogham, in vain; yah, who, though
competent for action; na
anuvartayati, does not follow; iha, here, in the
world; cakram, the wheel of the
world; evam, thus; pravartitam, set in
motion, by God, on the basis of the
Vedas and the sacrifices; aghayuh,
whose life (ayuh) is sinful
(agham), i.e. whose life is vile; and indriyaaramah,
who indulges in the senses-who has
his arama, sport,
enjoyment, with objects, indriyaih,
through the senses. Therefore, the
gist of the topic under discussion
is that action must be undertaken by
one who is qualified (for action)
but is unenlightened. In the verses
beginning from, '(A person does not
attain freedom from action by
adstaining from action' (4) and
ending with, 'You perform the obligatory
duties...And, through inaction,
even the maintenance of your body will
not be possible' (8), it has been
proved that before one attains fitness for
steadfastness in the knowledge of
the Self, it is the bounden duty of a
person who is qualified for action,
but is not enlightened, to undertake
Karma-yoga for that purpose. And
then, also in the verses commencing
from '(This man becomes bound) by
actions other than that action
meant for God' (9) and ending with
'O Partha, he lives in vain,' many
reasons [Such as, that it pleases
God, secures the affection of the gods,
and so on.] have been incidentally
stated as to why a competent person
has to undertake actions; and the
evils arising from their nonperformance
have also been emphatically
declared. Such being the
conclusion, the question arises
whether the wheel thus set in motion
should be followed by all, or only
by one who is ignorant of the Self and
has not attained to the
steadfastness which is fit to be practised by the
Sankhyas, the knowers of the Self,
through the Yoga of Knowledge only,
and which is acquired by one
ignorant of the Self through the means of
the practice of Karma-yoga
mentioned above? Either anticipating
Arjuna's question to this effect,
or in order to make the meaning of the
scripture (Gita) clearly
understood, the Lord, revealing out of His own
accord that the following substance
of the Upanisads-Becoming freed
from false knowledge by knowing
this very Self, the Brahmanas
renounce what is a compulsory duty
for those having false knoweldge,
viz, desire for sons, etc., and
then lead a mendicant life just for the
purpose of maintaining the body;
they have no duty to perform other
than steadfastness in the knowledge
of the Self (cf. Br. 3.5.1)-has been
presented here in the Gita, says:
3.17 Tu, but; that manavah, man,
the sannyasin, the man of
Knowledge, steadfast in the
knowledge of the Self; yah, who; atmaratih
eva syat, rejoices only in the
Self-not in the sense objects; and atmatrptah,
who is satisfied only with the
Self-not with food and drink; and is
santustah, contented; eva, only;
atmani, in the Self; tasya, for him; na
vidyate, there is no; karyam, duty
[Duty with a view to securing
Liberation.] to perform. [Rati,
trpti and santosa, though synonymous, are
used to indicate various types of
pleasures. Or, rati means attachment to
objects; trpti means happiness
arising from contact with some particular
object; and santosa means happiness
in general, arising from the
acquisition of some coveted object
only.] All people surely feel contened
by acquiring an external thing. But
this one, without depending on it,
remains contented only with the
Self; thta is to say, he remains detached
from everything. The idea it that,
for a man who is such a knower of the
Self, there is no duty to
undertake.
3.18 Moreover, tasya, for him, who
rejoices in the supreme Self; na,
there is no; artham, concern; eva,
at all; krtena, with performing action.
Objection: In that case, let there
be some evil called sin owing to nonperformance!
Reply: Iha, here, in this world;
na, nor is there; for him
kascana, any (concern); akrtena,
with nonperfromance. Certainly there is
no evil in the form of incurring
sin or in the form of self-destruction. Ca,
moreover; asya, for him; na asti,
there is no; kascit artha-vyapasrayah
sarva-bhutesu, dependence on any
object, from Brahma to an unmoving
thing, to serve any purpose.
Vyapasrayah is the same as
vyapasrayanam, dependence, which is
possible of being created by
action promted by necessity. (For
him) there is no end to gain by
depending on any praticular object,
due to which there can be some
action for that purpose. 'You
(Arjuna) are not established in this fullest
realization which is comparable to
a flood all around.'
3.19 Since this is so, therefore,
asaktah, remaining unattached;
samacara, perform; satatam, always;
karyam, the obligatory; daily
karma, duty; hi, for; acaran, by
performing; (one's) karma, duty; asaktah,
without attachment, by doing work
as a dedication to God; purusah, a
person; apnoti, attains; param, the
Highest, Liberation, through the
purification of the mind. This is
meaning. And (you should perform your
duty) for the following reason
also:
3.20 Hi, for; in the olden days,
the leaned Ksatriyas, janakadayah,
Janaka and others such as Asvapati;
asthitah, strove to attain;
samsiddim, Liberation; karmana eva,
through action itself. If it be that
they were possessed of the fullest
realization, then the meaning is that
they remained established in
Liberation whlile continuing, because of
past momentum, to be associated
with action itself-without renouncing
it-with a veiw to preventing
mankind from going astray. Again, if (it be
that) Janaka and others had not
attained fullest realization, then, they
gradually became established in
Liberation through action which is a
means for the purification of the
mind. The verse is to be explained thus.
On the other hand, if you think,
'Obligatory duty was performed even by
Janaka and others of olden days who
were surely unenlightened.
[Ajanadbhih: This is also
translated as, 'surely because they were
unenlightened'.-Tr.] There by it
does not follow that action has to be
undertaken by somebody else who has
the fullest enlightenment and has
reached his Goal', nevertheless,
tvam, you, who are under the influence
of past actions; arhasi, ought;
kartum, to perform (your duties);
sampasyan api, keeping also in
view; loka-sangraham, [V.S.A gives the
meanings of the phrase as 'the
welfare of the world', and 'propitiation of
mankind'.-Tr. ] the prevention of
mankind from going astray; even that
purpose. By whom, and how, is
mankind to be prevented from going
astray? That is being stated: [In
Ast. this introductory sentence is as
follows:loka-samgrahah kimartham
kartavyam iti ucyate.-Tr.]
3.21 Yat yat, [This is according to
the Ast. The G1. Pr. reads, yat yat
yesu yesu.-Tr.] whatever action; a
sresthah, superior person, a leader;
acarati, does; itarah, another;
janah, person, who follows him; does tat
tat eva, that very action. Further,
yat, whatever; sah, he, the superior
person; kurute, upholds; as
pramanam, authority, be it Vedic or secular;
lokah, an ordinary person;
anuvartate, follows; tat, that, i.e. he accepts
that very thing as authoritative.
'If you have a doubt here with regard to
the duty of preventing people from
straying, then why do you not
observe Me?'
3.22 O Partha, na asti, there is
no; kartavyam, duty; kincana,
whatsoever; me, for Me (to
fulfill); even trisu lokesu, in all the three
worlds. Why? There is na anavaptam,
nothing (that remains) unachieved;
or avaptavyam, to be achieved.
Still varte eva, do I continue; karmani, in
action.
3.23 Again, O Partha, yadi, if;
jatu, at any time; aham, I; an, do not;
varteyam, continue; atandritah,
vigilantly, untiringly; karmani, in action;
manusyah, men: anuvartante, willl
follow; mama, My; vartma, path;
sarvasah, in every way, I being the
Highest. And if that be so, what is
the harm? In reply the Lord says:
[Ast. omits this sentence completely.-
Tr.]
3.24 Cet, if; aham, I; na kuryam,
do not perform; karma, action; all ime,
these; lokah, worlds; utsideyuh,
will be ruined, owing to the obsence of
work responsible for the
maintenance of the worlds. Ca, and, futher;
syam, I shall become; karta, the
agent; sankarasya, of intermingling (of
castes). Consequently, upahanyam, I
shall be destroying; imah, these;
prajah, beings. That is to say, I
who am engaged in helping the
creatures, shall be destroying
them. This would be unbefitting of Me,
who am God. 'On the other, if, like
Me, you or some one else possesses
the conviction of having attained
Perfection and is a knower of the Self, it
is a duty of such a one, too, to
help others even if there be no obligation
on his own part.'
3.25 O scion of the Bharata
dynasty, yatha, as; some avidvamsah,
unenlightened poele; kurvanti, act.
saktah, with attachment; karmani, to
work, (thinking) 'The reward of
this work will accrue to me'; tatha, so;
should vidvan, the enlightened
person, the knower of the Self; kuryat,
act; asaktah, without attachment,
remaining unattached. [Giving up the
idea of agentship and the hankering
for the rewards of actions to
oneself.] Whay does he (the
enlightened person) act like him (the
former)? Listen to that: Cikirsuh,
being desirous of achieving;
lokasamgraham, prevention of people
from going astray. 'Neither for Me
who am a knower of the Self, nor
for any other (knower of the Self) who
wants thus prevent people from
going astray, is there any duty apart
from working for the welfare of the
world. Hence, the following advice is
being given to such a knower of the
Self:'
3.26 Vidvan the enlightened man; na
janayet, should not create; buddhibhedam,
disturbance in the
beliefs-disturbance in the firm belief, 'This
has to be done; and the result of
this action is to be reaped by me';
ajnanam, of the ignorant, of the
non-discriminating one; karmasanginam,
who are attached to work. But what
should he do? Himself
samacaran, working, performing
those very activities of the ignorant;
yuktah, while remaining diligent;
josayet, he should make them do;
sarva-karmani, all the duties. How
does an anillumined, ignorant person
be come attached to actions? In
reply the Lord says:
3.27 Karmani kriyamanani, while
actions, secular and scriptural, are
being done; sarvasah, in ever way;
gunaih, by the gunas, (i.e.) by the
modifications in the form of body
and organs; (born) prakrteh, of Nature-
Nature, (otherwise known as)
Pradhana [Pradhana, Maya, the Power of
God.], being the state of
equilibrium of the three qualities of sattva, rajas
and tamas; ahankara-vimudha-atma,
one who is deluded by egoism;
manyate, thinks; iti, thus; 'Aham
karta, I am the doer.' Ahankara is selfidentification
with the aggregate of body and
organs. He whose atma,
mind, is vimudham, diluded in
diverse ways, by that (ahankara) is
ahankara-vimudha-atma. He who
imagines the characteristics of the
body and organs to be his own, who
has self-identification with the body
and the organs, and who, through
ignorance, believes the activities to be
his own-, he thinks, 'I am the doer
of those diverse activities.'
3.28 Tu, but, on the other hand; he
who is a knower, tattva-vit, a
knower of the facts;-knower of what
kinds of facts?-guna-karmavibhagayoh,
about the varieties of the gunas
and actions, i.e. a knower
of the diversity of the gunas and
the diversity of acitons; [Guna-vibhaga
means the products of Prakrti which
consists of the three gunas. They
are the five subtle elements, mind,
intellect, ego, five sensory organs, five
motor organs and five objects
(sound etc.) of the senses. Karma-vibhaga
means the varieties of
inter-actions among these.-Tr.] na sajjate, does
not become attached; iti matva,
thinking thus; 'Gunah, the gunas in the
form of organs;-not the
Self-vartante, rest (act); gunesu, on the gunus in
the form of objects of the organs.'
3.29 Those again, guna-sammudhah,
who are wholly deluded by the
gunas; prakrteh, of Nature;
sajjante, become attached; guna karmasu, to
the activities of the gunas,
thining, 'We do actions for results.' Krtsna-vit,
the knower of the All, one who is
himself a knower of the Self; na
vicalayet, should not disturb; tan,
those who are attached to actions;
(who are) mandan, of dull
intellect; akrtsnavidah, who do not know the
All, who are all attention on the
results of actions. Unsetting of beliefs is
itself the disturbance. That he
should not do. This is the idea. Again, in
what manner should duties be
under-taken by a seeker after Liberation
who is not enlightened, who is
qualified for actions (rites and duties)? As
to this, the answer is being
stated:
3.30 Vigata-jvarah, devoid of the
fever of the soul, i.e. being free from
repentance, without remorse;
yuddhyasva, engage in battle; sannyasya,
by dedicating; sarvani, all;
karmani, actions; mayi, to Me, who am
Vasudeva, the omniscient supreme
Lord, the Self of all; adhyatmacetasa,
with (your) mind intent on the
Self-with discriminating wisdom,
with this idea, 'I am an agent, and
I work for God as a servant'; and
further, bhutva, becoming; nirasih,
free from expectations ['Free from
expectations of results for
yourself']; and nirmamah, free from egoism.
You from whom has vanished the
idea, '(this is) mine', are nirmamah.
3.31 Ye, those; manavah, men; who
(nityam, ever;) anutisthanti, follow
accordingly; me matam, My teaching-
this teaching of Mine, viz that
'duty must be performed', which has
been stated with valid reasoning;
sraddhavantah, with faith; and
anasuyantah, without cavil, without
detracing Me, Vasudeva, the Teacher
[Here Ast. adds 'parama,
supreme'-Tr.]; te api, they also,
who are such; mucyante, become freed;
karmabhih, from actions called the
righteous and the unrighteous.
3.32 Tu, but; ye, those who are the
opposite of them (the former); who
abhyasuyantah, decrying; etat, this
instruction of Mine; na, do not;
anutisthanti, follow; me, My;
matam, teaching, they are deluded in
various ways with respect to all
knowledge. Viddhi, know; tan, them;
sarva-jnana-vimudhan, who are
deluded about off knowledge; acetasah,
who are devoid of discrimination;
nastan, to have gone to ruin. 'For
what reason, again, do they not
follow your teachings, perform duties
that are not theirs and not follow
their own duties? How is it that by
remaining opposed to You, they do
not fear the evil which will arise from
transgressing Your commandments? As
to that, the Lord says:
3.33 Api, even; jnanavan, a man of
wisdom-what to speak of a fool!;
cestate, behaves; Sadrsam,
according to;-what? svasyah, his own;
prakrteh, nature. Nature means the
impressions of virtue, vice, etc. [Also,
knowledge, desires, and so on.]
acquired in the past (lives) and which
become manifest at the commencement
of the present life. All creatures
(behave) according to that only.
Therefore, bhutani, beings; yanti, follow;
(their) prakrtim, nature. Nigrahah
kim karisyati, what can restraint do, be
it from Me or anybody else? If all
beings behave only according to their
own nature-and there is none
without his nature-, then, since there
arises the contingency of the
scriptures becoming purposeless owing to
the absence of any scope for
personal effort, therefore the following is
being stated:
3.34 Raga-dvesau, attraction and
repulsion, in the following mannerattraction
towards desirable things, and
repulsion against undesirable
things; (vyavasthitau, are
ordained,) are sure to occur, arthe, with regard
to objects such as sound etc.;
indriyasya indriyasya, of all the organs,
with regard to each of the organs.
As to that, the scope of personal
effort and scriptural purpose are
being stated as follows: One who is
engaged in the subject-matter of
the scriptures should, in the very
beginning, not come under the
influence of love and hatred. For, that
which is the nature of a person
impels him to his actions, verily under the
influence eof love and hatred. And
then follow the rejection of one's own
duty and the undertaking of
somebody else's duty. On the other hand,
when a person controls love and
hatred with the help of their opposites
[Ignorance, the cause of love and
hatred, has discrimination as its
opposite.], then he becomes mindful
only of the scriptural teachings; he
ceases to be led by his nature.
Therefore, na agacchet, one should not
come; vasam, under the sway; tayoh,
of these two, of love and hatred; hi
because; tau, they; are asya, his,
this person's pari-panthinau,
adversaries, who, like robbers, put
obstacles on his way to Liberation.
This is the meaning. In this world,
one impelled by love and hatred
misinterprets even the teaching of
the scriptures, and thinks that
somebody else's duty, too, has to
be undertaken just because it is a
duty! That is wrong:
3.35 Svadharmah, one's own duty;
being practised even though
vigunah, defective, deficient; is
sreyan, superior to, more commendable
than; para-dharmat, another's duty;
though svanusthitat, wellperformed,
meritoriously performed. Even
nidhanam, death; is sreyah,
better; while engaged svadharme, in
one's own duty, as compared with
remaining alive while engaged in
somebody else's duty. Why?
Paradharmah, another's duty; is
bhayavahah, fraught with fear, since it
invites dangers such as hell etc.
Although the root cause of evil was
stated in, 'In the case of a person
who dwells on objects' (2.62) and
'.....because they (attraction and
repulsion) are his adversaries' (34), that
was presented desultorily and
vaguely. Wishing to know it briefly and
definitely as, 'This is thus, to be
sure', Arjuna, with the idea, 'When this
indeed becomes known, I shall make
effort for its eradication', said:
3.36 Atha, now then; varsneya, O
scion of the Vrsni dynasty; being
prayuktah, impelled; kena, by what
acting as the cause; as a servant is
by a king, does ayam, this;
purusah, man; carati, commit; papam, sin, a
sinful act; api, even; anicchan,
against his wish, though not himself
willing; niyojitah, being
constrained; balat, by force; iva, as it were-as if
by a king, which illustration has
already been given? The Lord (Bhagavan)
said: 'You hear about that enemy,
the source of all evil, of which
you ask-.' 'Bhaga is said to
consist of all kinds of majesty, virtue, fame,
beauty, detachment as well as
Liberation [Liberation stands for its cause,
Illumination.], (V.P.6.5.74). That
Vasudeva, in whom reside for ever,
unimpeded and in their fullness,
the six qualities of majesty etc. and who
has the knowledge of such subjects
as creation etc., is called Bhagavan.
'He is spoken of as Bhaga-van who
is aware of creation and
dissolution, gain and loss, [Gain
and loss stand for future prosperity and
adversity.] ignorance and
Illumination of all beings' (ibid. 78).
3.37 Esah, this; kamah, desire, is
the enemy of the whole world,
because of which the creatures
incur all evil. This desire when
obstructed in any way turns into
anger. Therefore, krodhah, anger, is
also identical with this (desire).
It is rajoguna-samudbhavah, born of the
quality of rajas; or, it is the
origin of the quality of rajas. For, when desire
comes into being, it instigates a
person by arousing rajas. People who
are engaged in service etc., which
are effects of rajas, and who are
stricken with sorrow are heard to
lament, 'I have been led to act by
desire indeed!' It is mahaasanah, a
great devourer, whose food is
enormous. And hence, indeed, it is
maha-papma, a great sinner. For a
being commits sin when goaded by
desire. Therefore, viddhi, know;
enam, this desire; to be vairinam,
the enemy; iha, here in this world.
With the help of examples the Lord
explains how it is an enemy:
3.38 Yatha, as; vahnih, fire, which
is naturally bright; avriyate, is
enveloped; dhumena, by smoke, which
is born concomitantly (with fire)
and is naturally dark; or as
adarsah, a mirror; is covered malena, by dirt;
ca, and; garbhah, a foetus; is
avrtah, enclosed; ulbena, in the womb by
the amnion; tatha, so; is idam,
this; avrtam, shrouded; tena, by that.
Again, what is that which is
indicated by the word idam (this), and which
is covered by desire? The answer
is:
3.39 Jnanam, Knowledge; is avrtam,
covered; etena, by this;
nityavairina, constant enemy;
jnaninah, of the wise. For the wise person
knows even earlier, 'I am being
induced by this into evil.' And he always
[Both at the time when desire
arises in him, and also when he is forced
to act by it.] feels distressed.
Therefore, it is the constant enemy of the
wise but not of a fool. For the
fool looks upon desire as a friend so long
as hankering lasts. When sorrow
comes as a consequence, he realizes,
'I have been driven into sorrow
because of longings', but certainly not
earlier. Therefore it is the
constant enemy of the wise alone. In what
form? Kama-rupena, in the form of
desire-tha which has wish itself as its
expression is kama-rupa; in that
form-; (and) duspurena, which is an
insatiable; analena, fire. That
which is difficult to satisfy is duspurah; and
(derivatively) that which never has
enough (alam) is analam. Again,
having what as its abode does
desire, in the form of a viel over
Knowledge, become the enemy of all?
Since when the abode of an
enemy is known, it is possible to
easily slay the enemy, therefore the
Lord says:
3.40 Indriyani, the organs; manah,
mind; and buddhih, the intellect;
ucyate, are said to be; asya, its,
desire's; adhisthanam, abode. Esah,
this one, desire; vimohayati,
diversely deludes; dehinam, the embodied
being; avrtya, by veiling; jnanam,
Knowledg; etaih, with the help of these,
with the organs etc. which are its
abodes. [The activities of the organs
etc. are the media for the
expression of desire. Desire covers the
Knoweldge of the Self by
stimulating these.]
3.41 Since this is so, therefore, O
scion of the Bharata dynasty, adau
niyamya, after first controlling;
indriyani, the organs; prajahihi, renounce;
enam, this one, the enemy under
consideration; which is papmanam,
sinful-which is desire that is
accustomed to sinning; and jnana-vijnananasanam,
a destroyer of learning and wisdom,
jnana, learning, means
knowledge about the Self etc. from
the scripures and a teacher. Vijnana,
wisdom, means the full experience
of that. Renounce, i.e. discard, from
yourself the destroyer of those
two-learning and wisdom, which are the
means to the achievement
Liberation. It has been said, 'After first
controlling the organs, renounce
desire the enemy'. As to that, by taking
the support of what should one give
up desire? This is being answered:
error
3.43 Buddhva, understanding;
atmanam, the Self; evam, thus; as
param, superior; buddheh, to the
intellect; and samstabhya, completely
establishing; atmana, with the
mind, i.e. establishing (the Self) fully in
spiritual absorption with the help
of your own purified mind; O mightyarmed
one, jahi, vanquish; this satrum,
enemy; kama-rupam, in the form
of desire; which is durasadam,
difficult to subdue-which can be got hold
of with great difficulty, it being
possessed of many inscrutable
characteristics.
BHAGAVADGITA
English translation of Sri
Sankaracharya's Sanskrit Commentary - Swami
Gambhirananda
Chapter 4
RO
4.1 In the beginning of creation,
with a veiw to infusing vigour into the
Ksatriyas who are the protectors of
the world, aham, I; proktavan,
imparted; imam, this; avyayam,
imperishable; yogam, Yoga, presented in
the (preceding) two chapters;
vivasvate, to Vivasvan, the Sun. Being
endowed with this power of Yoga,
they would be able to protect the
Brahmana caste. The protection of
the world becomes ensured when
the Brahmanas and the Ksatriyas are
protected. It (this Yoga) is
avyayam, imperishable, because its
result is undecaying. For, the resultcalled
Liberation-of this (Yoga), which is
characterized by steadfastness
in perfect Illumination, does not
decay. And he, Vivasvan, praha, taught
(this); manave, to Manu. Manu
abravit, transmitted (this); iksvakave, to
Iksvaku, his own son who was the
first king. [First king of the Iksvaku
dynasty, otherwise known as the
Solar dynasty.]
4.2 Rajarsayah, the king-sages,
those who were kings and sages (at the
same time); viduh, knew; imam, this
Yoga; which was evam paramparapraptam,
received thus through a regular
succession of Ksatriyas. Sah,
that; yogah, Yoga; nastah, is lost,
has go its traditional line snapped; iha,
now; mahata kalena, owing to a long
lapse of time. parantapa, O
destroyer of foes. By para are
meant those against oneself. He who, like
the sun, 'scorches' (tapayati) them
by the 'rays' of the 'heat' of his
prowess is parantapa, i.e. scorcher
of antagonists. Noticing that the
Yoga has got lost by reaching
people who are weak and have no control
of their organs, and that the world
has become associated with goals
that do not lead to Liberation,
4.3 Sah, that; puratanah, ancient;
yogah, Yoga; eva, itself; ayam, which
is this; proktah, has been taught;
te, to you; maya, by Me; adya, today;
iti, considering that; asi, you
are; me, My; bhaktah, devotee; ca sakha,
and friend. Hi, for; etat, this
Yoga, i.e. Knowledge; is a uttamam,
profound; rahasyam, secret. Lest
someone should understand that the
Lord has said something
contradictory, therefore, in order to prevent
that (doubt), as though raising a
question,
4.4 Bhavatah, Your; janma, was
aparam, later, in the abode of
Vasudeva; (whereas) the birth
vivasvatah, of Visvasvan, the Sun; was
param, earlier, in the beginning of
creation. Therefore, katham, how;
vijanyam, am I to understand; etat,
this, as not inconsistent; iti, that;
tvam, You, yourself; who proktavan,
insturcted this Yoga; adau, in the
beginning, are the same person who
are now teaching me? By way of
demolishing the doubt of fools with
regard to Vasudeva, that He has no
God-hood and omniscience-to which
very purpose was Arjuna's
question-
4.5 O Arjuna, bahuni, many;
janmani, lives; me, of Mine; vyatitani, have
passed; tava ca, and so have yours.
Aham, I; veda know; tani, them;
sarvani, all; (but) tvam, you; va
vetta, know not, due to your power of
understanding being obstructed by
righteousness, unrighteousness, etc.
However, parantapa, O scorcher of
foes; aham, I know, possessing as I
do unobstructed power of knowledge,
because by nature I am enternal,
pure, enlightened and free. 'In
that case, how, in spite of the absence of
righteousness and unrighteousness,
can there be any birth for You who
are the eternal God?' That is beng
answered:
4.6 Api, san ajah, though I am
birthless; and avyayatma, undecaying by
nature, though I am naturally
possessed of an undiminishing power of
Knowledge; and so also api san,
though; isvarah, the Lord, natural Ruler;
bhutanam, of beings, from Brahma to
a clump of grass; (still) adhisthaya,
by subjugating; svam, My own;
prakrtim, Prakrti, the Maya of Visnu
consisting of the three gunas,
under whose; spell the whole world exists,
and deluded by which one does not
know one's own Self, Vasudeva;-by
subjugating that Prakrti of Mine,
sambhavami, I take birth, appear to
become embodeid, as though born;
atma-mayaya, by means of My own
Maya; but not in reality like an
ordinary man. It is being stated when and
why that birth occurs:
4.7 O scion of the Bharata dynasty,
yada yada hi, whenever; bhavati,
there is; a glanih, decline,
decrease; dharmasya, of virtue consisting of
the duties of castes and stages of
life of living beings, which are the
means to achieving properity and
Liberation; and abhyutthanam,
increase, rise; adharmasya, of
vice; tada, then; do aham, I; srjami,
manifest; atmanam, Myself, through
Maya. Why?
4.8 Paritranaya, for the
protection; sadhunam, of the pious, the
followers of the virtuous path;
vinasaya, for the destruction; duskrtam, of
the evil-doers, of the sinful ones;
and also dharmasamsthapanarthaya,
for establishing virtue fully;-for
that purpose, sambhavami, I manifest
Myself; yuge yuge, in every age.
4.9 Yah, he who; evam, thus, as
described; vetti, knows tattvatah, truly,
as they are in reality; that
divyam, divine, supernatural; janma, birth,
which is a form of Maya; ca karma,
and actions, such as protection of
the pious, etc.; mama, of Mine; na
eti, does not get; punarjanma, rebirth;
tyaktva, after casting off; this
deham, body. Sah, he; eti, attains, comes
to; mam, Me-he gets Liberated, O
Arjuna. This path of Liberation has
not been opened recently. What
then? Even in earlier days-
4.10 Bahavah, many;
vita-raga-bhaya-krodhah, who were devoid of
attachment, fear and anger;
manmayah, who were absorbed in Me, who
were knowers of Brahman, who were
seers of (their) identity with God;
mam upasrithah, who had taken
refuge only in Me, the supreme God,
i.e. who were steadfast in
Knowledge alone; and were putah, purified,
who had become supremely
sanctified; jnana-tapasa, by the austerity of
Knowledge-Knowledge itself, about
the supreme Reality, being the
austerity; becoming sanctified by
that austerity of Knowledge-; agatah,
have attained; madbhavam, My state,
Goodhood, Liberation. The
particular mention of 'the
austerity of Knowledge' is to indicate that
steadfastness in Knowledge does not
depend on any other austerity. 'In
that case, You have love and
aversion, because of which You grant the
state of identity with Yourself
only to a few but not to others?' The
answer is:
4.11 Yatha, according to the manner
in which, the purpose for which,
seeking, whatever fruit;
prapadyante, they approach; mam, Me; aham, I;
bhajami, favour; tan, them; tatha
eva, in that very manner, by granting
that fruit. This is the idea. For
they are not seekers of Liberation. It is
certainly impossible for the same
person to be a seeker of Liberation
and, at the same time, a seeker of
rewards (of actions). Therefore, by
granting fruits to those who hanker
after fruits; by granting Knowledge to
those who follow what has been
stated (in the scriptures) and are
seekers of Liberation, but do not
hanker after rewards; and by granting
Liberation to those who are men of
wisdom and are monks aspiring for
Liberation; and so also by removing
the miseries of those who suffer- in
these ways I favour them just
according to the manner, in which they
approach Me. This is the meaning.
On the other hand, I do not favour
anybody out of love or aversion, or
out of delusion. Under all
circumstances, O son of Prtha,
manusyah, human beings; anuvartante,
follow; sarvasah, in every way;
mama, My; vartma, path, [The paths
characterized by Knowledge and by
action (rites and duties).] the path of
God who am omnipresent. By 'human
beings' are meant those people
who become engaged in their
respective duties to which they are
qualified according to the results
they seek. 'If Your wish to be
favourable is the same towards all
creatures on account of the absence
of the defects of love and aversion
in You who are God, and You are
there with Your capacity to grant
all rewards, why then do not all,
becoming desirous of Liberation,
take refuge in You alone with the very
knowledge that Vasudeva is
everything?' As to that, hear the reason for
this:
error
4.13 Catur-varnyam-meaning the same
as catvarah varnah, the four
castes; srstam, have been created;
maya, by Me who am God, which
accords with such Vedic texts as,
'The Brahmanas were His face...' (Rg.
10.90.12); guna-karma-vibhagasah,
through a classification of the gunas
and duties. [A.G. writes:
guna-vibhagena karma-vibhagah, classification
of the duties, determined by the
classification of the gunas.-Tr] By the
gunas are meant sattva, rajas and
tamas (see note under 2.45; also see
Chapter 14). As to that, the
control of the mind and body, austerity, etc.
are the duties of the Brahmanas,
who are sattvika, i.e. have a
predominance of the quality of
sattva (purity, goodness, etc.). Courage,
valour, etc. are the duties of the
Ksatriyas, in whom sattva becomes
secondary and rajas (passion,
attachment, etc.) preponderates.
Agriculture etc. are the duties of
the Vaisya, in whom tamas (indolence,
ignorance, etc.) is secondary and
rajas is predominant. Service is the
only duty of the Sudra, in whom
rajas is secondary and tamas
predominates (see chapters 14,
16,17 and 18). In this way, the four
castes have been created by Me
through a classification of the gunas
and duties. This is the idea. And
these four castes do not prevail in the
other worlds. Hence the
specification, 'in the human world'. 'Well, in
that caste, by virtues of Your
being he agent of the acts of creation of
the four castes,etc. You become
subject tothe consequence of those
actions? Therefore you are not
eternally free and the eternal Lord!' This
is being answered: Api, even
though; I am kartaram, the agent; tasya, of
that act, from the empirical
standpoint of maya; still, from the highest
standpoint, viddhi, know; mam, Me;
to be akartaram, a non-agent; and
therefore, also know Me to be
avyayam, changeless, not subject to the
cycle of births and deaths. 'In
reality, however, I am not the agent of
those actions of which you think I
am the agent.' Because --
4.14 Because of the absence of
egoism, those karmani, actions; na
limpanti, do not taint; mam, Me, by
becoming the originators of body
etc. And me, for Me; na sprha,
there is no hankering for the results of
those actions. But in the case of
transmigrating beings, who have selfidentification
in the form, 'I am the agent', and
thirst for actions as also
for their results, it is reasonable
that actions should taint them. Owing to
the absence of these, actions do
not taint Me. Anyone else, too, yah,
who; abhijanati, knows; mam, Me;
iti, thus, as his own Self, and (knows),
'I am not an agent; I have no
hankering for the results of actions'; sah,
he; na badhyate, does not become
bound; karmabhih, by actions. In his
case also actions cease to be the
originators of body etc. This is the
import.
4.15 Jnatva, having known; evam,
thus, that 'I am not an agent; I have
no desire for the results of
actions'; karma, duties; krtam, were
undertaken; api, even; purvaih, by
the ancient; mumuksubhih, seekers of
Liberation. Tasmat, therefore;
tvam, you; kuru, undertake; karma, action;
eva, itself. You ought not to sit
quietly, or even renounce. Therefore, you
(undertake actions) because they
were performed by the ancients as
well-if you have no Self-knowledge,
then (undertake actions) for selfpurification;
or, if you have Self-knowledge,
then (undertake actions) in
order to prevent people from going
astray-, as were krtam, performed;
purvataram, earlier; purvaih, by
the ancient ones, Janaka and others; not
actions as are undertaken in the
present day. [This last portion of the
sentence is translated by some as
follows: You should not undertake
actions which are done in the
present manner (i.e. do not perform
actions in the manner undertakne by
people nowadays, which neither
purifies the mind nor helps
people). (See G1. Pr. p. 114.) 'If action has
to be undertaken here, then I shall
do so following Your instruction itself.
What is the use of specifying that
it was done earlier by the ancient
ones?' 'The answer is: Because
there is a great difficult as regards
actions.' How?
4.16 Kavayah api, even the
intelligent; mohitah, are confounded in this
subject of action etc.; iti atra,
as to; kim karma, what is action; and kim
akarma, what is inaction.
Therefore, pravaksyami, I shall tell; te, you; of
karma, action; akarma ca, as also
of inaction; jnatva, by knowing; yat,
which-action etc.; moksyase, you
will become free: asubhat, from evil,
from transmigration. 'And you
should not think thus: What is called
karma is the movement of the body
etc. as are well-known in the world;
and akarma, inaction, is not doing
those, (i.e.) sitting quietly. What is
there to understand (further) in
that regard?' 'Why?' The answer is:
error
error
4.19 Budhah, the wise, the knowers
of Brahman; ahuh, call; tam, him;
panditam, learned, in the real
sense; yasya, whose, of the one who
perceives as stated above;
samarambhah, actions-whatever are
undertaken; are sarve, all;
kama-sankalpa-varjitah, devoid of desires and
the thoughts which are their
(desires') causes (see 2.62)-i.e., (those
actions) are performed as mere
movements, without any selfish purpose:
if they are performed by one
(already) engaged in actions, then they are
for preventing people from going
astray, and if they are done by one who
has withdrawn from actions, then
they are merely for the maintenance of
the body-; and
jnanagni-dagdha-karmanam, whose actions have been
burnt away by the fire of wisdom.
Finding inaction etc. in action etc. is
jnana, wisdom; that itself is
agnih, fire. He whose actions, karma,
described as good and bad, have
been dagdhani, burnt away by that fire
of wisdom, is
jnana-agni-dagdha-karma. However, one who is a
perceiver of 'inaction' etc.
[Perceiver of inaction etc.: He who knows the
truth about action and inaction as
explained before.-Tr.] is free from
actions owing to the very fact of
his seeing 'inaction' etc. He is a monk,
who acts merely for the purpose of
maintaining the body. Being so, he
does not engage in actions although
he might have done so before the
dawn of discrimination. He again
who, having been engaged in actions
under the influence of past
tendencies, later on becomes endowed with
the fullest Self-knowledge, he
surely renounces (all) [Ast. adds this word
sarva, all.-Tr.] actions along with
their accessories as he does nnot find
any purpose in activity. For some
reason, if it becomes impossible to
renounce actions and he, for the
sake of preventing people from going
astray, even remains engaged as
before in actions-without attachment
to those actions and their results
because of the absence of any selfish
purpose-, still he surely does
nothing at all! His actions verily become
'inaction' because of having been
burnt away by the fire of wisdom. By
way of pointing out this idea, the
Lord says:
4.20 With the help of the
above-mentioned wisdom, tyaktva, having
given up the idea of agentship; and
phala-asangam, attachment to the
results of action; he who is
nitya-trptah, ever-trptah, ever-contented, i.e.
has no hankering for objects; and
nirasrayah, dependent on nothing-.
Asraya means that on which a person
leans, desiring to achieve some
human goal. The idea is that he is
dependent of any support which may
be a means of attaining some
coveted seen or unseen result. In reality,
actions done by a man of Knowledge
are certainly inactions, since he is
endowed with the realization of the
actionless Self. Actions together with
their accessories must be
relinquished by one who has become thus,
because they have no end to serve.
This being so, api, even though; he
remains abhi-pravrttah, engaged as
before; karmani, in actions-getting
out of those (actions) being
impossible-, either with the intention of
preventing people from going astray
or with a view to avoiding the
censure of the wise people; sah,
he; eva, really; na karoti, does not do;
kincit, anything, because he is
endued with the realization of the
actionless Self. [From the
subjective standpoint of the enlightened there
are no actions, but ordinary people
mistakenly think them to be actions,
which in reality are a mere
semblance of it.] On the other hand, one who
is the opposite of the
above-mentioned one, (and) in whom, even before
undertaking works, has dawned the
realization of his identity with
Brahman, the all-pervasive, inmost,
actionless Self; who,being bereft of
solicitation for desirable objects
seen or unseen, has renounced actions
along with their accessories, by
virtue of seeing no purpose to be served
by undertaking actions meant to
secure some seen or unseen result,
and makes effort only for the
maintenance of the body, he, the monk
steadfast in Knowledge, becomes
free. Hence, in order to express this
idea the Lord says:
4.21 Nirasih, one who is without
solicitation-one from whom asisah
[Asih is a kind of desire that can
be classed under prayer. (Some
translate it as desire,
hope.-Tr.)], solicitations, have departed; yata-cittaatma,
who has the mind and organs under
control-one by whom have
been controlled (yatau) both the
internal organ (citta) and the external
aggregate of body and organs
(atma); (and) is tyakta-sarva-parigrahah, [
Parigraha: receiving, accepting,
possessions, belongings.-V.S.A] totally
without possessions- one by whom
have been renounced (tyaktah) all
(sarvah) possessions (parigrahah);
na apnoti, he does not incur; kilbisam,
sin, in the form of evil as also
rigtheousness-to one aspiring for
Liberation, even righteousness is
surely an evil because it brings
bondage-; [Here Ast. adds tasmat
tabhyam mukto bhavati samsarat
mukto bhavati ityarthah, therefore,
he becomes free from both of them,
i.e. he becomes liberated from
transmigration.-Tr.] kurvan, by
performing; karma, actions;
kevalam, merely; sariram, for the purpose of
maintaining the body-without the
idea of agenship even with regard to
these (actions). Further, in the
expression, 'kevalam sariram karma', do
the words sariram karma mean
'actions done by the body' or 'actions
merely for the purpose of
maintaining the body? Again, what does it
matter if by (the words) sariram
karma is meant 'actions done by the
body' or 'actions merely for the
purpose of maintaning the body? The
answer is: If by sariram karma is
meant actions done by the body, then it
will amount to a contradiction
[Contradiction of the scriptures.] when the
Lord says, 'one does not incur sin
by doing with his body any action
meant for seen or unseen purposes,
even though it be prohibited.' Even
if the Lord were to say that 'one
does not incur sin by doing with his
body some scripturally sanctioned
action intended to secure a seen or
an unseen end', then there arises
the contingency of His denying
something (some evil) that has not
come into being! (Further,) from the
specification, sariram karma kurvan
(by doing actions with the body), and
from the use of the word kevala
(only), it will amount to saying that one
incurs sin by performing actions,
called righteous and unrighteous, which
can be accomplished with the mind
and speech and which come within
the purview of injunction and
prohibition. Even there, the statement that
one incurs sin by performing
enjoined actions through the mind and
speech will involve a
contradiction; even in the case of doing what is
prohibited, it will amount to a
mere purposeless restatement of a known
fact. On the other hand, when the
sense conveyed by sariram karma is
taken as acctions merely for the
purpose of maintaining the body, then
the implication will be that he
does not do any other work as can be
accomplished physically, orally, or
mentally, which are known from
injunctions and prohibitions (of
the scriptures) and which have in view
seen or unseen results; while he
appears to people to be working with
those very body (speech) etc.
merely for the purpose of maintaining the
body, yet he does not incur sin by
merely making movements of the
body etc., because from the use of
the word kevala, (merely) it follows
that he is devoid of the sense of
agentship implicit in the idea, 'I do.'
Since there is no possibility of a
person who has reached such a state
incurring evil as suggest by the
word sin, therefore he does not become
subject to the evil of
transmigration. That is to say, he certainly becomes
free without any obstacle since he
has all his actions burnt away by the
fire of wisdom. This verse is only
a reiteration of the result of full
illumination stated earlier. It
becomes faultless by accepting the
interpretation of sariram karma
thus. In the case of the monk who has
renounced all possessions, since
owning food etc. meant for the bare
sustenance of the body is absent,
therefore it becomes imperative to
beg for alms etc. for the upkeep of
the body. Under this circumstance,
by way of pointing out the means of
obtaining food etc. for the
maintenance of the body of a monk
as permitted by the text, 'What
comes unasked for, without
forethought and spontaneously...' [Unasked
for: what comes before the monk
gets ready for going out for alms;
without forethought: alms that are
not given with abuses, and have not
fallen on the ground, but collected
from five or seven houses without any
plan; spontaneously: alms brought
to one spontaneously by devoted
people.] (Bo. Sm. 21. 8. 12) etc.,
the Lord says:
4.22 Yadrccha-labha-santustah,
remaining satisfied with what comes
unasked for-yadrccha-labha means
coming to possess something
without having prayed for it;
feeling contented with that-. Dvandvaatitah,
having transcended the
dualities-one is said to be beyond dualities
when his mind is not distressed
even when afflicted by such opposites
as heat and cold, etc.-.
Vimatsarah, being free from spite, from the idea
of enmity; and samah, equipoised;
siddhau ca asiddhau, is success and
failure, with regard to things that
come unasked for-. The monk who is
such, who is equipoised, not
delighted or sorrowful in getting or not
getting food etc. for the
sustenance of the body, who sees inaction etc.
in action etc., who is ever poised
in the realization of the Self as It is,
who, with regard to the activities
accomplished by the body etc. in the
course of going about for alms etc.
for the bare maintenance of the
body, is ever clearly conscious of
the fact, 'I certainly do not anything;
the organs act on the objects of
the organs' (see 5.8; 3.28), he, realizing
the absence of agentship in the
Self, certainly does not do any actions
like going about for alms etc. But
when, abserving similarly with common
human behaviour, agentship is
attributed to him by ordinary poeple, then
he (apparently) becomes an agent
with regard to such actions as moving
about for alms etc. However, from
the standpoint of his own realization
which has arisen from the valid
means of knowledge presented in the
scriptures, he is surely not an
agent. He, to whom is thus ascribed
agentship by others, na nibadhyate,
is not bound; api, even; krtva, by
performing such actions as moving
about for alms merely for the
maintenance of the body, because
action which is a source of bondage
has been burnt away along with its
cause by the fire of wisdom. Thus,
this is only a restatement of what
has been said earilier. When a person
who has already started works
becomes endowed with the realization of
the identity of the Self with the
actionless Brahman, then it follows that in
the case of that man, who has
experienced the absence of agentship,
actions and purposes in the Self,
actions become relinquished. But if this
becomes impossible for some reason
and he continues to be engaged in
those acitons as before, still he
certainly does not do anything. This
absence of action has been shown in
the verse, 'Having given up
attachment to the results of
action...' (20). Of that very person with
regard to whom has been shown the
absence of aciton4.23
Muktasya, of the liberated person
who has become relieved of
such bondages as righteousness and
unrighteousness, etc.;
gatasangasya, who has got rid of
attachment, who has become
detached from everything;
jnana-avasthita-cetasah, whose mind is fixed
in Knowledge only; his karma,
actions; acaratah, undertaken; yajnaya,
for a sacrifice, to accomplish a
sacrifice [A.G. takes yajna to mean Visnu.
So, yajnaya will mean 'for Visnu'.
Sankaracarya also interprets this word
similarly in 3.9.-Tr.];
praviliyate, gets destroyed; samagram, totally-saha
(together) agrena (with its
consequence, result). This is the meaning. For
what reason, again, does an action
that is underway get destroyed
totally without producing its
result? This is being answered: Because,
error
4.25 Apare, other; yoginah, yogis,
ritualists; pari-upasate, undertake;
yajnam, sacrifice; daivam, to gods;
eva, alone. A sacrifice by which the
gods are adored is daiva-yajna;
they perform only that. This is the
meaning. Brahma-agnau, in the fire
of Brahman: By the word brahman
is meant That which is referred to
in such sentences as, 'Brahman is
Truth, knowledge and infinite'
(Tai. 2.1), 'Knowledge, Bliss, Brahman'
(Br. 3.9.28), 'the Brahman that is
immediate and direct-the self that is
within all' (Br.3.4.1), which is
devoid of all worldly characteristiscs like
hunger etc. and which is beyond all
particular qualifications-as stated in,
'Not this, not this' (Br.4.4.22).
That which is Brahman is the fire.
[Brahman is called fire because, as
reflected in wisdom, It burns away
everything, i.e. ignorance, or
because everything merges into It during
dissolution (pralaya).] And it is
spoken of as Brahmagni with a view to
referring to It as that into which
the offering is made. In that fire of
Brahman, apare, others, other
knowers of Brahman; upa-juhvati, offer;
yajnam, the Self, which is referred
to by the word yajna (sacrifice), it,
having, been presented as a synonym
of the Self;-that Self, which is a
sacrifice, which is reality is
verily the supreme Brahman, which is
associated with such limiting
adjuncts as the intellect etc., which is
associated with all the qualities
of the limiting adjuncts superimposed on
it, and which is the oblation,
(they offer) yajnena, by the Self itself as
described above. The offering (of
the Self) in that (Brahman) is nothing
but the realization of that Self
which is assoicated with the limiting
adjuncts to be the supreme Brahman
which is free from adjuncts. The
monks, steadfast in the realization
of the identity of Brahman and the
Self, make that offering. This is
the meaning. Beginning with, 'The ladle
is Brahman' etc., this sacrifice
characterized as full realization is being
included among such sacrifices as
daiva-yajna etc. with a view to
eulogizing it in the verses
beginning with, 'O destroyer of enemies,
jnana-yajna is greater than the
sacrifices involving (sacrificial) materials'.
4.26 Anye, others, other yogis;
juhvati, offer; indriyani, the organs; viz
srotradini, car etc.;
samyama-agnisu, in the fires of self-control. The
plural (in fires) is used because
self-control is possible in respect of each
of the organs. Self-control itself
is the fire. In that they make the offering,
i.e. they practise control of the
organs. anye, others; juhvati, offer;
visayan, the objects; sabdadin, viz
sound etc.; indriyagnisu, in the fires of
the organs. The organs themselves
are the fires. They make offerings in
those fires with the organs of
hearing etc. They consider the perception
of objects not prohibited by the
scriputures to be a sacrifice.
4.27 Further, apare, others;
juhvati, offer, i.e. merge; sarvani, all; indriyakarmani,
the activities of the organs; and
also the prana-karmani,
activities of the vital force-
prana means the air in the body; they offer its
activities such as contraction,
expansion, etc; atma-samyama yogaagnau,
into the fire of the yoga of
self-control-withdrawal (samyama)
[Samyama consists of concentration,
meditation, and Self-absorption.
The idea conveyed by the verse is
that by stopping all activities, they
concentrate the mind on the Self.]
into the Self (atma) is self-control
(atma-samyama); that itself is the
fire of yoga (yoga-agni); (they offer) into
that fire; jnana-dipite, which has
been lighted by Knowledge, made to
blaze up by discriminating
knowledge, as if lighted up by oil.
4.28 Tatha, similarly; apare,
others; are dravya-yajnah, perfomers of
sacrifices through wealth-those
sacrificers who spend wealth (dravya) in
holy places under the idea of
performing sacrifices; tapo-yajnah,
performers of sacrifices through
austerity, men of austerity, to whom
austerity is a sacrifice; [This is
according to Ast.-Tr.] yogayajnah,
performers of sacrifice through
yoga-those to whom the yoga consisting
in the control of the vital forces,
withdrawal of the organs, etc., is a
sacrifice; and
svadhyaya-jnana-yajnah, performers of sacrifices through
study and knowledge. Sacrificers
through study are those to whom the
study of Rg-veda etc. accroding to
rules is a sacrifice. And sacrificers
through knowledge are those to whom
proper understanding of the
meaing of the scriptures is a
sacrifice. Others are yatayah, ascetics, who
are deligent; samsita-vratah, in
following severe vows. Those whose
vows (vratah) have been fully
sharpened (samsita), made very rigid, are
samsita-vratah. [Six kinds of
sacrifices have been enumerated in this
verse.] Further,
4.29 Pranayama-parayanah,
constantly practising control of the vital
forces-i.e. they practise a form of
pranayama called Kumbhaka (stopping
the breath either inside or
outside) ['Three sorts of motion of Pranayama
(control of the vital forces) are,
one by which we draw the breath in,
another by which we throw it out,
and the third action is when the breath
is held in the lungs or stopped
from entering the lungs.'-C.W., Vol.I,
1962, p. 267. Thus, there are two
kinds of Kumbhaka-internal and
external.]-; prana-apana-gati
ruddhva, by stopping the movements of the
outgoing and the incoming
breaths-the outgoing of breath (exhalation)
through the mouth and the nostrils
is the movement of the Prana; as
opposed to that, the movement of
Apana is the going down (of breath)
(inhalation); these constitute the
prana-apana-gati, movements of Prana
and Apana; by stopping these; some
juhvati, offer as a sacrifice;
pranam, the outgoing breath, which
is the function of Prana; apane, in
the incoming breath, which is the
function of Apana-i.e. they practised a
form of pranayama called Puraka
('filling in'); while tatha apare, still
others; offer apanam, the incoming
breath; prane, in the outgoing
breath, i.e. they practise a form
of pranayama called Recaka ('emptying
out'). [Constantly practising
control of the vital, forces, they perform
Kumbhaka after Recaka and Puraka.]
4.30 Besides, apare, others;
niyata-aharah, having their food regulated;
juhvati, offer; pranan, the vital
forces, the different kinds of vital forces;
pranesu, in the vital forces
themselves. Whichever function of the vital
forces is brought under control, in
it they offer the other functions. These
latter become, as it were, merged
in the former. Sarve api, all; of ete,
them; yajna-vidah, are knowers of
the sacrifice; and yajna-ksapitakamasah,
have their sins destroyed by the
sacrifices as mentioned
above. After accomplishing the
above-mentioned sacrifices,
4.31 Yajna-sista-amrta-bhujah,
those who partake of the nectar left over
after a sacrifice, i.e. those who,
after performing the sacrifices described
above, eat, during the leisure
after the sacrifice, the food called nectar,
as prescribed by the injunctions;
yanti, reach; sanatanam brahma, the
eternal Brahman. For the sake of
consistency (with the Upanisads) it is
understood that if they (the
sacrificers) are seekers of liberation, (then
they reach Brahman) in due course
of time. [The Upanisads describe the
different stages through which
those who do good deeds and practise
meditation have to pass before
reaching the qualified Brahman after
death. For liberation there is need
also of purification of the heart, Thus,
they reach Brahman by stages, and
not immediately after death. (See
Ch. 8.5 and subsequent portion;
also, Br. 4.3.35 to 4.4.25, etc.)] Even
ayam lokah, this world, common to
all beings; na asti, ceases to exist;
ayajnasya, for one who does not
perform sacrifices, for him who does
not have to his credit even a
single one of the above sacrifices. Kutah
anyah, what to speak of the other
world which can be achieved through
special disciplines; kurusattama, O
best among the Kurus!
4.32 Evam, thus; bahu-vidha yajnah,
various kinds of sacrifices as
described; vitatah, lie spread;
mukhe, at the mouth, at the door;
brahmanah, of the Vedas. Those
which are known through the Vedasas
for instance, 'We offer the vital
force into speech', etc.-are said to be
vitatah, spread, elaborated; mukhe,
at the mouth; brahmanah, of the
Vedas. Viddhi, know; tan, them;
sarvan, all; to be karmajan, born of
action, accoplished through the
activities of body, speech and mind, but
not born of the Self. For the Self
is actionless. Hence, jnatva, knowing;
evam, thus; vimoksyase, you will
become liberated from evil. By knowing
thus- 'These are not my actions; I
am actionless and detached'-You will
be freed from worldly bondage as a
result of this full enlightenment. This
is the purport. Through the verse
beginning with, 'The ladle is Brahman'
etc., complete Illumination has
been represented as a sacrifice. And
sacrifices of various kinds have
been taught. With the help of [Some
translate this as: As compared
with...-Tr.] those (sacrifices) that are
meant for accomplishing desireable
human ends, Knowledge
(considered as a sacrifice) is
being extolled: How?
4.33 O destroyer of enemies,
jnana-yajnah, Knowledge considered as a
sacrifice; is sreyan, greater;
dravyamayat yajnat, than sacrifices requiring
materials [Including study of the
Vedas, etc. also.] For, a sacrifice
performed with materials is an
originator of results, [Worldly prosperity,
attaining heaven, etc.], but
Knowledge considered as a sacrifice is not
productive of results. [It only
reveals the state of Liberation that is an
achieved fact. (According to
Advaitism, Liberation consists in the
removal of ignorance by
Illumination. Nothing new is produced thereby.-
Tr.)]. Hence it is greater, more
praiseworthy. How? Because, sarvam,
all; karma-akhilam, actions in
their totality, without exception; O son of
Prtha, parisamapyate, culminate,
get merged (attain their
consummation); jnane, in Knowledge,
which is a means to Liberation
and is comparable to 'a flood all
around' (cf.2.46). This is the idea, which
accords with the Upanisadic text,
'As when the (face of a die) bearing
the number 4, called Krta, wins,
the other inferior (numbers on the diefaces)
get included in it, so whatever
good actions are performed by
beings, all that gets merged in
this one (Raikva). (So it happens) to
anyone who knows what he (Raikva)
knew' (Ch. 4.1.4). In that case, by
what means is this highly estimable
Knowledge acquired? The answer is
being given:
4.34 Viddhi, know; tat, that, the
process by which It is acquired; by
approaching teachers pranipatena,
through prostration, by lying fully
streched on the ground with face
downward, with prolonged salutation;
pariprasnena, through inquiry, as
to how bondage and Liberation come,
and what are Knowledge and
ignorance; and sevaya, through the
service of the guru. (Know it)
through these and other (disciplines) [Other
disciplines such as control of the
mind, body, etc. Sankaracarya's own
words in the Commentary are
evamadina, after which Ast. puts a full
stop, and agreeing with this, A.G.
says that the word viddhi (know) is to
be connected with evamadina. Hence
this translation. Alternatively,
those words have to be taken with
prasrayena. Then the meaning will
be, 'Being pleased with such and
other forms of humility...'-Tr.]. Being
pleased with humility, jnaninah,
the wise ones, the teachers; tattvadarsinah,
who have realized the Truth;
upadeksyanti, will impart, will tell;
te, you; jnanam, the Knowledge as
described above. Although people
may be wise, some of them are apt
to know Truth just as it is, while
others may not be so. Hence the
qualification, 'who have realized the
Truth'. The considered view of the
Lord is that Knowledge imparted by
those who have full enlightenment
becomes effective, not any other.
That being so, the next verse also
becomes appropriate:
4.35 Jnatva, knowing; yat, which-by
acquiring which Knowledge
imparted by them; O Pandava, na
vasyasi, you will not come under;
moham, delusion; punah, again;
evam, in this way, in the way you have
come under delusion now. Besides,
yena, through which Knowledge;
draksyasi, you will see directly;
bhutani, all beings; asesena, without
exception, counting from Brahma
down to a clump of grass; atmani, in
the Self, in the innermost Self,
thus-'These beings exist in me' ; and
atha, also; see that these are
mayi. in Me, in Vasudeva, the supreme
Lord. The purport is, 'You will
realize the identity of the individual Self
and God, which is well known in the
Upanisads.' Moreover, the
greatness of this Knowledge is:
4.36 Api cet asi, even if you be;
papa-krt-tamah, the worst sinner,
extremely sinful; sarvebhyah, among
all; papebhyah, the sinners (papa,
lit. sin, means here sinner) ;
still santarisyasi, you will cross over; sarvam,
all; the vrjinam, wickedness, the
ocean of wickedness, sin; [Ast. reads
papa-samudram, (ocean of sin) in
place of papam.-Tr.] jnana-plavena
eva, with the raft of Knowledge
alone, by using Knowledge alone as a
float. Here [Here, in the
scriptures imparting spiritual instructions.],
righteousness (formal religious
observance), too, is said to be an evil in
the case of one aspiring for
Liberation. How Knowledge destroys sin is
being told with the help of an
illustration:
4.37 O Arjuna, yatha, as; a
samiddhah, blazing; agnih, fire, a well lighted
fire; kurute, reduces; edhamsi,
pieces of wood; bhasmasat, to ashes;
tatha, similarly; jnanagnih, the
fire of Knowledge-Knowledge itself being
the fire; kurute, reduces;
bhasmasat, to ashes; sarva-karmani, all
actions, i.e. it renders them
ineffective, for the fire of Knowledge itself
cannot directly [Knowledge destroys
ignorance, and thereby the idea of
agentship is eradicated. This in
turn makes actions impossible.] burn
actions to ashes, like pieces of
wood. So, the idea implied is that full
enlightenment is the cuase of
making all actions impotent. From the
force the context [If the body were
to die just with the dawn of
Knowledge, imparting of Knowledge
by enlightened persons would be
impossible, and thus there would be
no teacher to transmit Knowledge!]
it follows that, since the result
of actions owing to which the present
body has been born has already
become effective, therefore it gets
eshausted only through experiencing
it. Hence, Knowledge reduces to
ashes only all those actions that
were done (in this life) prior to the rise of
Knowledge and that have not become
effective, as also those performed
along with (i.e. after the dawn of)
Knowledge, and those that were done
in the many past lives. Since this
is so, therefore,
4.38 Hi, indeed; na vidyate, there
is nothing; pavitram, purifying,
sanctifying; iha, here; sadrsam,
comparable; jnanena, to Knowledge.
Yoga-samsiddhah, one who has become
perfected, who as attained
fitness through yoga-the seeker
after Liberation who has become
samsiddhah, purified, qualified;
yogena, through the yoga of Karma and
the yoga of concentration-; kalena,
after a long time; vindati, realizes, i.e.
attains; tat, That, Knowledge;
verily svayam, by himself; atmani, in his
own heart. That means by which
Knowledge is invariably attained is
being taught:
4.39 Sraddhavan, the man who has
faith; labhate, attains; jnanam,
Knowledge. Even when one has faith,
he may be indolent. Therefore the
Lord says, tatparah, who is
diligent, steadfast in the service of the
teacher, etc., which are the means
of attaining Knowledge. Even when
one has faith and is diligent, one
may not have control over the organs.
Hence the Lord says,
samyata-indriyah, who has control over the
organs-he whose organs (indriyani)
have been withdrawn (samyata) from
objects. He who is such, who is
full of faith, diligent, and has control over
the organs, does surely attain
Knowledge. However, prostrations etc.,
which are external, are not
invariably fruitful, for there is scope for
dissimulation faith etc. But this
is not so in the case of one possessing
faith etc. Hence they are the
unfailing means of acquiring Knowledge.
What, again, will result from
gaining Knowledge? This is being answered:
Labdhva, achieving; jnanam,
Knowledge; adhigacchati, one attains;
acirena, soon indeed; param,
supreme; santim, Peace, supreme
detachment called Liberation. That
Liberation soon follows from full
Knowledge is a fact well
ascertained from all the scriptures and
reasoning. One should not entertain
any doubt in this matter. For doubt
is the most vicious thing. Why? The
answer is being stated:
4.40 Ajnah, one who is ignorant,
who has not known the Self; and
asradda-dhanah, who is faithless;
[Ast. adds here: guruvakya-sastresu
avisvasavan, who has no faith in
the instructions of the teacher and the
scriptures.-Tr.] and samsaya-atma,
who has a doubting mind; vinasyati,
perishes. Although the ignorant and
the faithless get ruined, yet it is not
to the extent that a man with a
doubting mind does. As for one with a
doubting mind, he is the most
vicious of them all. How? Na ayam lokah,
neither this world which is
familiar; na, nor also; parah, the next world; na
sukham, nor happiness; asti, exist;
samsaya-atmanah, for one who has
a doubting mind. For doubt is
possible even with regard to them!
Therefore one should not entertain
doubt. Why?
4.41 Yoga-sannyasta-karmanam, one
who has renounced actions
through yoga: that person who is a
knower of the supreme Goal, by
whom actions called righteous or
unrighteous have been renounced
through the yoga characterized as
the Knowledge of the supreme Goal.
How does one become detached from
actions through yoga? The Lord
says: He is
jnana-samchinna-samsayah, one whose doubts (samsaya)
have been fully dispelled
(samchinna) by Knowledge (jnana)
characterized as the realization of
the identity of the individual Self and
God. O Dhananjaya, he who has thus
renounced actions through yoga,
atmavantam, who is not inadvertent,
not careless; him, karmani, actions,
seen as the activities of the gunas
(see 3.28); na nibadhnanti, do not
bind, (i.e.) they do not produce a
result in the form of evil etc. Since one
whose doubts have been destroyed by
Knowledge-arising from the
destruction of the impurities (of
body, mind, etc.) as result of the practise
of Karma-yoga-does not get bound by
acitons owing to the mere fact of
his actions having been burnt away
by Knowledge; and since one who
has doubts with regard to the
practice of the yogas of Knowledge and
actions gets ruined-
4.42 Tasmat, therefore, O scion of
the Bharata dynasty; atistha, take
recourse to, i.e. undertake; yogam,
yoga -performance of actions, which
is a means to full Illumination;
and now, uttistha, rise up for battle;
chittva, cutting asunder;
jnanasina, with the sword of Knowledge-
Knowledge is full Illumination,
which is a destroyer of such defects as
sorrows, delusion, etc.; that
itself is the sword; with that sword of
Knowledge-;enam, this; samsayam,
doubt; atmanah, of your own, which
is a source of one's own ruin and
is most sinful; hrtstham, in the heart,
residing in the intellect;
ajnana-sambhutam, arising from ignorance, born
of non-discrimination. The word
atmanah is used because doubt
concerns oneself. Indeed, another's
doubt cannot be removed by
someone else. Hence the word 'own'
is used. So, although the doubt is
with regard to the Self, it is
really one's own.
BHAGAVADGITA
English translation of Sri
Sankaracharya's Sanskrit Commentary - Swami
Gambhirananda
Chapter 5
RO
5.1 (O Krsna,) samsasi, You praise,
i.e. speak of; sannyasam,
renunciation; karmanam, of actions,
of performance of various kinds of
rites enjoined by the scriptures;
punah ca, and again; You praise yogam,
yoga, the obligatory performance of
those very rites! Therefore I have a
doubt as to which is better-Is the
performance of actions better, or their
rejection? And that which is better
should be undertaken. And hence,
bruhi, tell; mam, me; suniscitam,
for certain, as the one intended by You;
tat ekam, that one-one of the two,
since performance of the two
together by the same person is
impossible; yat, which; is sreyah, better,
more commendable; etayoh, between
these two, between the
renunciation of actions and the
performance of actions [Ast. reads
karma-yoga-anusthana (performance
of Karma-yoga) in place of karmaanusthana
(performance of actions).-Tr.], by
undertaking which you think
I shall acquire what is beneficial.
While stating His own opinion in order
to arrive at a conclusion-
5.2 Ubhau, both, to be sure;
sannyasah, renunciation of actions; ca,
and; karma-yogah, Karma-yoga-their
performance-; nihsreyasa-karau,
lead to Liberation. Though both
lead to Liberation by virtue of being the
cause of the rise of Knowledge,
even then, tayoh, between the two
which are the causes of Liberation;
Karma-yoga, tu, however; visisyate,
excels; karma-sannyasat, over mere
renunciation of actions. Thus He
extols Karma-yoga. [Karma-yoga is
better than renunciation of actions
that is not based on Knowledge.]
Why? In answer the Lord says:
5.3 For, O mighty-armed one, he who
is free from duality becomes
easily freed from bondage. That
performer of Karma-yoga, yah, who; na
dvesti, does not hate anything; and
na kanksati, does not crave; jneyah,
should be known; as nitya-sannyasi,
a man of constant [A man of
constant renunciation: He is a man
of renunciation ever before the
realization of the actionless
Self.] renunciation. The meaning is that he
who continues to be like this in
the midst of sorrow, happiness and their
sources should be known as a man of
constant renunciation, even
though engaged in actions. Hi, for;
mahabaho, O mighty-armed one;
nirdvandvah, one who is free from
duality; pramucyate, becomes freed;
sukham, easily, without trouble;
bandhat, from bondage. It is reasonable
that in the case of renunciation
and Karma-yoga, which are opposed to
each other and can be undertaken by
different persons, there should be
opposition even between their
results; but it canot be that both of them
surely lead to Liberation. When
such a question arises, this is the answer
stated:
5.4 Balah, the fools; na panditah,
not the learned ones; pravadanti,
speak of; sankhya-yogau, Sankhya
[Sankhya, i.e. monasticism, is that
which is suited for sankhya,
Self-inquiry.] (the Path of Knowledge) and
(Karma-)yoga; as prthak, different,
having opposite and different results.
The learned ones, the wise,
however, admit one, unconflicting result.
How? Any one who samyak, properly;
asthitah, resorts to, i.e. follows;
ekam api, even one, between the
Path of Knowledge and (Karma-) yoga;
vindate, gets; phalam, the result;
ubhayoh, of both. For, the result of
both is that Liberation itself.
Therefore there is no conflict with regard to
the result. Objection: After
beginning the topic with the words,
'renunciation' and '(Karma-) yoga',
how is it that the Lord speaks of the
identity of the results of the path
of Knowledge and (Karma-) yoga, which
is beside the point? Reply: This
defect does not arise. Although the
question was put by Arjuna merely
with regard to renunciation and
Karma-yoga, yet the Lord, without
actually avoiding them, and by adding
something special which was
intended by Him, gave the answer by
expressing them through other
words, 'Sankhya' and '(Karma-) yoga'.
Those very 'renunciation and
'Karma-yoga', when they are (respectively)
associated with Knowledge and such
of Its means as equanimity etc.,
are meant by the words 'Sankhya'
and 'yoga'. This is the Lord's veiw.
Therefore there is no discussion
out of the context. How can the result
of both be attained by the proper
performance of only one? The answer
is:
5.5 Sthanam, the State called
Liberation; yat prapyate, that is reached;
sankhyaih, by the Sankhyas, by the
monks steadfast in Knowledge; tat
prapyate, that is reached; yogaih,
by the yogis; api, as well. The yogis
are those who, as a means to the
attainment of Knowledge, undertake
actions by dedicating them to God
without seeking any result for
themselves. The purport is that, by
them also that Stated is reached
through the process of acquiring
monasticism which is a result of the
knowledge of the supreme Reality.
Therefore, sah, he; pasyati, sees
truly; yah, who; pasyati, sees;
Sankhya and yoga as ekam, one, because
of the identity of their results.
This is the meaning. Objection: If this be
so, then monasticism itself excels
yoga! Why, then, is it said, 'Among the
two, Karma-yoga, however, excels
renunciation of actions'? Reply: Hear
the reason for this: Having is veiw
the mere giving up of actions and
Karma-yoga, your question was as to
which one was better of the two.
My answer was accordingly given
that Karma-yoga excels renunciation
of actions (resorted to) without
Knowledge is Sankhya. This is what was
meant by me. And that is indeed
yoga in the highest sense. However,
that which is the Vedic Karma-yoga
is figuratively spoken of as yoga and
renunciation since it leads to it
(supreme Knowledge). How does it lead
to that? The answer is:
5.6 Tu, but, O mighty-armed one;
sannyasah, renunciation, in the real
sense; duhkham aptum, is hard to
attain; ayogatah, without (Karma-)
yoga. Munih, the meditative man-the
word muni being derived in the
sense of one who meditates on the
real nature of God; yoga-yuktah,
equipped with yoga, with Vedic
Karma-yoga in the form of dedication to
God without thought of results (for
oneself); adhigacchati, attains;
brahma, Brahman; na cirena, without
delay, very quickly. Therefore it
was said by Me, 'Karma-yoga
excels'. [Karma-yoga leads to
enlightenment through the stages of
attenuation of attachment,
withdrawal of the internal and
external organs from their objects, and
their inclination towards the
indwelling Self. (Also see Commentary on
5.12).] The monasticism under
discussion is called Brahman because it
leads to knowledge of the supreme
Self, as stated in the Upanisad,
'Nyasa (monasticism) is Brahman.
Brahman is verily the supreme' (Ma.
Na. 21.2) Brahman means monasticism
in the real sense, consisting in
steadfastness to the knowledge of
the supreme Self.
5.7 When again, as a means to
attain full enlightenment, this person
becomes yoga-yuktah, endowed with
yoga; visuddhatma, pure in mind;
vijitatma, controlled in body;
jitendriyah, a conqueror of the organs; and
sarva-bhutatma-bhutatma, the Self
of the selves of all beings-one whose
Self (atma), the inmost
consciousness, has become the selves (atma) of
all beings (sarva-bhuta) beginning
from Brahma to a clump of grass-,
i.e., fully illumined; (then,) thus
continuing in that state, he na lipyate,
does not become tainted; kurvan
api, even while performing actions for
preventing mankind from going
astray. That is to say, he does not
become bound by actions. And
besides, this person does not act in the
real sense. Hence,
5.8 Yuktah, remaining absorbed in
the Self; tattva-vit, the knower of
Reality-knower of the real nature
of Truth, of the Self, i.e., the seer of the
supreme Reality; manyeta, should
think; 'na karomi eva, I certainly do
not do; kincit, anything.' Having
realized the Truth, when or how should
he think? This is being answered;
Api, even; pasyan, while seeing;
srnvan, hearing; sprsan, touching;
jighran, smelling; asnan, eating;
gacchan, moving; svapan, sleeping;
svasan, breathing; pralapan,
speaking; visrjan, releasing;
grhnan, holding; unmisan, opening; nimisan,
closing the eyes. All these are to
be connected with the above manyeta
(should think). For the man who has
known the Truth thus, who finds
nothing but inaction in action-in
all the movements of the body and
organs-, and who has full
realization, there is competence only for giving
up all actions because of his
realization of the nonexistence of actions.
Indeed, one who proceeds to drink
water in a mirage thinking that water
is there, surely does not go there
itself for drinking water even after
knowing that no water exists there!
5.9 Yuktah, remaining absorbed in
the Self; tattva-vit, the knower of
Reality-knower of the real nature
of Truth, of the Self, i.e., the seer of the
supreme Reality; manyeta, should
think; 'na karomi eva, I certainly do
not do; kincit, anything.' Having
realized the Truth, when or how should
he think? This is being answered;
Api, even; pasyan, while seeing;
srnvan, hearing; sprsan, touching;
jighran, smelling; asnan, eating;
gacchan, moving; svapan, sleeping;
svasan, breathing; pralapan,
speaking; visrjan, releasing;
grhnan, holding; unmisan, opening; nimisan,
closing the eyes. All these are to
be connected with the above manyeta
(should think). For the man who has
known the Truth thus, who finds
nothing but inaction in action-in
all the movements of the body and
organs-, and who has full
realization, there is competence only for giving
up all actions because of his
realization of the nonexistence of actions.
Indeed, one who proceeds to drink
water in a mirage thinking that water
is there, surely does not go there
itself for drinking water even after
knowing that no water exists there!
5.10 On the other hand, again, one
who is ignorant of the Truth and is
engaged in Karma-yoga, yah, who;
karoti, acts; adhaya, by dedicating,
by surrendering; all karmani,
actions; brahmani, to Brahman, to God;
with the idea, 'I am working for
Him, as a servant does everything for his
master', and tyaktva, by
renouncing; sangam, attachment, even with
regard to teh resulting Liberation;
sah, he; na lipyate, does not get
polluted, is not affected; papena,
by sin; iva, just as; padma-patram, a
lotus leaf; is not ambhasa, by
water. The only result that will certainly
accrue from such action will be the
purification of the heart.
5.11 Since tyaktva, by giving up
sangam, attachment with regard to
results; yoginah, the yogis, men of
action; kurvanti, undertake; karma,
work; kevalaih, merely- this word
is to be construed with each of the
words, body etc., so as to deny the
idea of ownership with regard to all
actions-; kayena, through the body;
manasa, through the mind;
buddhya, through the intellect; and
api, even; indriyaih, through the
organs, which are devoid of the
idea of ownership, which are
unassociated with ownership thus:
'I act only for God, and not for my
gain'; atmasudhaye, for the
purification of themselves, i.e., for the
purification of the heart,
therefore you have competence only for that. So
you undertake action alone. And
also since,
5.12 Tyaktva, giving up;
karma-phalam, the result of work; yuktah, by
becoming resolute in faith, by
having this conviction thus-'Actions are for
God, not for my gain'; apnoti,
attains; santim, Peace, called Liberation;
naisthikim arising from
steadfastness. It is to be understood that he
attains this through the stages of
purification of the heart, acquisition of
Knowledge, renunciation of all
actions, and steadfastness in Knowledge.
On the other hand, however, he who
is ayuktah, lacking in resolute faith;
he, phale saktah, being attached to
result; thinking, 'I am doing this work
for my gain'; kama-karena, under
the impulsion of desire-kara is the
same as karana (action); the action
of desire (kama-kara; under that
impulsion of desire, i.e. being
prompted by desire; nibadhyate, gets
bound. Therefore you become
resolute in faith. This is the idea. But one
who has experienced the supreme
Reality-
5.13 Aste, he continues; sukham,
happily; sannyasya, having given up;
sarva-karmani, all actions-nitya,
naimittika, kamya and nisiddha
(prohibited actions); [See note on
p. 128.-Tr.] manasa, mentally, through
discriminating wisdom-i.e. having
given up (all actions) by seeing inaction
in action, etc. Freed from the
activities of speech, mind and body,
effortles, placid in mind, and
devoid of all external wants which are
different from the Self, he
continues happily. This is what has been said.
Where and how does the vasi, man of
self-control, i.e. one who has his
organs under control, remain? This
is being answered: Nava-dvare pure,
in the town with nine gates, of
which seven [Two ears, two eyes nostrils,
and mouth.] are in the head for
one's own experiences, and two are
below for urination and defecation.
As possessed of those gates, it is
called the 'town with nine gates'.
Being like a town, the body is called a
town with the Self as its only
master. And it is inhabited by the organs,
mind, intellect and objects, like
citizens, as it were, which serve its needs
and which are productive of many
results and experience. Renouncing
all actions, the dehi, embodied
one, resides in that town with nine gates.
Objection: What is the need of this
specification? For all embodied
beings, be they monks or not,
reside in bodies to be sure! That being so,
the specification is needless. The
answer is: The embodied one,
however, who is unenlightened, who
perceives merely the aggregate of
the body and organs as the Self,
he, in his totality, thinks, 'I am in a
house, on the ground, or on the
seat.' For one who experiences the
body alone as the Self, there can
certainly be no such conviction as, 'I
am in the body, like one's being in
a house.' But, for one who realizes
the Self as distinct from the
aggregate of body etc. it becomes
reasonable to have the conviction,
'I am in the bdoy. It is reasonable that
as a result of knowledge in the
form of discriminating wisdom, there can
be a mental renunciation of the
actions of others, which have been
ignorantly superimposed on the
supreme Self. Even in the case of one in
whom has arisen discriminating
wisdom and who has renounced all
actions, there can be, like staying
in a house, the continuance in the
body itself-the town with nine
gates-as a consequence of the
persistence of the remnants of the
results of past actions which have
started bearing fruit, because the
awareness of being distinct (from the
body) arises while one is in the
body itself. Form the point of veiw of the
difference between the convictions
of the enlightened and the
unenlightened persons, the
qualifying words, 'He continues in the body
itself', do have a purpose to
serve. Although it has been stated that one
continues (in the body) by
relinquishing actions of the body and organs
ignorantly superimposed on the
Self, still there may be the apprehesion
that direct or indirect agentship
inheres in the Self. Anticipating this, the
Lord says: na eva kurvan, without
himself doing anything at all; and na
karayan, not causing (others) to
do, (not) inducing the body and organs
to activity. Objection: Is it that
the direct or indirect agentship of the
embodied one inheres in the Self
and ceases to be after renunciation, as
the movement of a traveller ceases
with the stoppage of his movement?
Or, is it that they do not exist
owing to the very nature of the Self? As to
this, the answer is: The Self by
Its nature has neither direct nor indirect
agentship. For it was stated, 'It
is said that...This (Self) is unchangeable'
(2.25). 'O son of Kunti, although
existing in the body, It does not act, nor
is It affected' (13.31). And it is
also stated in the Upanisad, 'It seems to
meditate, as it were; It seems to
move, as it were' (Br. 4.3.7).
5.14 Prabhuh, the Self; na srjati,
does not create; lokasya, for anyone;
kartrtvam, agentship, by saying 'Do
this'; or even karmani, any objectssuch
objects as chariot, pot, palace,
etc. which are intensely longed for;
nor even karma-phala-samyogam,
association with the results of
actions-association of the creator
of a chariot etc. with the result of his
work. Objection: If the embodied
one does not do anything himself, and
does not make others do, then who
is it that engages in work by doing
and making others do? The answer
is: Tu, but; it is svabhavah, Natureone's
own (sva) nature
(bhava)-characterized as ignorance, Maya, which
will be spoken of in, 'Since this
divine Maya' (7.14); pravartate, that acts.
But from the highest standpoint-
5.15 Vibhuh, the Omnipresent; na
adatte, neither accetps; kasyacit,
anybody's-even a adevotee's; papam,
sin; na ca eva, nor even; does He
accept sukrtam, virtue offered by
devotees. Why then are such virtuous
acts as worship etc. as also
sacrifices, charity, oblation, etc. worship
etc. as also sacrifices, charity,
oblation, etc. offered by devotees? To this
the Lord says: Jnanam, knowledge,
discriminating wisdom; remains
avrtam, covered; ajnanena, by
ignorance. Tena, thereby; jantavah, the
creatures, the non-discriminating
people in the world; muhyanti, become
deluded thus-'I do; I make others
do; I eat; I make others eat.'
5.16 Tu, but; yesam, in the case of
those creatures; of whom tat
ajnanam, that ignorance; atmanah,
of theirs-being covered by which
ignorance creatures get deluded-;
nasitam, becomes destroyed;
jnanena, by knowledge, by
discriminating knowledge concerning the
Self; tesam, their; jnanam,
knowledge; adityavat, like the sun;
prakasayati, reveals, in the same
way as the sun reveals all forms
whatever; tat-param, that supreme
Reality, the Reality which is the
highest Goal, the totality of
whatever is to be known.
5.17 Tat-buddhayah, those who have
their intellect absorbed in That,
[Here Ast. reads 'tasmin brahmani,
in that Brahman'.-Tr.] in the supreme
Knowledge which has been revealed;
tat-atmanah, whose Self is That,
who have That (tat) supreme Brahman
Itself as their Self (atma); tatnisthah,
who are steadfast in That-nistha is
intentness, exclusive
devotion; they are called
tat-nisthah who become steadfast only in
Brahman by renouncing all actions;
and tat-parayanah, who have That
as their supreme (para) Goal
(ayana), who have That alone as their
supreme Resort, i.e. who are
devoted only to the Self; those who have
got their ignorance destroyed by
Knowledge-those who are of this kind-,
they gacchanti, attain;
apunaravrttim, the state of non-returning, nonassociation
again with a body;
jnana-nirdhuta-kalmasah, their dirt having
been removed, destroyed, by
Knowledge. Those whose dirt (kalmasa),
the defect in the form of sin etc.,
which are the cause of transmigration,
have been removed, destryed
(nirdhuta), by the aforesaid Knowledge
(jnana) are
jnana-nirdhuta-kalmasah, i.e. the monks. How do those
learned ones, whose ignorance
regarding the Self has been destroyed
by Knowledge, look upon Reality?
That is being stated:
5.18 Panditah, the learned ones;
sama-darsinah, look with equanimity;
brahmane, on a Brahmana;
vidya-vinayasampanne, endowed with
learning and humility-vidya means
knowledge of the Self, and vinaya
means pridelessness-, on a Brahmana
who has Self-knowledge and
modesty; gavi, on a cow; hastini,
on an elephant; ca eva, and even; suni,
on a dog; ca, as well as; svapake,
on an eater of dog's meat. Those
learned ones who are habituated to
see (equally) the unchanging, same
and one Brahman, absolutely
untouched by the qualities of sattva etc.
and the tendencies created by it,
as also by the tendencies born of rajas
and tamas, in a Brahmana, who is
endowed with Knowledge and
tranquillity, who is possessed of
good tendencies and the quality of
sattva; in a cow, which is
possessed of the middling quality of rajas and
is not spiritually refined; and in
an elephant etc., which are wholly and
absolutely imbued with the quality
of tamas-they are seers of equality.
Objection: On the strength of the
text, 'A sacrificer incurs sin by not
adoring equally one who is an
equal, and by adoring equally one who is
an equal, to himself' (Gau. Sm.
17.20), are not they sinful, whose food
should not be eaten? Reply: They
are not open to the charge.
Objection: How?
5.19 Iha eva, here itself, even
while they are living; is sargah, rebirth;
jitah, conquered, overcome; taih,
by them, by the learned ones who see
with equanimity; yesam, whose;
manah, minds, the internal organs; are
sthitam, established, made
steadfast; samye, on sameness, in Brahman
that exists as the same in all
beings. It is nirdosam, free from defects.
Because of Its existence in such
mean objects as an eater of dog's
meat, etc., though It is supposed
by fools to be affected by the defects
of those (objects), still It
remains untouched by those blemishes, hi,
because It is free from defects.
Nor even is It differentiated by Its
qualities, since Consciousness is
free from qualifications. And the Lord
will speak of desires etc. (cf.
13.6 etc.) as the attributes of the aggregate
of body and organs, and will also
say, 'Being without beginning and
without qualities' (13.31). Nor
even are there the ultimate distinctions
which can create differentiation in
the Self, [According to the Vaisesikas,
everything is possessed of not only
qualities but also of antya-visesa
(ultimate distinction), which is a
category like substance, quality, action,
etc. This distinction makes every
entity different from other entities.
Thus, individual souls have their
own ultimate distinctions by the very
fact that they are individuals.
Vedanta denies such a category. Besides,
the Self is one and omnipresent.
Therefore there is nothing else from
which It can be distinguished.-Tr.]
because there is nothing to prove that
these ultimate distinctions exist
in every body. Hence, samam brahma,
Brahman is the same and one.
Tasmat, therefore; te, they; sthitah, are
established; brahmani, in Brahman
Itself. As a result, not even a shade of
defect touches them. For they have
no self-identification in the form of
perceiving the aggregate of body
etc. as the Self. On the other hand,
that statement (Gau. Sm. 17.20)
refers to the man who has selfidentification
in the form of perceiving the
aggregate of body, (organs)
etc. as the Self, for that
statement-'A sacrificer incurs sin by not adoring
equally one who is an equal, and by
adoring equally one who is not
equal to himself, pointedly refers
to persons who are the objects of
adoration. It is indeed seen that
in worship, charity, etc. the determining
factors are the possession of such
special qualities as being 'a knower
of Brahman', 'versed in the six
auxiliary branches of Vedic learning', and
'versed in the four Vedas'. But
Brahman is bereft of association with all
qualities and defects. This being
so, it is logical that they are established
in Brahman. And 'adoring an equal,
...an unequal,' etc. has reference to
men of action. [Those engaged in
actions with a sense of agentship,
etc.-Tr.] But this subject under
consideration, beginning from 'The
embodied man...having given up all
actions mentally' (13) to the end of
the chapter, is concerning one who
has given up all actions. Since the
Self is Brahman which is without
blemish and is the same (in all),
therefore-
5.20 Brahmavit, a knower of
Brahman, as described; sthitah, who is
established; brahmani in Brahman-
who is not a performer of actions, i.e.
one who has renounced all actions;
sthira-buddhih, should have his
intellect steady-the man of steady
intellect is one who has the
unwavering, firm conviction of the
existence of the one and the same
taintless Self in all beings; and
further, asammudhah, he should not be
deluded, he should be free from
delusion. Na prahrsyet, he should not
get delighted; prapya, by getting;
priyam, what is desirable; na ca
udvijet, and surely, neither should
he become dejected; prapya, by
getting; apriyam, what is
undesirable-because the acquisition of the
desirable and the undesirable are
causes of [Ast.'s reading is 'horsavisadau
kurvate, cause happiness and
sorrow' in place of 'harsa-visadasthane,
sources of happiness and sorrow',
which (latter) reading occurs
in G1. Pr. and A.A.-Tr.] happiness
and sorrow for one who considers the
body as the Self; not for the one
who has realized the absolute Self,
since in his case there can be no
acquisition of desirable and
undesirable objects. Further, the
one who is established in Brahman5.21
Asakta-atma, with his heart,
internal organ, unattached, bahyasparsesu,
to external objects-sparsah means
objects that are contacted,
viz sound etc.; bahya-sparsah means
those things which are external
(bahya) and are objects of contact;
that person who thus has his heart
unattached, who derives no
happiness from objects; he vindati, gets that
sukham, bliss; yat, which is;
atmani, in the Self. Brahma-yoga-yuktaatma,
with his heart absorbed in
meditation on Brahman-meditation
(yoga) on Brahman is brahma-yoga;
one whose internal organ (atma) is
absorbed in (yukta), engaged in,
that meditation on Brahman is brahmayoga-
yukta-atma; he asnute, acquires;
aksayam, undecaying; sukham,
Bliss. So, he who cherishes
undecaying happiness in the Self should
withdraw the organs from the
momentary happiness in external objects.
This is the meaning. For this
reason also one should withdraw:
5.22 Hi, since; bhogah, enjoyments;
ye samsparsajah, that result from
contact with objects, that arise
from contact between the objects and
the organs; are eva, verily;
duhkha-yonayah, sources of sorrow, because
they are creations of ignorance. It
is certainly a matter of experience that
physical and other sorrows are
created by that itself. By the use of the
word eva (verily), it is understood
that, as it happens here in this world,
so does it even in the other world.
Realizing that there is not the least
trace of happiness in the world,
one should withdraw the organs from
the objects which are comparable to
a mirage. Not only are they
sources of sorrow, they also
adi-antavantah, have a beginning and an
end. Adi (beginning) of enjoyments
consists in the contact between
objects and senses, and their end
(anta), indeed, is the loss of that
contact. Hence, they have a
beginning and an end, they are
impermanent, being present in the
intervening moment. This is the
meaning. (Therefore) O son of
Kunti, budhah, the wise one, the
discriminating person who has
realized the Reality which is the supreme
Goal; na ramate, does not delight;
tesu, in them, in enjoyments. For
delight in objects is seen only in
very foolish beings, as for instance in
animals etc. This extremely painful
evil, which is opposed to the path of
Bliss and is the source of getting
all miseries, is difficult to resist.
Therefore one must make the utmost
effort to avoid it. Hence the Lord
says:;
5.23 Yah saknoti, one who can, is
able to; sodhum, withstand; iha eva,
here itself, while alive; prak,
before; sarira-vimoksanat, departing from
the body, till death-. Death is put
as a limit because the impulse of desire
and anger is certanily inevitable
for a living person. For this impulse has
got infinite sources. One should
not relax until his death. That is the idea.
Kama, desire, is the hankering,
thirst, with regard to a coveted object-of
an earlier experience, and which is
a source of pleasure-when it comes
within the range of the senses, or
is heard of or remembered. And
krodha, anger, is that repulsion
one has against what are adverse to
oneself and are sources of sorrow,
when they are seen, heard of or
remembered. That impulse (veda)
which has those desire and anger as
its source (udbhava) is
kama-krodha-udbhava-vegah. The impulse
arising from desire is a kind of
mental agitation, and has the signs of
horripilation, joyful eyes, face,
etc. The impulse of anger has the signs of
trembling of body, perspiration,
bitting of lips, red eyes, etc. He who is
able to withstand that impulse
arising from desire and anger, sah narah,
that man; is yuktah, a yogi; and
sukhi, is happy, in this world. What kind
of a person, being established in
Brahman, attains Brahman? The Lord
says:
5.24 Yah antah-sukhah, one who is
happy within, in the indwelling Self;
and so also antar-aramah, has
pleasure within-he disports only in the
Self within; similarly,
antar-jyotih eva, has his light only within, has the
indwelling Self alone as his light;
[He has not to depend on the organs
like ear etc. for acquiring
knowledge.] sah yogi, that yogi; yah, who is of
this kind; brahma-bhutah, having
become Brahman, even while he is still
living; adhigacchati, attains;
brahma-nirvanam, absorption in Brahmangets
Liberation. Besides,
5.25 Rsayah, the seers, those who
have full realization, the monks;
ksina-kalmasah, whose sins, defects
like sin etc., have been attenuated;
chinna-dvaidhah, who are freed from
doubt; yata-atmanah, whose
organs are under control; ratah,
who are engaged; sarvabhutahite, in
doing good to all beings-favourably
disposed towards all, i.e. harmless;
labhante, attain; brahma-nirvanam,
absorption in Brahman, Liberation.
Further,
5.26 Yatinam, to the monks;
yata-cetasam, who have control over their
internal organ;
kama-krodha-viyuktanam, who are free from desire and
anger; vidita-atmanam, who have
known the Self, i.e. who have full
realization; vartate, there is;
brahma-nir-vanam, absorption in Brahman,
Liberation; abhitah, either way,
whether living or dead. Immediate
Liberation of the monks who are
steadfast in full realization has been
stated. And the Lord has said, and
will say, at every stage that Karmayoga,
undertaken as a dedication to
Brahman, to God, by surrendering
all activities [The activities of
body, mind and organs] to God, leads to
Liberation through the stages of
purification of the heart, attainment of
Knowledge, and renunciation of all
actions. Thereafter, now, with the
idea, 'I shall speak elaborately of
the yoga of meditation which is the
proximate discipline for full
realization,' the Lord gave instruction through
some verses in the form of
aphorisms:
5.27 Krtva, keeping; bahyan, the
external; sparsan, objects-sound etc.;
bahih, outside: To one who does not
pay attention to the external
objects like sound etc., brought to
the intellect through the ear etc., the
objects become verily kept outside.
Having kept them out in this way,
and (keeping) the caksuh, eyes;
antare, at the juncture; bhruvoh, of the
eye-brows (-the word 'keeping' has
to be supplied-); and similarly,
samau krtva, making equal;
prana-apanau, the outgoing and the
incoming breaths;
nasa-abhyantara-carinau, that move through the
nostrils; munih, the
contemplative-derived (from the root man) in the
sense of contemplating-, the monk;
yata-indriya-mano-buddhih, who
has control over his organs, mind
and intellect; should be moksa-parayanah,
fully intent on Liberation-keeping
his body is such a posture, the
contemplative should have
Liberation itself as the supreme Goal. He
should be
vigata-iccha-bhaya-krodhah, free from desire, fear and anger.
The monk yah, who; sada, ever
remains thus; sah, he; is muktah yah,
who;sada, ever remains thus; sah,
he; is muktah, ever, verily free. He
has no other Liberation to seek
after. What is there to be realized by
one who has his mind thus
concentrated? The answer this is beig
stated:
5.28 Krtva, keeping; bahyan, the
external; sparsan, objects-sound etc.;
bahih, outside: To one who does not
pay attention to the external
objects like sound etc., brought to
the intellect through the ear etc., the
objects become verily kept outside.
Having kept them out in this way,
and (keeping) the caksuh, eyes;
antare, at the juncture; bhruvoh, of the
eye-brows (-the word 'keeping' has
to be supplied-); and similarly,
samau krtva, making equal;
prana-apanau, the outgoing and the
incoming breaths;
nasa-abhyantara-carinau, that move through the
nostrils; munih, the
contemplative-derived (from the root man) in the
sense of contemplating-, the monk;
yata-indriya-mano-buddhih, who
has control over his organs, mind
and intellect; should be moksa-parayanah,
fully intent on Liberation-keeping
his body is such a posture, the
contemplative should have
Liberation itself as the supreme Goal. He
should be
vigata-iccha-bhaya-krodhah, free from desire, fear and anger.
The monk yah, who; sada, ever
remains thus; sah, he; is muktah yah,
who;sada, ever remains thus; sah,
he; is muktah, ever, verily free. He
has no other Liberation to seek
after. What is there to be realized by
one who has his mind thus
concentrated? The answer this is beig
stated:
5.29 Rcchati, one attains; santim,
Peace, complete cessation of
transmigration; jnatva, by knowing;
mam, Me who am Narayana; who, as
the sarva-loka-mahesvaram, great
Lord of all the worlds; am the
bhoktaram, enjoyer (of the fruits);
yajna-tapasam, of sacrifices and
austerities, as the performer and
the Deity of the sacrifices and
austerities (respectively); (and)
who am the suhrdam, friend; sarvabhutanam,
of all creatures-who am the
Benefactor of all without
consideration of return, who exist
in the heart of all beings, who am the
dispenser of the results of all
works, who am the Witness of all
perceptions.
BHAGAVADGITA
English translation of Sri
Sankaracharya's Sanskrit Commentary - Swami
Gambhirananda
Chapter 6
RO
6.1 Anasritah, without depending
on;-on what?-on that which is karmaphalam,
the result of action- i.e. without
craving for the result of action-.
He who craves for the results of
actions becomes dependent on the
results of actions. But this person
is the opposite of such a one. Hence
(it is said), 'wihtout depending on
the result of action. Having become
so, yah he who; karoti, performs
accomplishes; (karma, an action;)
which is his karyam, duty, the
nityakarmas such as Agnihotra etc. which
are opposed to the kamya-karmas-.
Whoever is a man of action of this
kind is distinguished from the
other men of action. In order to express
this idea the Lord says, sah, he ;
is a sannyasi, monk, and a yogi.
Sanyyasa, means renunciation. he
who is possessed of this is a
sannyasi, a monk. And he is also a
yogi. Yoga means concentration of
mind. He who has that is a yogi. It
is to be understood that this man is
possessed of these qualities. It is
not to be understood that, only that
person who does not keep a fire
(niragnih) and who is actionless
(akriyah) is a monk and a yogi.
Niragnih is one from whom the fires [viz
Garhapatya, Ahavaniya,
Anvaharya-pacana, etc.], which are the
accessories of rites, have bocome
dissociated. By kriya are mean
austerity, charity, etc. which are
performed wityout fire. Akriyah,
actionless, is he who does not have
even such kriyas. Objection: Is it
not only with regard to one who
does not keep a fire and is acitonless
that monasticsm and meditativeness
are well known in the Vedas, Smrtis
and scriptures dealing with
meditation? Why are monasticism and
meditativeness spoken of here with
regard to one who keeps a fire and
is a man of action-which is not
accepted as a fact? Reply: This defect
does not arise, because both are
sought to be asserted in some
secondary sense. Objection: How is
that? Reply: His being monk is by
virtue of his having given up
hankering for the results of actions; and his
being a man of meditation is from
the fact of his doing actions as
accesories to meditation or from
his rejection of thoughts for the results
of actions which cause disturbances
in the mind. Thus both are used in
a figurative sense. On the
contrary, it is not that monasticism and
meditativeness are meant in the
primary sense. With a veiw to pointing
out this idea, the Lord says:
6.2 Yam, that which is
characterized by the giving up of all actions and
their results; which prahuh, they,
the knowers of the Vedas and the
Smrtis, call; sannyasam iti,
monasticism, in the real sense; viddhi,
known; tam, that monasticism in the
real sense; to be yogam, Yoga,
consisting in the performance of
actions, O Pandava. Accepting what
kind of similarity between
Karma-yoga, which is characterized by
engagement (in actions), and its
opposite, renunciation in the real sense,
which is characterized by cessation
from work, has their equation been
stated? When such an apprehension
arises, the answer is this; From the
point of view of the agent, there
does exist a simialrity of Karma-yoga
with real renunciation. For he who
is a monk in the real sense, from the
very fact of his having given up
all the means needed for accomplishing
actions, gives up the thought of
all actions and their results-the source of
desire that leads to engagement in
work. [Thoughts about an object lead
to the desire for it, which in turn
leads to actions for getting it. (Also see
note under 4.19)] also, even while
performing actions, gives up the
thought for results. Pointing out
this idea, the Lord says: Hi, for; kascit,
nobody, no man of action whosoever;
asannyasta-sankalpah, who has
not given up expactaions-one by
whom has not been renounced
expectation, anticipation, of
results;bhavati, becomes, i.e. can become;
yogi, a yogi, a man of
concentration, because thought of results is the
cause of the disturbance of mind.
Therefore, any man of action who
gives up the thought of results
would become a yogi, a man of
concentration with an unperturbed
mind, because of his having given up
thought of results which is the
cause of mental distractions. This is the
purport. Thus, because of the
similarity of real monasticism with Karmayoga
from the point of veiw of giving up
by the agent, Karma-yoga is
extolled as monasticism in, 'That
which they call monasticism, know that
to be Yoga, O Pandava.' Since
Karma-yoga, which is independent of
results, is the remote help to
Dhyana-yoga, therefore it has been praised
as monasticism. Thereafter, now the
Lord shows how Karma-yoga is
helpful to Dhyana-yoga:
6.3 Aruruksoh, for one who wishes
to ascend, who has not ascended,
i.e. for that very person who is
unable to remain established in Dhyanayoga;-
for which person who is desirous to
ascend?-munch, for the sage,
i.e. for one who has renounced the
results of actions;-trying to ascend to
what?-yogam, to (Dhyana-) yoga;
karma, action; ucyate, is said to be;
the karanam, means. Tasya, for that
person, again; yoga-arudhasya,
when he has ascended to (Dhyana-)
yoga; samah, inaction, withdrawl
from all actions; eva, alone;
ucyate, is said to be; karanam, the means
for remaining poised in the state
of meditation. This is the meaning. To
the extent that one withdraws from
actions, the mind of that man who is
at cease and self-controlled
becomes concentrated. When this occurs,
he at once becomes established in
Yoga. And accordingly has it been
said by Vyasa: 'For a Brahmana
there is no wealth conparable to (the
knowledge of) oneness, sameness,
truthfulness, character, equipoise,
harmlessness, straightforwardness
and withdrawal from various actions'
(Mbh. Sa. 175.37). After that, now
is being stated when one becomes
established in Yoga:
6.4 Hi, verily; yada, when; a yogi
who is concentrating his mind, sarvasankalpa-
sannyasi, who has given up thought
about everything-who is
apt to give up (sannyasa) all
(sarva) thoughts (sankalpa) which are the
causes of desire, for things here
and hereafter; na anusajjate, does not
become attached, i.e. does not hold
the idea that they have to be done
by him; indriya-arthesu, with
regard to sense-objects like sound etc.;
and karmasu, with regard to
actions-nitya, naimittika, kamya and
nisiddha (prohibited) because of
the absence of the idea of their utility;
tada, then, at that time; ucyate,
he is said to be; yoga-arudhah,
established in Yoga, i.e. he is
said to have attained to Yoga. From the
expression, 'one who has given up
thought about eveything', it follows
that one has to renounce all
desires and all actions, for all desires have
thoughts as their source. This
accords with such Smrti texts as: 'Verily,
desire has thought as its source.
Sacrifices arise from thoughts' (Ma.
Sm. 2.3); 'O Desire, I know your
source. You surely spring from thought.
I shall not think of you. So you
will not arise in me' (Mbh. Sa. 177.25).
And when one gives up all desires,
renunciation of all actions becomes
accomplished. This agrees with such
Upanisadic texts as, '(This self is
identified with desire alone.) What
it desires, it resolves; what it resolves,
it works out' (Br. 4.4.5); and also
such Smrti texts as, 'Whatever actions
a man does, all that is the effect
of desire itself' (Ma. Sm. 2.4). It accords
with reason also. For, when all
thoughts are renounced, no one can even
move a little. So, by the
expression, 'one who has given up thought
about everything', the Lord makes
one renounced all desires and all
actions. When one is thus
established in Yoga, then by that very fact
one's self becomes uplifted by
oneself from the worldly state which is
replete with evils. Hence,
6.5 Uddharet, one should save;
atmanam, oneself sunk in the sea of the
world; atmana, by oneself; one
should save, ut-haret, should uplift
(oneself) from that, i.e. make it
attain the state of being established in
Yoga. Na avasadayet, one should not
lower, debase; atmanam, oneself.
Hi, for; atma eva, oneself is
verily; atmanah one's own; bandhuh, friend.
Centainly there is no other friend
who can bring about liberation from this
world. In fact, even a friend is an
obstacle to Liberation, he being the
source of such bondages as love
etc. Therefore the emphatic statement,
'For one is one's own friend, is
justifiable. Atma eva, oneself verily; is
atmanah, one's own: ripuh, enemy.
Anyone else who is an external
harmful enemy, even he is of one's
own making! Therefore the firm
conclusion, 'oneself verily is
one's own enemy's is reasonable. It has
been said that 'oneself is verily
one's own friend, oneself verily is one's
own enemy.' As to that, (the self)
[Ast. has this additional word, atma,
self.-Tr.] of what kind is one's
own friend, or (the self) of what kind is
one's own enemy? This is being
answered:
6.6 Tasya, of him; yena, by whom;
jitah, has been conquered, subdued;
his eva atma, very self, the
aggregate of body and organs; that atma,
self; is bandhuh, the friend;
atmanah, of his self. The idea is that he is a
conqueror of his senses. Tu, but;
anatmanah, for one who has not
conquered his self, who has no
self-control; atma eva, his self itself;
varteta, acts; satruvat, like an
enemy; satrutve, inimically, with the
attitude of an enemy. As an enemy,
who is different from oneself, does
harm to oneself, similarly one's
self behaves like an enemy to oneself.
This is the meaning. [If the body
and organs are under control, they are
helpful in concentrating one's mind
on the Self; but, if they are not under
control, they oppose this
concentration.]
6.7 Parama-atma, the supreme Self;
jita-atmanah, of one who has
control over the aggregate of his
body and organs; prasantasya, who is
tranquil, who is a monk with his
internal organ placid; samahitah,
becomes manifest, i.e. becomes
directly manifest as his own Self.
Moreover, (he should be equipoised)
sita-usna-sukha-duhkhesu, in the
midst of cold and heat, happiness
and sorrow; tatha, as also; manaapamanayoh
in honour and dishonour, adoration
and despise.
6.8 A yogi,
jnana-vijnana-trpta-atma, whose mind is satisfied with
knowledge and realization-jnana is
thorough knowledge of things
presented by the scriptures, but
vijnana is making those things known
from the scriptures a subject of
one's own realization just as they have
been presented; he whose mind
(atma) has become contented (trpta)
with those jnana and vijnana is
jnana-vijnana-trpta-atma-; kutasthah,
who is unmoved, i.e. who becomes
unshakable; and vijita-indriyah, who
has his organs under control;- he
who is of this kind, ucyate, is said to
be; yuktah, Self-absorbed. That
yogi sama-losta-asma-kancanah, treats
equally a lump of earth, a stone
and gold. Further,
6.9 The first line of the verse
beginning with 'benefactor,' etc. is a single
compound word. Visisyate, he
excels, i.e. he is the best among all those
who are established in Yoga-(a
different reading is vimucyate, he
becomes free); sama-buddhih, who
has sameness of view, i.e. whose
mind is not engaged with the
question of who one is and what he does;
with regard to a suhrd,
benefactor-one who does some good without
consideration of return; mitram, a
friend, one who is affectionate; arih, a
foe; udasinah, a neutral, who sides
with nobody; madhyasthah, an
arbiter, who is a well-wisher of
two conflicting parties; dvesyah, the
hateful, who is repulsive to
oneself; bandhuh, a relative;- to all these as
also sadhusu, with regard to good
people, who follow the scriptures; api
ca, and even; papesu, sinners, who
perform prohibited actions-with
regard to all of them. Therefore,
to acquire this excellent result-
6.10 A yogi, a man of meditation;
satatam yunjita, should constantly
concentrate; atmanam, his mind;
sthitah, by staying; rahasi, in a solitary
place, in mountain caves etc.;
ekaki, alone, without any companion;
yata-citta-atma, with mind and body
controlled; nirasih, without
expectations, free from hankering;
and aparigrahah, free from
acquisition. From the uise of the
qualifying words, 'in a solitary place'
and 'alone', it follows that (he
has to undertake all these) after espousing
monasticism. And even after
renunciation, he should concentrate his
mind by desisting from all
acquisition. This is the meaning. Now then
have to be stated the rules
regarding seat, food, movements, etc. as
disciplines for yoga in the case of
one practising concentration; as also
the signs of one who has succeeded
in Yoga, and the consequent result
etc. Hence this is begun. Among
these, the seat is being first spoken of:
6.11 See Commentary under 6.12
6.12 Pratisthapya, having
established; sthiram, firmly; sucau, in a clean;
dese, place, which is solitary,
either naturally or through improvement;
atmanah, his own; asanam, seat; na
ati ucchritam, neither too high; na
ati nicam, nor even too low; and
that made of caila-ajina-kusa-uttram,
cloth, skin, and kusa-grass, placed
successively one below the other-the
successive arrangement of cloth
etc. here is in a reverse order to that of
the textual reading-. What follows
after thus establishing the seat?
Upavisya, sitting; tatra, on that;
asane, seat; yogam yunjyat, he should
concentrate his mind. To what
purpose should he concentrate his mind?
In answer the Lord says:
atma-visuddhaye, for the purification of the
internal organ. How? Krtva, making;
manah, the mind; ekagram, onepointed,
by withdrawing it from all objects;
and yata-citta-indriya-kriyah,
keeping the actions (kriyah) of the
mind (citta) and senses (indriya) under
control (yata). The external seat
has been spoken of. Now is being
stated how the posture of the body
should be:
6.13 See Commentary under 6.14
6.14 Dharayan, holding;
kaya-siro-girvam, the body (torso), head and
neck; samam, erect; and acalam,
still-movement is possible for one
(even while) holding these erect;
therefore it is specified, 'still'-; sthirah,
being steady, i.e. remaining
steady; sampreksya, looking svam
nasikagram, at tip of his own nose
-looking at it intently, as it were; ca,
and; anavalokayan, not looking;
disah, around, i.e. not glancing now and
then in various directions-. The
words 'as it were' are to be understood
because what is intended here is
not an injunction for looking at the tip
of one's own nose! What then? It is
the fixing the gaze of the eyes by
withdrawing it from external
objects; and that is enjoined with a veiw to
concentrating the mind. [What is
sought to be presented here as the
primary objective is the
concentration of mind. If the gaze be directed
outward, then it will result in
interrupting that concentration. Therefore
the purpose is to first fix the
gaze of the eyes within.] If the intention were
merely the looking at the tip of
the nose, then the mind would remain
fixed there itself, not on the
Self! In, 'Making the mind fixed in the Self'
(25), the Lord will speak of
concentrating the mind verily on the Self.
Therefore, owing to the missing
word iva (as it were), it is merely the
withdrawl of the gaze that is
implied by sampreksya (looking). Further,
prasantatma, with a placid mind,
with a mind completely at peace;
vigata-bhih, free from fear
sthitah, firm; brahmacari-vrate, in the vow of a
celibate, the vow cosisting in
serivce of the teacher, eating food got by
beggin, etc.-firm in that, i.e. he
should follow these; besides, mat-cittah,
with the mind fixed on Me who am
the supreme God; samyamya, by
controlling; manah, the mind, i.e.
by stopping the modifications of the
mind; yuktah, through
concentration, i.e. by becoming concentrated;
asita, he should remain seated;
matparah, with Me as the supreme Goal.
Some passionate person may have his
mind on a woman, but he does
not accept the woman as his supreme
Goal. What then? He accepts the
king or Sive as his goal. But this
one (the yogi) not only has his mind on
Me but has Me as his Goal. After
that, now is being stated the result of
Yoga:
6.15 Yunjan, concentrating;
atmanam, the mind; evam, thus, according
to the methods shown above; sada,
for ever; the yogi, niyata-manasah,
of controlled mind; adhi-gacchati,
achieves; santim, the Peace, the
indifference to worldly attachments
and possessions; nirvana-paramam,
which culminates in Liberation; and
mat-samstham, which abides in Me.
Now are bieng mentioned the rules
about the yogi's food etc.:
6.16 (Tu, but) O Arjuna, Yoga na
asti, is not; atiasnatah, for one who
eats too much, for one who eats
food more than his capacity; na ca, nor
is Yoga; anasnatah, for one who
does not eat; ekantam, at all. This
accords with the Vedic text, 'As is
well known, if one eats that much
food which is within one's
capacity, then it sustains him, it does not hurt
him; that which is more, it harms
him; that which is less, it does not
sustain him' (Sa. Br.; Bo. Sm.
2.7.22). Therefore, a yogi should not eat
food more or less than what is
suitable for him. Or the meaning is that
Yoga is not for one who eats more
food than what is prescribed for a
yogi in the scriptures on Yoga.
Indeed, the quantity has been mentioned
in, 'One half of the stomach is to
be filled with food including curries; the
third quarter is to be filled with
water; but the fourth quarter is to be left
for the movement of air,' etc.
Similarly, Yoga is not for ati svapnasilasya,
one who habitually sleeps too long;
and Yoga is na eva, surely
not; jagratah, for one who keeps
awake too long. How, again, does
Yoga become possibel? This is being
stated:
6.17 Yogah bhavati, Yoga becomes;
duhkha-ha, a destroyer of sorrowthat
which destroys (hanti) all sorrows
(duhkhani)-, i.e., Yoga destroys all
worldly sorrows;
yukta-ahara-viharasya, of one whose eating and
movements are regulated- ahara
(lit. food) means all that is gathered in,
[According to the Commentator,
ahara, which also means food, includes
mental 'food as well. See Ch.
7.26.2.-Tr.] and vihara means moving
about, walking; one for whom these
two are regulated (yukta) is yuktaahara-
vihara-; and also yukta-cestasya,
of one whose effort (cesta) is
moderate (yukta); karmasu, in
works; similarly, yukta-svapnaavabodhasya,
of one whose sleep (svapna) and
wakefulness (avabodha)
are temperate (yukta), have
regulated periods. To him whose eating and
movements are regulated, whose
effort in work is moderate, whose
sleep and wakefulness are
temperate, Yoga becomes a destroyer of
sorrows. When does a man become
concentrated? That is being
presently stated:
6.18 A yogi, nihsprhah, who has
become free from hankering, thirst;
sarva-kamebhyah, for all desirable
objects, seen and unseen; is tada,
then; ucyate, said to be; yuktah,
Self-absorbed; yada, when; the
viniyatam, controlled; cittam,
mind, the mind that has been made fully
one-pointed by giving up thought of
external objects; avatisthate, rests;
atmani eva, in the non-dual Self
alone, i.e. he gets established in his own
Self. An illustration in being
given for the mind of that yogi which has
become Self-absorbed:
6.19 Yatha, as; a dipah, lamp;
nivata-sthah, kept in a windless place; na
ingate, does not flicker; sa upama,
such is the simile-that with which
something is compared is an upama
(smile)-; smrta, thought of, by the
knowers of Yoga who understand the
movements of the mind; yoginah,
for the yogi; yata-citasya, whose
mind is under control; and yunjatah,
who is engaged in; yogam,
concentration; atmanah, on the Self, i.e. who
is practising Self-absorption. By
dint of practising Yoga thus, when the
mind, comparable to a lamp in a
windless place, becomes concentrated,
then-
6.20 Yatra, at the time when;
cittam, the mind; niruddham, restrained,
entirely prevented from wandering;
uparamate, gets withdrawn; yogasevaya,
through the practice of Yoga; ca,
and; yatra eva, just when, at
the very moment when; pasyan, by
seeing, by experiencing; atmanam,
the Self, which by nature is the
supreme light of Consciousness; atmana,
by the self, by the mind purified
by concentration; tusyati, one remains
contented, gets delighted; atmani
eva, in one's own Self alone-.
[Samadhi is of two kinds,
Samprajnata and Asamprajnata. The
concentration called right
knowledge (Samprajnata) is that which is
followed by reasoning,
discrimination, blisss and unqualified egoism.
Asamprajnata is that which is
attained by the constant practice of
cessation of all mental activity,
in which the citta retains only the
unmanifested impressions.-Cf. C.
W., Vol. I, 1962, pp. 210, 212.
According to A.G. the verses upto
6.20 state in a general way the
characteristics of samadhi. From
the present verse to the 25th,
Asamprajnata-samadhi is introduced
and defined.-Tr.] Besides,
6.21 Yatra, when, at the time when;
vetti, one experiences; tat, that;
atyantikam, absolute-which is
verily limitless, i.e. infinite; sukham, Bliss;
yat, which; buddhi-grahyam, can be
intuited by the intellect, intuited by
the intellect alone, without the
help of the senses; and which is
atindriyam, beyond the senses, i.e.
not objective; (-when one
experieneces this kind of Bliss)
and sthitah, being established in the
nature of the Self; ayam, this
person, the illumined one; eva, surely; na
calati, does not swerve; tattvatah,
from that Reality-i.e. does not deviate
from the nature of Reality-.
Further,
6.22 Labdhva, obtaining; yam,
which-by acquiring which Selfattainment;
na manyate, one does not think;
that there is aparam, any
other; labham, acquisition; tatah
adhikam, superior to that; and also,
sthitah,being established; yasmin,
in which Reality of the Self; na
vicalyate, one is not perturbed;
api, even; guruna, by great; duhkhena,
sorrow, as may be caused by being
struck with weapons, etc.-. The
yoga that has been spoken of as a
particular state of the Self,
distinguished by its characterisics
in the verses beginning with 'At the
time when the mind gets withdrawn,'
(20) etc.-
6.23 Vidyat, one should know; tat,
that; duhkha-samyoga-viyogam,
severance (viyoga) of contact
(samyoga) with sorrow (duhkha); to be
verily yoga-sanjnitam, what is
called Yoga-i.e. oen should know it
through a negative definition.
After concluding the topic of the result of
Yoga, the need for pursuing Yoga is
again being spoken of in another
way in order to enjoin
'preservance' and 'freedom from depression' as
the disciplines for Yoga: Sah,
that; yogah, Yoga, which has the results
as stated above; yoktavyah, has to
be practised; niscayena, with
perservance; and anirvinnacetasa,
with an undepressed heart. That
which is not (a) depressed
(nirvinnam) is anirvinnam. What is that? The
heart. (One has to practise Yoga)
with that heart which is free from
depression. This is the meaning.
Again,
6.24 See Commentary under 6.25
6.25 Tyaktva, by eschewing;
asesatah, totally, without a trace; sarvan,
all; the kamam, desires;
sankalpa-prabhavan, which arise from thoughts;
and further, viniyamya,
restraining; manasa eva, with the mind itself, with
the mind endued with
discrimination; indriya-gramam, all the organs;
samantatah, from every side;
uparamet, one should withdraw, abstain;
sanaih sanaih, gradually, not
suddenly;-with what?-buddhya, with the
intellect;- possessed of what
distinction?-dhrti-grhitaya, endowed with
steadiness, i.e. with fortitude.
Krtva, making manah, the mind; atmasamstham,
fixed in the Self, with the idea,
'The Self alone is all; there is
nothing apart from It'-thus fixing
the mind on the Self; na cintayet, one
should not think of; kincit api,
anything whatsoever. Thisis the highest
instruction about Yoga.
6.26 In the beginning, the yogi who
is thus engaged in making the mind
established in the Self, etat
vasamnayet, should bring this (mind) under
the subjugation; atmani eva, of the
Self Itself; niyamya, by restraining;
etat. it; tatah tatah, from all
those causes whatever, viz sound etc.; yatah
yatah, due to which, doe to
whatever objects like sound etc.; the
cancalam, restless, very restless;
and therefore asthiram, unsteady;
manah, mind; niscarati, wanders
away, goes out due to its inherent
defects. (It should be restrained)
by ascertaining through discrimination
those causes to be mere
appearances, and with an attitude of
detachment. Thus, through the power
of practice of Yoga, the mind of
the yogi merges in the Self Itself.
6.27 Uttamam, supreme,
unsurpassable; sukham, Blisss; upaiti, comes;
hi enam yoginam, to this yogi
alone; prasanta-manasam, whose mind
has become perfectly tranquil;
santa-rejasam, whose (quality of) rajas
has been eliminated, i.e. whose
rajas, viz defects such as delusion etc.
['The five klesas, pain-bearing
obstructions, are: ignorance, egoism,
attachment, aversion, and clinging
to life' (P.Y.Su.2.3).] have been
destroyed; brahma-bhutam, who has
become identified with Brahman,
who is free even while living, who
has got the certitude that Bramhman is
all; and akalmasam, who is
taintless, free from vice etc.
6.28 Sada yunjan, by constantly
concentrating; atmanam, his mind;
evam, thus, in the process stated;
vigata-kalmasah, the taintles, sinless
yogi, free from the obstacles to
Yoga; sukhena, easily; asnute, attains;
atayantam, absolute-that which
exists by transcending limits-, supreme,
unsurpassable; sukham, Bliss; of
brahma-samsparsam, contact with
Brahman-the Bliss that is in touch
[In touch with, i.e. identified with,
homogeneous with, in essential
oneness with.] with the supreme
Brahman. Now is being shown that
result of Yoga which is the
realization of identity with
Brahman and which is the cause of the
extinction of the whole mundane
existence . [Liberation is conceived of
in two ways-total cessation of
sorrows, and attainment of unsurpassable
Bliss.]
6.29 Yoga-yukta-atma, one who has
his mind Self-absorbed through
Yoga, whose mind is merged in
samadhi; and sarvatra-sama-darsanah,
who has the vision of sameness
everywhere-who has the vision
(darsana) of sameness (sama-tva),
the knowledge of identity of the Self
and Brahman everywhere (sarvatra)
without exception, in all divergent
objects beginning from Brahma to
immovable things; iksate, sees;
atmanam, the Self, his own Self;
sarva-bhuta-stham, existing in
everything; and sarva-bhutani,
everything from Brahma to a clump of
grass; unified atmani, in his Self.
The fruit of this realization of the unity
of the Self is being stated:
6.30 Yah, one who; pasyati, sees;
mam, Me, Vasudeva, who am the
Self of all; sarvatra, in all
things; ca, and; sees sarvam, all things, all
created things, beginning from
Brahma; mayi, in Me who am the Self of
all;-aham, I who am God; na
pranasyami, do not go out; tasya,of his
vision-of one who has thus realized
the unity of the Self; ca sah, and he
also; na pranasyati, is not lost;
me, to My vision. That man of realization
does not get lost to Me, to
Vasudeva, because of the indentity between
him and Me, for that which is
called one's own Self is surely dear to one,
and since it is I alone who am the
seer of the unity of the Self in all.
6.31 This being so, i.e. after
reiterating (in the first line of the present
verse) the idea of full realization
contained in the previous verse, the
result of that (realization), viz
Liberation, is being spoken of (in the
second line): The yogi, the man of
full realization; vartate, exists; mayi, in
Me, in the supreme state of Visnu;
sarvatha api, in whatever condition;
vartamanah, he may be. He is verily
ever-free. The idea is that he is not
obstructed from Liberation by
anything. Furthermore,
6.32 Atma-aupamyena: Atma means the
self, i.e. oneself. That by which
a comparison is made is an upama.
The abstract from of that is
aupamya. Atma-aupamya means a
standard as would be applicable to
oneself. O Arjuna, yah, he who;
pasyati, judges; sarvatra, in all beings;
samam, by the same standard, in the
same manner; atma-aupamyena,
as he would apply to himself-. And
what does he view with sameness?
That is being stated: As sukham,
happiness, is dear to me, so also is
happiness agreeable to all
creatures. Va, and-the word va is (used) in
the sense of and; just as yadi,
whatever; duhkham, sorrow is
unfavourable, unwelcome to me, so
also is sorrow unwelcome and
unfavourable to all creatures. In
this way, he looks upon happiness and
sorrow as pleasant and unpleasant
to all bengs, by the same standard
as he would apply to himself. He
does not act against anyone. That is ,
he is non-injurious. He who is thus
non-injurious and steadfast in full
Illumination, sah, that yogi;
paramah matah, is considered as the best
among all the yogis. Noticing that
his Yoga-as spoken of and consisting
in full Illumination- is hard to
acquire, Arjuna, with a view to hearing the
sure means to its attainment, said:
6.33 O Madhusudana, ayam, this;
yogah, Yoga; yah proktah, that has
been spoken of; tvaya, by You;
samyena, as sameness; na pasyami, I do
not see, I cannot
conceive;-what?-etasya, its; sthiram, steady,
undisturbed; sthitim, continuance;
cancalatvat, owing to the
unsteadiness of the mind, which is
well known.
6.34 Hi, for, O Krsna-the word
krsna is derived from the root krs
[Another derivative meaning may
be-'the capacity to draw towards
Himself all glorious things of this
and the other world'.], in the sense of
'uprooting'; He is Krsna because He
uproots the defects such as sin etc.
of devotees-; manah, the mind; is
cancalam, unsteady. Not only is it very
unsteady, it is also pramathi,
turbulent. It torments, agitates, the body
and the organs. It brings them
under extraneous control. Besides, it is
balavat, strong, not amenable ot
anybody's restraint. Again, it is drdham,
obstinate, hard as the (large shark
called) Tantu-naga (also known as
Varjuna-pasa). Aham, I; manye,
consider; tasya, its-of the mind which is
of this kind; nigrahah, control,
restraint; to be (suduskaram, greatly
difficult;) vayoh iva, as of the
wind. Control of the wind is difficult. I
consider the control of the mind to
be even more difficult than that. This
is the idea. 'This is just as you
say.'
6.35 Mahabaho, O mighty-armed one;
asamsayam, undoubtedly-there
is no doubt with regard to this;
that the manah, mind; is durnigraham,
untractable; and calm, restless.
Tu, but; it-the modifications of the mind
in the form of
distractions-grhyate, is brought under control; abhyasena,
through practice- abhyasa means
repetition of some idea or thought of
the mind one some mental plane
['Some mental plane' suggests some
object of concentration.]-; and
vairagyena, through detachment-vairagya
means absence of hankering for
enjoyment of desirable things, seen or
unseen, as a result of the practice
of discerning their defect. That mind
is thus brought undr control,
restrained, i.e. completely subdued. By
him, however, who has not
controlled his mind-
6.36 Me, My; matih, conviction; is
iti, that; Yoga is dusprapah, difficult
to be attained; asamyata-atmana, by
one of uncontrolled mind, by one
who has not controlled his mind,
the internal organ, by practice and
detachment. Tu, but, on the other
hand; sakyah, Yoga is possible;
avaptum, to be attained; yatata, by
one who strives, who repeatedly
makes effort; upayatah, through the
means described above; and
vasyatmany, by one of controlled
mind, by him whose mind has been
brought under control through
practice and detachment. As to that, by
accepting the practice of Yoga,
actions leading to the attainment of this
or the next world may be renounced
by a yogi, and yet he may not attain
the result of perfection in Yoga,
i.e. full Illumination, which is the means
to Liberation. Consequently, at the
time of death his mind may waver
from the path of Yoga. Apprehending
that he may be thereby ruined.
6.37 O krsna, aprapya, failing to
achieve; yoga-sam-siddhim, perfection
in Yoga, the result of Yoga, i.e.
full Illumination; kam gatim, what goal;
gacchati, does one attain; who,
though upetah sraddhaya, possessed of
faith, belief in God and in the
other world; is ayatih, not diligent, devoid
of effort on the path of Yoga; and,
at the time of death, too, calitamanasah,
whose mind becomes deflected;
yogat, from Yoga, (i.e.)
whose memory has been lost?
6.38 Mahabaho, O Mighty-armed one;
ubhaya-vibhrastah, fallen from
both, having fallen from the Path
of Action and the Path of Yoga;
apratisthah, without support;
vimudhah, deluded-having become
deluded; brahmanah pathi, on the
path of Brahman, on the path leading
to Brahman; kaccit na, does he not;
nasyati, get ruined; iva, like; a
chinna-abhram, scattered cloud? Or
is it that he does not?
6.39 O krsna, arhasi, You should;
asesatah, totally; chettum, eradicate,
remove; etat, this; samsayam,
doubt; me, of mine. Hi, for; na tvad
anyah, none other than You, be he a
sage or a god; upapadyate, can
be; chetta, the despeller, the
destroyer; asya, of this; samsayasya,
doubt. Therefore you Yourself
should dispel (the doubt). This is the
meaning.
6.40 O Partha, eva vidyate, there
is certainly; na vinasah, no ruin; tasya,
for him; iha, here, in this world;
or amutra, hereafter, in the other world.
Ruin means a birth inferior to the
previous one; that is not there for one
who has fallen from Yoga. Hi, for;
na kascit, no one; kalyana-krt,
engaged in good; gacchati, meets
with; durgatim, a deplorable end;
tata, My son! A father is called
tata because he perpetuates himself
(tanoti) through the son. Since the
father himself becomes the son,
therefore the son also is called
tata. A disciple is called putra (son). [Sri
krsna addressed Arjuna thus because
the latter was his disciple.] But
what happens to him?
6.41 Prapya, attaining, reaching,
lokan, the worlds; punya-krtam, of the
righteous, of the performers of the
Horse-sacrifice, etc.; and usitva,
residing there, enjoying the stay;
for sasvatih, eternal; samah, years;
(then,) when the period of
enjoyment is over, the yoga-bhrastah, man
fallen from Yoga, the one who had
set out on the path Yoga, i.e. a
monk-as understood from the force
of the context [From Arjuna's
question it minght appear that he
was asking about the fate of people
who fall from both the paths, viz
that of Karma and of Meditation. But
the possibility of getting ruined
by performing actios (rites and duties)
according to Vedic instructions
does not arise, since their results are
inevitable. However, the question
of ruin is relevant in the case of a
monk, for on the one hand he has
renounced actions, and on the other
he may fail to attain perfection in
Yoga in the present life. Hence, the
Lord's answer relates to the fall
and ruin of a monk alone.]; abhijayate, is
born; gehe, in the house; sucinam,
of the pious, who perform actions
according to scriptural
instructions; and srimatam, who are prosperous.
6.42 Athava, or; bhavati, he is
born; kule, in the family; dhimatam, of
wise; yoginam, yogis; eva, only,
who are poor-which is different from the
family of the prosperous. Etat
janma, such a birth; yat idrsam, as is of
this kind-a birth that is in the
family of poor yogis, in a family as
described; is hi, surely;
durlabha-taram, more difficult to get, as
compared with the earlier one;
loke, in the world. Becuase,
6.43 Tatra, there, in the family of
yogis; labhate, tam buddhisamyogam,
he becomes endowed with that
wisdom; paurva-dehikam, acquired in
the previous body. And yatate, he
strives; bhuyah, more intensely; tatah,
than before, more intensely than
that tendency acquired in the previous
birth; samsiddau, for, for the sake
of, perfection; kuru-nandana, O scion
of the Kuru dynasty. How does he
become endowed with the wisdom
acquired in the previous body? That
is being answered:
6.44 Hi, for; tena eva, by that
very; purva-abhyasena, past practice-the
powerful habit formed in the past
life; hiryate, he, the yogi who had fallen
from Yoga, is carried forward;
avasah api, even inspite of himself. If he
had not committed any act which
could be characterized as unrigtheous
etc. and more powerful than the
tendency created by the practice of
Yoga, then he is carried forward by
the tendency created by the practice
of Yoga. If he had committed any
unrighteous act which was more
powerful, then, even the tendency
born of Yoga gets surely
overpowered. But when that is
exhausted, the tendency born of Yoga
begins to take effect by itself.
The idea is that it does not get destroyed,
even though it may lie in abeyance
over a long period. Jijnasuh api, even
a seeker; yogasya, of Yoga from the
force of the context, the person
implied is a monk who had engaged
in the path of Yoga with a desire to
known his true nature, but had
falled from Yoga-; ;even he, ativartate,
trascends-will free himself from;
sabda-brahma, the result of the
performance of Vedic ritual. What
to speak of him who after
understanding Yoga, may undertake
it with steadfastness! And why is
the state of Yoga higher?
6.45 The yogi, the man of
Knowledge; yatamanah, applying himself;
prayatnat, assiduously, i.e.
striving more intensely; and as a result,
samsuddha-kilbisah, becoming
purified from sin; and aneka-janmasamsiddhah,
attaining perfection through many
births- gathering
together tendencies little by
little in many births, and attaining perfection
through that totality of
impressions acquired in many births; tatah,
thereby coming to have full
Illumination; yati, achieves; the param,
highest, most perfect; ;gatim,
Goal. Since this is so, therefore.
6.46 A yogi is adhikah, higher;
tapasvibhyah, than men of austerity; he
is matah, considered; adhikah,
higher than, superior to; api, even;
jnanibhyah, men of knowledge. Jnana
here means scriptural learning. (A
yogi is superior) to even those who
possess that (learning). The yogi is
adhikah, higher, greater;
karmibhyah, than men of action-karma means
Agnihotra etc.; (greater) than
those who adhere to them. Since this is so,
tasmat, therefore; O Arjuna, bhava,
do you become a yogi.
6.47 Api, even; sarvesam yoginam,
among all the yogis, among those
who are immersed in meditation on
Rudra, Aditya, and others; yah, he
who; bhajate, adores; mam, Me;
antaratmana,with his mind; madgatena,
fixed on Me, concentrated on Me who
am Vasudeva; and sraddhavan,
with faith, becoming filled with
faith; sah, he; is matah, considered; me,
by Me; to be yukta-tamah, the best
of the yogis, engaged in Yoga most
intensely. [It has been shown thus
far that Karma-yoga has monasticism
as its ultimate culmination. And in
the course of expounding Dhyanayoga
together with its ausxiliaries, and
instructing about the means to
control the mind, the Lord rules
out the possibility of absolute ruin for a
person fallen from Yoga. He has
also stated that steadfastness in
Knowledge is for a man who knows
the meaning of the word tvam (thou)
(in 'Thou are That'). All these
instructions amount to declaring that
Liberation comes from the knowledge
of the great Upanisadic saying,
'Thou art That.']
BHAGAVADGITA
English translation of Sri
Sankaracharya's Sanskrit Commentary - Swami
Gambhirananda
Chapter 7
RO
7.1 O Partha, mayi asaktamanah,
having the mind fixed on Me- one
whose mind (manah) is fixed
(asakta) on Me (mayi) who am the supreme
God possessed on the qualification
going to be spoken of-. Yogam
yunjan, practising the Yoga of
Meditation, concentrating the mind-.
Madasrayah, taking refuge in Me-one
to whom I Myself, the supreme
Lord, am the refuge (asraya) is
madasrayah-. Anyone who hankers after
some human objective resorts to
some rite such as the Agnihotra etc.,
austerity or charity, which is the
means to its attainment. This yogi,
however, accepts only Me as his
refuge; rejecting any other means, he
keeps his mind fixed on Me alone.
Srnu, hear; tat, that, which is being
spoken of by Me; as to yatha, how,
the process by which; you who,
having become thus, jnasyasi, will
know; mam, Me; asamsayam, with
certainty, without doubt, that the
Lord is such indeed; and samagram, in
fullness, possessed of such
qualities as greatness, strength, power,
majesty, etc. [Strength-physical;
power-mental; etc. refers to
omniscience and will.] in their
fullness.
7.2 Aham, I; vaksyami, shall tell;
te, you; asesatah, in detail, fully; of that
(Knowledge) about Myself, which is
idam, this; jnanam, Knowlege; which
is savijnanam, combined with
realization, associated with personal
enlightenment; yat jnatva, after
experiencing which Knowledge;
avasisyate, there remains; na
anyat, nothing else, anything that can be a
means to human ends; jnatavyam, to
be known; bhuyah, again; iha,
here. (In this way) the Lord
praises that Knowledge which is intended to
be spoken, in order ot draw the
attention of the hearer. Thus, 'he who
knows Me in reality becomes
omniscient.' This is the idea. Therefore
Knowledge is difficult to attain
because of its superexcellent result. How
so? This is being answered:
7.3 Sahasresu manusyanam, among
thousands, among a multitude of
men; kascit, a rare one; yatati,
endeavours; siddhaye, for perfection. [For
perfection: for the rise of
Knowledge through the purification of the
mind.] Siddhanam api, even of the
perfected one; yatatam, who are
diligent-they (those diligent ones
themselves) being (considered to be)
verily perfect because they are
striving for Liberation; of them-; kascit,
one perchance, indeed; vetti,
knows; mam, Me; tattvatah, in truth.
Having drawn the attention of the
hearer by arousing interest, the Lord
says:
7.4 Iyam, this; prakrtih, Prakrti,
[Prakrti here does not mean the
Pradhana of the Sankhyas.] the
divine power called Maya; me, of Mine,
as described; bhinna, is divided;
astadha, eight-forl; iti, thus: bhumih,
earth-not the gross earth but the
subtle element called earth, this being
understood from the statement,
'Prakrti (of Mine) is divided eight-fold'.
Similarly, the subtle elements
alone are referred to even by the words
water etc. Apah, water; analah,
fire; vayuh, air; kham, space; manah,
mind. By 'mind' is meant its
source, egoism. By buddhih, intellect, is
meant the principle called mahat
[Mahat means Hiranyagarbha, or
Cosmic Intelligence.] which is the
source of egoism. By ahankarah,
egoism, is meant the Unmanifest,
associated [Associated, i.e. of the
nature of.] with (Cosmic)
ignorance. As food mixed with position is called
poison, similarly the Unmainfest,
which is the primordial Cause, is called
egoism since it is imbued with the
impressions resulting from egoism;
and egoism is the impelling force
(of all). It is indeed seen in the world
that egoism is the impelling cause
behind all endeavour.
7.5 O mighty-armed one, iyam, this;
is apara, the inferior (Prakrti)-not
the higher, (but)-the impure, the
source of evil and having the nature of
worldly bondage. Viddhi, know;
anyam, the other, pure; prakrtim, Prakrti;
me, of Mine, which is essentially
Myself; which, tu, however;is param,
higher, more exalted; itah, than
this (Prakrti) already spoken of; Jivabhutam,
which has taken the form of the
individual souls, which is
characterized as 'the Knower of the
body (field)', and which is the cause
of sustenance of life; and yaya, by
which Prakriti; idam, this; jagat, world;
dharyate, is upheld, by permeating
it.
7.6 Upadharaya, understand; iti,
thus; that sarvani, all; bhutani, things;
etat-yonini, have these (etat) as
their source (yoni)-things that have these
lower and higher Prakrtis,
charcterized as the 'field' and the 'Knower of
the field (body)', as their source
are etat-yonini. Since My two Prakrtis
are the source, the cause of all
things, therefore, aham, I; am the
prabhavah, origin; tatha, as also;
the pralayah, end, the termination;
krtsnasya, of the whole; jagatah,
Universe. The maning is this: I, who am
the ominscient God, am the source
of the Univese through My two
Prakrtis. Since this is so,
therefore-
7.7 O Dhananjaya, asti, there is;
na anyat kincit, nothing else
whatsoever, no other cause;
parataram, higher; mattah, than Me, the
supreme God; i.e. I Myself am the
source of the world. Since this is so,
therefore, sarvam, all; idam, this,
all things, the Universe; protam,is
strung, woven, connected, i.e.
transfixed; mayi, on Me, the supreme
God; like cloth in the warp, [Like
cloth formed by threads constituting its
warp and woof.] and iva, like;
maniganah, peals; sutre,on a string. 'What
qualities are You endowed with, by
virtue of which all this is strung on
You? This is being answered:
7.8 Kaunteya, O son of Kunti, aham,
I; am rasah, the taste, which is the
essence of water. The idea is that
water is depedent on Me who am its
essence. This is how it is to be
understood in every case. Just as I am
the essence of water, similarly,
asmi, I am; the prabha, effulgence; sasisuryayoh,
of the moon and the sun; pranavah,
(the letter) Om; sarvavedesu,
in all the Vedas. All the Vedas are
established on Me who am
that Om. So also (I am) sabdah, the
sound; khe, in space, as the
essence. Space is established on Me
who am that (sound). In the same
way, nrsu, in men; (I am) paurusam,
manhood- the quality of being man,
from which arises the idea of
manhood. Men are established on Me who
am such.
7.9 I am also the punyah, sweet;
gandhah, fragrance; prthivyam, in the
earth. The earth is dependent on Me
who am its fragrance. The natural
sweetness of smell in the earth is
cited by way of suggesting sweetness
of taste of water etc. as well. But
foulness of smell etc. is due to contact
with particular things, resulting
from nescience, unholiness, etc. of
worldly people. Ca, and ; asmi, I
am; the tejah, brilliance; vibhavasau, in
fire; so also (I am) the jivanam,
life-that by which all creatures live; sarvabhutesu,
in all beings. And I am the tapah,
austerity; tapasvisu, of
ascetics. Ascetics are established
in Me who am that austerity.
7.10 O Partha, viddhi, know, mam,
Me; to be the sanatanam, eternal;
bijam, seed, the source of growth;
sarva-bhutanam, of all beings.
Besides, I am the buddhih,
intellect, the power of discrimination of the
mind; buddhimatam, of the
intelligent, of people having the power of
discrimination. I am the tejah,
courage; tejasvinam, of the courageous, of
those possessed of that.
7.11 I am the balam, strength,
ability, virility; balavatam, of the strong.
That strength, again, is
kama-raga-vivarjitam, devoid of passion and
attachment. Kamah is passion,
hankering for things not at hand. Ragah
is attachment, fondness for things
acquired. I am the strength that is
devoid of them and is necessary
merely for the maintenance of the body
etc., but not that strength of the
worldly which causes hankering and
attachment. Further, bhutesu, among
creatures; I am that kamah,
desire-such desires as for eating,
drinking, etc. which are for the mere
maintenance of the body and so on;
which is dharma-aviruddhah, not
contrary to righteousness, not
opposed to scriptural injunctions;
bharatarsabha, O scion of the
Bharata dynasty. Moreover,
7.12 Ye bhavah, those things;
sattvikah eva, that indeed are made of
(the quality of) sattva; and ye
rajasah, those that are made (of the quality)
of rajas; and tamasah, those that
are made of (the quality of) tamaswhatever
things are made (of sattva, rajas
and tamas) according to the
creatures's own actions: viddhi,
know; tan, them, all without exception;
mattah eva iti, to have sprung from
Me alone when they come into
being. Although they originate from
Me, still, tu, however; aham, I; am na
tesu, not in them-I am not subject
to them, not under their control, as
are the transmigrating bengs. Te,
they, again; mayi, are in Me, subject to
Me, under My control. [For sattva,
rajas, and tamas see note under 2.45
as also Chapters 14, 17 and
18.-Tr.] 'The world does not know Me, the
supreme Lord, even though I am of
this kind, and am eternal, pure,
intelligent and free by nature,
[See note on p.4.-Tr.] the Self of all beings,
free from all qualities, the cause
of burning away the seed of the evil of
transmigration!'-in this way the
Lord expresses regret. And what is the
source of that ignorance in the
world? That is being stated:
7.13 Sarvam, all; idam, this;
jagat, world, the aggregate of creatures;
mohitam, deluded as it is-made to
have indiscrimination; ebhih, by
these; aforesaid tribhih, three;
bhavaih, things, in the forms of
attachment, repulsion, delusion,
etc; and gunamayaih, made of the
gunas, of the transformations of
the gunas; na abhijanati, does not
know; mam, Me; who am param,
transcendental to, distinct, different;
ebhyah, from these gunas as
referred to above; and am avyayam,
undecaying, i.e. free from all (the
six kinds of) changes in things, viz birth
etc. [See note on p.38.-Tr.] How,
again, do they cross over this divine
Maya of Visnu, constituted by the
three gunas? That is being stated:
7.14 Hi, since; esa, this,
aforesaid; daivi, divine; Maya mama, of Mine, of
God, of Visnu, which (Maya) is My
own; and which is guna-mayi,
constituted by the gunas; is
duratyaya, difficult to cross over; therefore,
this being so, ye, those who;
wholeheartedly prapadyante, take refuge;
mam eva, in Me alone, in Me who am
the Master of Maya and who am
their own Self, by giving up all
forms of rites and duties; te, they; taranti,
cross over; etam, this; mayam,
Maya, which deludes all beings. That is
to say, they become freed from the
bondage of the world. 'If it is that
those who resort to You cross over
this Maya, why then do not all take
refuge in You alone?' This is being
answered:
7.15 Mudhah, the foolish;
duskrtinah, evildoers, sinners; who are naraadhamah,
the most depraved among men; who
are also apa-hrtajnanah,
deprived of, despoiled of (their)
wisdom; mayaya, by Maya; and
asritah, who resort to; asuram
bhavam, demoniacal, ways, such as
cruelty, untruthfulness, etc.; na,
do not; prapadyante, take refuge; man,
in Me, the supreme God.
7.16 Again, O Arjuna, foremost of
the Bharata dynasty, caturvidhah,
four classes; of janah, people; who
are eminent among human beings
and are pious in actions, and are
sukrtinah, of virtuous deeds; bhajante,
adore; mam, Me; artah, the
afflicted-one who is overcome by sorrow,
who is in distress, ['One who,
being in distress and seeking to be saved
from it, takes refuge (in Me).']
being over-whelmed by thieves, tigers,
disease, etc.; jijnasuh, the seeker
of Knowledge, who wants to know the
reality of the Lord; artharthi, the
seeker of wealth; and jnani, the man of
Knowledge, [i.e. one who, already
having intellectual knowledge, aspires
for Liberation.] who knows the
reality of Visnu.
7.17 Tesam, of them, among the
four; jnani, the man of Knowledge, the
knower of Reality, is nitya-yuktah,
endowed with constant steadfastness
as a result of being a knower of
Reality; and he also becomes ekabhaktih,
endowed with one-pointed devotion,
because he finds no one
else whom he can adore.
Consequently, that person of one-pointed
devotion visisyate, excels, becomes
superior, i.e. he surpasses (the
others). Hi, since; I, the Self, am
priyah, dear; jnaninah, to the man of
Knowledge; therefore aham, I; am
atyartham, very much; priyah, dear to
him. It is indeed a well known fact
in the world that the Self is dear. The
meaning, therefore, is that
Vasudeva, being the Self of the man of
Knowledge, is dear to him. And sah,
he, the man of Knowledge, being
the very Self of Me who am
Vasudeva; is very much priyah, dear; mama,
to Me. 'If that be so, then the
other three-the afflicted and the othersare
not dear to Vasudeva?' 'This is not
so!' 'What then?'
7.18 Sarve, ete, all of these
three, without exception; are eva, indeed,
udarah, noble, i.e.; they are
verily dear to Me. For, no devotee of Mine
can become disagreeable to Me who
am Vasudeva. But the man of
Knowledge becomes very much dear.
This is the difference. Why is this
so? In answer the Lord says: Tu
but; jnani, the man of Knowledge; is
atma eva, the very Self, not
different from Me. This is me, My; matam,
opinion, conviction. Hi, for;
yuktatma, with a steadfast mind-having his
mind absorbed in the idea, 'I am
verily Vasudeva, the Lord, and none
else', that man of Knowledge
asthitah, is set on the path leading to, he is
engaged in ascending to, going to;
mam eva, Me alone, to the supreme
Brahman; who am the anuttamam
gatim, super-excellent Goal to be
reached. The man of Knowledge is
being eulogized again:
7.19 Ante, at the end, after the
completion; bahunam, of many;
janmanam, births, which becme the
repository for accumulating [Ast.
omits this word.-Tr.] the
tendencies leading to Knowledge; jnanavan, the
man of Knowledge, who has got hiis
Knowledge matured; directly
prapadyate, attains; mam, Me,
Vasudeva, who am the inmost Self;
(realizing)-in what way?-iti, that;
Vasudeva is sarvam, all. Sah, such a
one, who realizes Me [Here Ast.
adds the word Narayana.-Tr.] thus as
the Self of all; is mahatma, a
high-souled one. There is none else who
can equal or excel him. Therefore
he is su-durlabhah, very rare among
thousands of men, as it has been
said (in verse 3). The reason why one
does not realize that all this is
verily Vasudeva, the Self, is being stated:
7.20 People, hrta-jnanah, deprived
of their wisdom, deprived of their
discriminating knowledge; taih taih
kamaih, by desires for various
objects, such as progeny, cattle,
heaven, etc.; and niyatah, guided,
compelled; svaya prakrtya, by their
own nature, by particular tendencies
gathered in the past lives;
prapadyante, resort; anya-devatah, to other
deities, who are different from
Vasudeva, the Self; asthaya, following
taking the help of; tam tam
niyamam,the relevant methods-those
processes that are well known for
the adoration of the concerned
deities.
7.21 Yam yam, whichever; tanum,
form of a deity; yah, any covetous
person- among these people with
desires; who, being endowed
sraddhaya, with faith; and being a
bhaktah, devotee; icchati, wants;
arcitum, to worship; tam eva, that
very; acalam, firm, steady; sraddham,
faith; tasya, of his, of that
particular covetous person-that very faith with
which he desires to worship
whatever form of a deity, in which (worship)
he was earlier engaged under the
impulsion of his own nature-; [Ast.
takes the portion 'svabhavatah yo
yam devata-tanum sraddhaya arcitum
icchati' with the next verse.-Tr.]
vidadhami, I strengthen.
7.22 Yuktah,being endued; taya,
with that; sraddhaya, faith, as granted
by Me; sah, that person; ihate,
engages in; radhanam, i.e. aradhanam,
worshipping; tasyah, that form of
the deity. And labhate, he gets; tan hi,
those very; kaman, desired results;
tatah, there-from, from that form of
the deity which was worshipped; as
vihitan, they are dispensed, meted
out; maya eva, by Me alone, who am
the omniscient, supreme God,
because I am possessed of the
knowledge of the apportionment of the
results of actions. The meaning his
that he surely gets those desired
results since they are ordained by
God. If the reading be hitan (instead
of hi tan), then the beneficence
(-hita means beneficent-) of the desired
result should be interpreted in a
figurative sense, for desires cannot be
beneficial to anyone!
7.23 Since those non-discriminating
men with desires are engaged in
disciplines for limited results,
therefore, tat phalam, that result; tesam, of
theirs; alpamedhasam, who are of
poor intellect, of poor wisdom;
antavat tu bhavati, is limited,
ephemeral, indeed. Deva-yajah, the
worshippers of gods; yanti, go;
devan, to the gods. Madbhaktah, My
devotees; yanti, to; mam api, to Me
alone. 'Thus, though the effort
needed is the same, they do not
resort to me alone for the unlimited
result. Alas! they are surely in a
pitiable condition.' In this manner the
Lord expresses his compassion. 'Why
do they not take refuge in Me
alone?' The answer is:
7.24 Abuddhayah, the unintelligent,
the non-discriminating ones;
ajanantah, unaware; mama, of My;
param, supreme; bhavam, state, My
reality as the supreme Self; which
is avyayam, immutable, undecaying;
and anuttanam, unsurpassable;
manyante, think; mam, of Me; as
avyaktam, the unmanifest, the
invisible; apannam, that has become;
vyaktim, manifest, visible, at
present [At present, after being embodied
as an Incarnation.]-though I am the
ever well-known God. They think so
because they are unaware of My
reality. This is the idea. What is the
reason for their ignorance? This is
being stated:
7.25 Yoga-maya-samavrtah, being
enveloped by yoga-maya-Yoga
means the combination, the coming
together, of the (three) gunas; that
(combination) is itself maya,
yoga-maya; being enveloped, i.e. veiled, by
that yoga-maya; aham, I; na
prakasah, do not become manifest;
sarvasya, to all, to the world. The
idea is that I become manifest only to
some devotees of Mine. For this
very reason, ayam, this; mudhah,
deluded; lokah, world; na
abhijanati, does not know; mam, Me; who am
ajam, birthless; and avyayam,
undecaying. [In verse 13 the reason for the
non-realization of the supreme,
unqualified Brahman was stated. The
present verse states the reason for
the non-realization of the qualified
Brahman.] 'That yoga-maya, because
of My being covered by which the
world does not know Me- that
yoga-maya, since it belongs to Me, does
not obstruct the knowlege of Me who
am God, the possessor of maya,
just as the magic of any other
magician does not cover his knowledge.'
Since this is so, therefore7.26
O Arjuna, aham, I, however; veda,
know; samatitani, the past
beings; and vartamanani, the
present. I know ca, also; bhavisyani, the
future; bhutani, beings. Tu, but;
na kascana, no one; veda, knows; mam,
Me. Except the one person who is My
devotee and has taken refuge in
Me, no one adores Me, jus because
he does not know My reality.
'What, again,is the obstruction to
knowing Your reality, being prevented
by which the creatures that are
born do not know You?' In anticipation
of such a question, the Lord says
this:
7.27 Iccha-dvesa-samutthena, by
what arises from likes and dislikes:
iccha, likes, and dvesa, dislikes,
are iccha-dvesau; anything arising from
them is icchadvesa-samutthah.
(Creatures are duluded) by that. By
what? When that is thus sought to
be known in particular, the Lord
answers: dvandva-mohena, by the
delusion of duality. Delusion (moha)
that originates from duality
(advandva) is dvandva-moha. Those very
likes and dislikes, which are
mutually opposed like heat and cold, which
relate to happiness and sorrow and
their causes, and which come into
association with all beings in due
course, are termed as duality (and this
deludes all creatures). As regards
them, when likes and dislikes arise
from the experience of happiness,
sorrow and their causes, then, by
bringing the wisdom of all beings
under their control, they create
bewilderment which is the cause of
the impediment to the rise of
knowledg about the reality of Self,
the suprem Truth. Indeed, exact
knowledg about objects even in the
external world does not arise in one
whose mind is overpowered by the
defects, viz likes and dislikes. It goes
without saying that knowledge of
the indwelling Self, beset with many
obstacles as it is, does not arise
in a completely bewildered person
whose intelligence has been
overcome by them. Therefore, bharata, O
scion of the Bharata dynasty; owing
to that delusion of duality arising
from likes and dislikes,
sarvabhutani, all creatures become deluded.
Parantapa, O destroyer of foes;
they yanti sammoham, become
bewildered, come under delusion;
sarge, at the time of their birth, i.e. at
the time of their origination. The
idea is that all creatures that come into
being do so prepossessed by
delusion. 'Since this is so, therefore all
creatures, being deluded and having
their wisdom obstructed by that
delusion of duality, do not know Me
who am their Self. Hence, they do
not adore Me as their Self.' 'Who,
again, are those that, becoming free
from the delusion of duality, come
to know You, and adore You as the
Self in accordance with the
scriptures?' In order to elaborate the subject
enquired about, it is being said:
7.28 Yesam jananam, those persons;
tu, on the other hand; punyakarmanam,
who are of virtuous deeds, in whom
exist virtuous deeds that
are the cause of purification of
the mind; whose papam, sin; antagatam,
has come to an end, is almost
eradicated, attenuated; te, they; dvandvamoha-
nirmuktah, being free from the
delusion of duality as described;
and drdhavratah, firm in their
convictions-those who [Here Ast. adds,
'sarva-parityaga-vratena, through
the vow of relinquishing everything'.-
Tr.] have the firm knowledge that
the supreme Reality is such alone and
not otherwise are called
drdhavratah-; bhajante, adore; mam, Me, the
supreme Self. Why do they worship?
This is being answered:
7.29 Ye, those who; yatanti,
strive; asritya, by resorting; mam, to Me,
the supreme God, by having their
minds absorbed in Me; jara-maranamoksaya,
for becoming free from old age and
death; te, they; viduh,
know; tat, that; brahma, Brahman,
which is the Supreme; they know
krtsnam, everything; about
adhyatmam, the individual Self, that
indwelling intity; ca, and; they
know akhiliam, all; about karma, actions.
7.30 Ye, those who; viduh, know;
mam, Me; sa-adhi-bhuta-adhidaivam,
as existing in the physical and the
divine planes; ca, and also; saadhiyajnam,
as existing in the context of the
sacrifice; te, they; yuktacetasah,
of concentrated minds-those who
have their minds absorbed in
God; viduh, know; mam, Me; api ca,
even; prayanakale, at the time of
death. [For those who are devoted
to God, there is not only the
knowledge of Brahman as identified
with all individuals and all actions
(see previous verse), but also the
knowledge of It as existing in all things
on the physical, the divine and the
sacrificial planes. Those who realize
Brhaman as existing in the context
of all the five, viz of the individual, of
actions, of the physical,of the
divine, and of the sacrifices-for them with
such a realization there is no
forgetting, loss of awareness, of Brahman
even at the critical moment of
death.]
BHAGAVADGITA
English translation of Sri
Sankaracharya's Sanskrit Commentary - Swami
Gambhirananda
Chapter 8
RO
8.1 See Commentary under 8.2.
8.2 In order to settle these
questions seriatim -
8.3 Aksaram means that which does
not perish (na ksarati), the
supreme Self. This agrees with the
Upanisadic text, 'Under the mighty
rule of this Immutable, O Gargi...'
(Br. 3.8.9). And (the letter) Om is not
accept here [as the meaning of
aksara (lit. letter)], because of its being
mentioned (as a letter) later on
in, 'The single letter Om, which is
Brahman' (13). Besides, the
adjective 'supreme' is more apporpriate with
regard to the absolute, immutable
Brahman. By svabhava, self-hood, is
meant the eixtence of that very
supreme Brahman in every body as the
indwelling Self. Svabhavah ucyate,
self-hood is said to be, is referred to
by the word; adhyatmam, the entity
which, as the indwelling Self, exists
in the body (atma) by making it its
habitat (adhikrtya), and which in the
ultimate analysis is the supreme
Brahman. Visargah, the offerings, the
giving away to gods of things like
porridge [Caru: An oblations of rice,
barley and pulse boiled-together to
be offered to gods.], cake, etc.;
bhuta-bhava-udbhava-karah, which
bring about the origin of the
existence of things; is
karma-sanjnitah, meant by action. This sacrifice
consisting in pouring of oblations
is called action. The existence (bhava)
of (moving and nonmoving) things
(bhuta) is bhuta-bhava. The coming
into being (udbhava) of that
(existence) is bhuta-bhava-udbhavah. That
which causes (karoti) this is
bhuta-bhava-udbhava-karah, i.e. the
originator of existing things. It
is needed from this source that all bengs,
moving and non-moving, originate
thorugh the successive processes of
railfall etc. (see 3.14-15).
8.4 Adhibhutam, that which exists
in the physical plane, i.e. that which
exists by comprising all
creatures;-what is it?-it consists of the ksarah
bhavah, mutable entity. Ksarah is
that which is mutable, which is
destructible; bhavah means anything
whatsoever that has orgination.
This is meaning. Purusah means the
Person, derived in the sense of he
by whom all things are pervaded;
or, he who lies in every heart. He is
Hiranyagarbha, who resides in the
Sun and sustains the organs of all
creatures. He is adhi-daivatam, the
entity existing in the divine plane.
Deha-bhrtam-vara, O best among the
embodied beings; adhiyajnah, the
entity existing in sacrifices, is
the Deity, called Visnu, presiding over all
sacrifices-which agrees with the
Vedic text, 'Sacrifice is indeed Vishu'
(Tai, Sam. 1.7.4). Aham eva, I
Myself, who am that very Visnu; am
adhiyajnah, the entity existing in
the sacrifice; which is going on atra
dehe, in this body. Since a
sacrfice is performed with body, therefore it is
closely associated with the body.
In this sense it is said to be going on in
the body.
8.5 Ca, and ; anta-kale, at the
time of death; yah, anyone who; prayati,
departs; muktva, by giving up; the
kalevaram, body; smaran, while
thinking; mam eva, of Me alone, who
am the supreme Lord Visnu; sah,
he; yati, attains; madhavam, My
state, the Reality that is Vishu, Asti,
there is; na, no; samsayah, doubt;
atra, about this, in this regard, as to
whether he attains (Me) or not.
'This rule does not apply in relation to
me alone.' 'What then?'
8.6 O Son of Kunti, smaran,
thinking of; bhavam, any entity, any
particular deity; yam yam va api,
which ever it may be; tyajati, one gives
up; the kalevaram, body; ante, at
the end, at the time of the departure of
life; eti, he attains; tam tam eva,
that very one, that very entity which is
remembered-none else; having been
sada, always; tadbhava-bhavitah,
engrossed in its thought.
Engrossment in it is tad-bhavah; one by whom
that is remembered as a matter of
habitual recollection is tadbhavabhavitah.
Since the last thought is thus the
cause of acquiring the next
body-
8.7 Tasmat, therefore; anusmara,
think of; mam, Me, in the way
prescribed by the scriptures;
sarvesu kalesu, at all times; and yudhya,
fight, engage your-self in war,
which is your own (caste) duty.
Asamsayah, there is no doubt in
this matter; that arpita-mano-buddhih,
by dedicating your mind and
intellect; mayi; to Me; esyasi, you-you who
have thus dedicated our mind and
intellect to Me, Vasudeva-will attain;
mam eva, Me alone, as I shall be
remembered. [When the Lord instructs
Arjuna to think of Him, and at the
same time engage in war, it may seem
that He envisages a combination of
Knowledge and action. But this is
not so, because when one thinks of
all actions, accessories and results
that come within the purview of the
mind and the intellect as Brahman, it
is denied that actions etc. have
any separate reality apart from Brahman.
Therefore no combination is
involved here.] Besides,
8.8 Partha, O son of Prtha;
anu-cintayan, by meditating, i.e.
contemplating in accordance with
(anu) the instruction of teachers and
scriptures; cestasa, with a mind;
abhyasa-yogayuktena, engaged in the
yoga of practice-abhyasa, practice,
consists in the repetition of the same
kind of thought, uninterupted by
any contrary idea, with regard to Me
who am the object of concentration
of the mind; that practice itself is
yoga; the mind of a yogi is
engrossed (yuktam) in that itself; with a mind
that is such, and na anya-gamina,
which does not stray away to
anything else which is not inclined
to go away to any other object; yati,
one reaches; the paramam, supreme,
unsurpassed; purusam, Person;
divyam, existing in the effulgent
region (divi), in the Solar Orb. And, to
what kind of a Person does he go?
This is being stated:
8.9 Yah, he who, anyone who;
anusmaret, meditates on; kavim, the
Omniscient, the Knower of things
past, present and future; puranam, the
Ancient, the Eternal; anusasitaram,
the Ruler, the Lord of the whole
Universe; aniyamsam, subtler; anoh,
than the subtle; dhataram, the
Ordainer; sarvasya, of
every-thing-one who grants the fruits of actions, in
all their varieties, individually
to all creatures; acintya-rupam, who is of
inconceivable form-His form, though
always existing, defies being
conceived of by anybody;
aditya-varnam, who is effulgent like the sun,
who is manifest as eternal
Consciousness like the effulgence of the sun;
and parastat, beyond; tamasah,
darkness-beyond the darkness of
delusion in the form of
ignorance-(he attains the supreme Person). This
verse is to be connected with the
earlier itself thus: 'by meditating (on
Him)...he attains Him.' Further,
8.10 Prayana-kale, at the time of
death; after first brining the mind under
control in the lotus of the heart,
and then lifting up the vital force-through
the nerve going upward-by gradually
gaining control over (the rudiments
of nature such as) earth etc.
[Space, air, fire, water and earth.] and after
that, samyak, avesya, having fully
fixed; pranam, the Prana (vital force);
madhye, between; the bhruvoh,
eye-brows, without losing attention;
acalena manasa, with an unwavering
mind; he, the yogi possessed of
such wisdom, yuktah, imbued;
bhaktya, with devotion, deep love; ca
eva, as also; yoga-balena, [Yoga
means spiritual absorption, the fixing of
the mind on Reality alone, to the
exclusion of any other object.] with the
strength of concentration-i.e;
imbued with that (strength) also, consisting
in steadfastness of the mind
arising from accumulation of impressions
resulting from spiritual
absorption; upaiti, reaches; tam, that; div yam,
resplendent; param, supreme;
purusam, Person, described as 'the
Omniscient, the Ancient,' etc. The
Lord again speaks of Brahman which
is sought to be attained by the
process going to be stated, and which is
described through such
characteristics as, 'What is declared by the
knowers of the Vedas,'etc.:
error
8.12 Samyamya, having controlled;
sarva-dvarani, all the passages, the
doors of perception; niruddhya,
having confined; the manah, mind; hrdi,
in the heart-not allowing it to
spread out; and after that, with the help of
the mind controlled therein, rising
up through the nerve running upward
from the heart, adhaya, having
fixed; atmanah, his own; pranam, vital
force; murdhni, in the lead; (and
then) asthitah, continuing in;
yogadharanam, the firmness in
yoga-in order to make it steady-. And
while fixing it there itself,
8.13 Yah, he who; prayati, departs,
dies; tyajan, by leaving; deham, the
body-the phrase 'leaving the body'
is meant for qualifying departure;
thereby it is implied that the
soul's departure occurs by abandoning the
body, and not through the
destruction of its own reality, having
abandoned thus-; vyaharan, while
uttering; the eka-adsaram, single
syllable; om iti brahma, viz Om,
which is Brahman, Om which is the
name of Brahman; and anusmaran,
thinking; mam, of Me, of God who is
implied by that (syllable); sah,
he; yati, attains; the paramam, supreme,
best; gatim, Goal. Further,
8.14 Partha, O son of Prtha, tasya
yoginah, to that yogi; nitya-yuktasya,
of constant concentration, who is
ever absorbed (in God); and ananyacetah,
of single-minded attention, a yogi
whose mind is not drawn to any
other object; yah, who; smarati,
remembers; mam, Me, the supreme
God; satatam, uninteruptedly; and
nityasah, for long-. By satatam,
uninterrupteldy, is meant 'without
any break'. By niryasah, is meant
along duration. Not six months, nor
even a year! What then? The
meaning is: He who remembers Me for
his whole life, continuously. To
that yogi aham, I; am sulabhah,
easy of attainment. Since this is so,
therefore one should remain ever
absorbed in Me, with mind given to
nothing else. 'What follows from
Your being easy of attainment?' This is
being answered: 'Hear what follows
from My being easy of attainment.'
8.15 Upetya mam, as a result of
reaching Me who am God-as a result
of realizing My nature; mahatmanah,
the exalted ones, the monks; gatah,
who have attained; the paramam,
highest; samsiddhim, perfection,
called Liberation; na, do not;
apnuvanti, get; this kind of punarjanama,
rebirth. As to what kind of rebirth
they do not get, the Lord states its
characteristics-duhkhalayam, which
is an abode of sorrows, a resort of
physical and other sorrows, i.e. a
birth to which sorrows adhere. It is not
merely an abode of sorrows, but
also asavatam, impermanent, having no
fixity of nature. On the other
hand, those who do not reach Me, they
come again. Again, 'Is it that
those who attain someone other than You
return?' This is being answered:
8.16 O Arjuna, all the lokah,
worlds; abrahma-bhuvanat, together with
the world of Brahma-bhuvana is that
(place) in which creatures are born,
and brahma-bhuvana means the world
of Brahma; punah avartinah, are
subject to return, are by nature
liable to come again; Tu, but; kaunteya,
O son of Kunti, na vidyate, there
is no; punarjanma, rebirth; upetya, after
reaching; mam, Me alone. Why are
all the worlds together with the
realm of Brahma subject to return?
Becuase they are limited by time.
How?
8.17 Viduh, they know; that ahah,
day; brahmanah, of Brahma, of
Prajapati, of Virat; yat, which;
sahasra-yuga-paryantam, ends in a
thousand yugas; and also the
ratirm, night; yuga-sahasra-antam, which
ends in a thousand yugas, having
the same duration as the day. Who
knows (these)? In reply the Lord
says: Te, they; janah, poeple; ahoratravidah,
who are the knowers of what day and
night are, i.e. the people
who know the measurement of time.
Since the worlds are thus delimited
by time, therefore they are subject
to return. What happens during the
day and the night of Prajapati is
being stated:
8.18 Ahar-agame, with the coming of
day, at the time when Brahma
wakes; sarvah vyaktayah, all
manifested things, all things that get
manifested, all creatures
characterized as moving and non-moving;
prabhavanti, emerge, become
manifested; avyaktat, from the
Unmanifested-avyakta (Unmanifested)
is the state of sleep of Prajapati;
from that avyakta. Similarly,
ratri-agame, when night comes, at the time
when Brahma sleeps; praliyante,
they, all the manifested things, merge;
tatra eva, in that itself;
avyakta-sanjnake, which is called the
Unmanifested referred to above. In
order to obviate the defect of the
emergence of some unmerited result
and the destruction of merited
results; [The following verse says
that the very same multitude of beings
continues in the different cycles
of creation, and there-fore these two
defects do not arise.] for pointing
out the meaningfulness of the
scriptures [For the earlier reason
the scriptures do not lose their validity.]
dealing with bondage and
Liberation; and with a view to propounding
detachment from the world on the
ground that the helpless multitude of
beings perishes after being born
again and again under the influence of
accumulated results of actions that
have for their origin such evils as
ignorance etc. [The five evils are:
ignorance, egoism, attachment,
aversion and clinging to life. (See
P. Y. Su. 2.3)], the Lord says this:
8.19 O son of Prtha, bhutva, after
being born again and again at the
approach of day; sah eva, that
very-not any other; bhutagramah,
multitude of beings, consisting of
the moving and the non-moving
objects that existed in the earlier
cycle of creation; praliyate, disappears
repeatedly; avasah, in spinte of
itself, [For they are impelled by their own
defects] without any independence
whatever; ratri-agame, at the
approach of night, at the close of
the day. Prabhavati, it comes to life,
verily in spite of itself;
ahar-agame, at the approach of day. The means
for the attainment of that
Immutable which was introduced has been
pointed out in, 'He who departs by
leaving the body while uttering the
single syllable, viz Om, which is
Brahman, ' etc. (13). Now, with a vies to
indicating the real nature of that
very Immutable, this is being said-that It
is to be reached through this path
of yoga:
8.20 He is parah, distinct,
different;-From what?-tasmat, from that
aforesaid (Unmanifested). The word
tu, but, is meant for showing the
distinction of the Immutable that
is going to be spoken of from the
Unmanifested. He is bhavah, the
Reality, the supreme Brahman called
the Immutable. Even though
different, there is the possibility of
similarlity of characteristics.
Hence, for obviating this the Lord says:
anyah, the other, of a different
characteristic, and He is the Immutable
which is beyond the range of the
organs. It has been said that He is
distinct from that. From what,
again is He distinct? Avyaktat, from the
Unmaifested spoken of earlier,
which is the seed of the multitude of
beings, and which is characterized
as ignorance (avidya) [Ast. adds,
'anyah vilaksanah, bhavah
ityabhiprayah: The meaning is that the Reality
is different and distinct (form
that Unmanifested).-Tr.] He is sanatnah,
eternal. Bhavah, the Reality; yah
sah, who is such; na, does not;
vinasyati, get destroyed; when
sarvesu bhutesu, all beings, beginning
from Brahma; nasyatsu, get
destroyed.
8.21 He Himself who has been uktah,
meantioned; as avyaktah,
Unmanifest; the aksarah, Immutable;
ahuh, they call; tam, Him-that very
unmanifest Reality which is termed
as the Immutable; the paramam,
supreme; gatim, Goal. Tat, That; is
the paramam, supreme; dhama,
abode, i.e. the supreme State;
mama, of Mine, of Visnu; yam prapya,
reaching which Reality; na
nivartante, they do not return to the worldly
state. The means for gaining That
is being stated:
8.22 O son of Prtha, sah, that;
parah purusah, supreme, unsurpassable
Person-(the word purusa) derived in
the sense of 'residing in the heart'
or 'all-pervasiveness'; that
Person, compared to whom there is nothing
superior-; yasya, in whom, in which
Person; antahsthani, are included;
bhutani, (all) the beings which are
Its products-for a product remains
inherent in its cause; and yena, by
whom, by which Person; tatam, is
pervaded; sarvam, all; idam, this,
the Universe, as pot etc. are by space;
is tu, indeed; labhyah, reached;
through ananyaya, one-pointed;
bhaktya, through devotion,
characterized as Knowledge; ananyaya,
which is one pointed, which relates
to the Self. The Northern Path
meant for the attainment of Braman
by the yogis under discussion, who
have superimposed the idea of
Brahman on the syllable Om and who are
destined to get Liberation in due
course, has to be stated. Hence, in
order to present the intended idea
the verse, '(O best of the Bharata
dynasty) of that time...at which,'
etc. is being recited. The description of
the Path of Return (in verse 25) is
by way of praising the other Path (of
Departure, in verse 24):
8.23 Bharatarsabha, O best of the
Bharata dynasty; vaksyami, I shall
speak; tu, now; tam, of that;
kalam, time; prayatah, by departing, by
dying; (-these words are to be
which time; yoginah, the yogis; yanti,
attain; anavrttim, the State of
Non-return, of nonrebirth; ca eva, and also;
of the time by departing at which
they attain its opposite, avrttim, the
State of Return. By 'Yogis' are
implied both the yogis (men of
meditation) and the men of acitons
(rites and duties). But the men of
action are yogis by courtesy, in
accordance with the description,
'through the Yoga of Action for the
yogis' (3.3). The Lord speaks of that
time: [This is Ast.'s reading.-Tr.]
8.24 Agnih, fire-is a deity
presiding over a period of time; similarly,
jyotih, light-also is a deity
presiding over a period of time. Or fire and light
are the well-known Vedic deities.
As the expression 'mango grove' is
used with regard to a place where
mango trees are more numerous,
similarly, the expressions 'at
which time' and 'that time' (in the earlier
verse) are used in view of the
predominance (of the deities presiding over
time). [If the first two (fire and
light) are taken as Vedic deities, then the
remaining three are the only
deities of time. Still, the latter being
numerically greater, all the five
deities are referred to as deities of time.
The deities of both the Paths-of
gods and manes, or of the Northern and
the Southern Paths as they are
called-who are gods of time, are referred
to here as 'time' by such words as
day, fortnight, six months, etc.] So
also, ahah, daytime, means the
deity of daytime. Suklah, the bright
fortnight, implies the deity
presiding over the bright fortnight. Sanmasah
uttarayanam, the six months of the
Northern solstice-here, too, is
understood the deity presiding over
the Path. This is the principle (of
interpretation followed elsewhere
(in the Upanisads also). Tatra,
following this Path; janah,
persons; who are brahma-vidah, knowers of
Brahman, those engaged in
meditation on (the qualified) Brahman;
gacchanti, attain; brahma, Brahman;
prayatah, when they die. It is
understood that they attain Brahman
through stages. Indeed, according
to the Upanisadic text, 'His vital
forces do not depart' (Br. 4.4.46), there
is neither going nor coming back
for those established in full realization,
who are fit for immediate
Liberation. Having their organs merged in
Brahman, they are suffused with
Brahman, they are verily identified with
Brahman.
8.25 Dhuman, smoke; and ratrih
night, are the deities presiding over
smoke and night. Similarly, krsnah,
the dark fornight, means the deity of
the dark fortnight. Just as before,
by sanmasah daksinayanam the six
months of the Southern solstice,
also is verily meant a deity. Tatra,
following this Path; yogi, the yogi
who performs sacrifices etc., the man
of actions; prapya, having reached;
candramasam jyotih, the lunar lighthaving
enjoyed the results (of his
actions); nivartate, returns, on their
exhaustion.
8.26 Ete, these two; gati, courses;
jagatah, of the world; which are
sukla-krsne, white and black [The
Northern Path (the path of the Gods),
and the Southern Path (the Path of
the Manes) respectively.]-white
because it is a revealer of
Knowlege, and black because there is
absence of that (revelation); are
hi, verily; mate, considered; sasvate,
eternal, because the world is
eternal. These two courses are possible for
those who are qualified for
Knowledge and for rites and duties; not for
everybody. This being so, ekaya, by
the one, by the white one; yati, a
man goes; anavrttim, to the State
of Non-return; anyaya, by the other;
avartate, he returns; punah, again.
8.27 O son of Prtha, na kascana
yogi, no yogi whosoever; janan, has
known; ete srti, these two courses
as described-that one leads to
worldly life, and the other to
Liberation; muhyati, becomes deluded.
Tasmat, therefore; O Arjuna, bhava,
be you; yoga-yuktah, steadfast in
Yoga; sarvesu kalesu, at all times.
Here about the greatness of that
yoga:
8.28 Viditva, having known; idam,
this-having fully ascertained and
practised what was spoken in the
course of determining the answers to
the seven questions (put by Arjuna
in verse 1 and 2); the yogi atyeti,
transcends, goes beyond; tat
sarvam, all those; punya-phalam, results of
righteous deeds, aggregate of
rewards; yat, that are; pradistam,
declared by the scriptures; with
regard to these,viz vedesu, with regard
to teh Vedas which have been
properly [Sitting facing eastward after
having washed one's hands, face,
etc.] studied; yajnesu, with regard to
sacrifices performed together with
their accessories; tapahsu, with
regard to austerities practised
correctly [With concentrated mind,
intellect, etc.]; ca eva, and also;
danesu, with regard to charities rightly
[Taking into consideration place,
time and fitness of the recipient.] given;
and upaiti, he reaches; the param,
supreme; sthanam, State of God;
adyam, which is primordial, the
Cause that existed in the beginning, i.e.
Brahman.
BHAGAVADGITA
English translation of Sri
Sankaracharya's Sanskrit Commentary - Swami
Gambhirananda
Chapter 9
RO
9.1 Te, to you; anasuyave, who are
not given to cavilling, who are free
from carping; pravaksyami, I shall
speak of; idam, this. The Lord uttered
the word 'this' by bearing in mind
as an immediately present fact the
knowledge of Brahman that will be
and was spoken of in the earlier
chapters. The word tu (however) is
used for pointing out a distinction
[The distinction of Knowledge from
meditation that was being
discussed.]. (I shall speak) of
this itself-what is that?-(it is) guhyatamam,
the highest secret; and is jnanam,
Knowledge, complete Knowledgenothing
else-, the direct means to
Liberation, as stated in the Upanisads
and the Smrtis, 'Vasudeva is all'
(7.19), 'the Self verily is all this' (Ch.
7.25.2), 'One only, without a
second' (op. cit. 6.2.1), etc., and also as
stated in such Upanisadic texts as,
'On the other hand, those who
understand otherwise than this come
under a different ruler, and belong
to the worlds that are subject to
decay' (op. cit. 7.25.2). (Knowledge) of
what kind? It is vijnana-sahitam,
combined with experience; jnatva, by
realizing, by attaining; yat, which
Knowledge; moksyase, you shall be
free; asubhat, from evil, from
worldly bondage.
9.2 And that is raja-vidya, the
Sovereign Knowledge, the kind among
sciences because of the abundance
of its radiance. Indeed, this
knowledge of Brahman shines most
brilliantly among all kiinds of learning
[The word raja means a king, or
figuratively, the greatest; or, derived
from the root raj, to shine, it may
mean shining.-Tr.] So also, idam, this;
is raja-guhyam, the Sovereign
Profundity, the kind among profundities;
uttamam, the best; pavitram,
sanctifier. This knowledge of Brahman,
which sanctifies all things that
purify, is the greatest. Shine it reduces to
ashes in a moment (the results of)
all actions-righteous, unrighteous and
others-together with their roots,
accumulated over many thousands of
births, therefore, what to speak of
its sanctifying power! Besides, it is
pratyaksavagamam, directly
realizable, directly perceivable like
happiness etc. Even though
possessed of many qualities, a thing may
be noticed to be contrary to
righteousness. The knowledge of the Self is
not opposed to righteousness, in
that way, but it is dharmyam,
righteous, not divorced from
righteousness. Eeve so, it may be difficult
to practice. Hence the Lord says it
is susukham, very easy; kartum to
practise, like the knowledge of the
distinction among jewels. It is seen (in
the world) that, actions which
require little effort and are accomplished
easily yield meagre results,
whereas those that are difficult to accomplish
yield great results. Thus the
contingency arises that this (knowledge of
Brahman), however. which is easily
attained, perishes when its result
gets exhausted. Therefore the Lord
says it is avyayam, imperishable.
From the point of view of its
result, it is not perishable like (the results of)
actions. Hence the knowledge of the
Self should be highly regarded.
9.3 Parantapa, O destroyer of foes;
those purusah, persons, again; who
are asraddadhanah, regardless of,
devoid of faith in; asya dharmasya,
this Dharma, this knowledge of the
Self-those who are faithless as
regards its true nature as well as
its result, who are sinful, who have
taken recourse to the 'upanisad'
(mystical teaching) of demoniacal
people, consisting in consideration
the body alone as the Self, and who
delight in life (sense enjoyments);
nivartante, certainly go round and
round;-where?-mrtyu-samsara-vartmani, along the path (vartma) of
transmigration (samsara) fraught
with death (mrtyu), the path leading to
hell, birth as low creatures, etc.,
i.e., they go round and round along that
very path; aprapya, without
reaching; mam, Me, the supreme God.
Certainly there is no question of
their attaining Me. Hence, the
implication is that (they go round
and round) without even acquiring a
little devotion, which is one of
the disciplines [Ast. omits the word
sadhana, disciplines.-Tr.]
constituting the path for reaching Me. Having
drawn Arjuna's attention through
the (above) eulogy, the Lord says:
9.4 Idam, this; sarvam, whole;
jagat, world; is tatam, pervaded; maya,
by Me; through the supreme nature,
that I have, avyakta-murtina, in My
unmanifest form, in that form in
which My nature is not manifest, i.e. in
My form which is beyond the range
of the organs. Sarva-bhutani, all
beings, from Brahma to a clump of
grass; matsthani, exist in Me, are
established in Me in that
unmanifest form. For, no created thing that is
bereft of the Self (i.e. of
Reality) can be conceived of as an object of
practical use. Therefore, being
possessed of their reality through Me who
am their Self, they exist in Me.
Hence they are said to be established in
Me. I Myself am the Self of those
created things. Consequently, it
appears to people of little
understanding that I dwell in them. Hence I
say: Na ca aham, but I am not;
avasthitah, contained; tesu, in them, in
the created things. Since unlike
gross objects I am not in contact with
anything, therefore I am certainly
the inmost core even of space. For, a
thing that has no contact with
anything cannot exist like something
contained in a receptacle. For this
very reason that I am not in contact
with anyting-
9.5 Na ca bhutani, nor do the
beings, beginning from Brahma;
matsthani, dwell in Me. Pasya,
behold; me, My; aisvaram, divine; yogam,
Yoga, action, performance, i.e.
this real nature of Myself. The Upanisadic
text, too, similarly shows the
absence of association (of the Self) due to
Its being free from contact:
'...unattached, for It is never attached' (Br.
3.9.26). Behold this other wonder:
I am the bhuta-bhrt, sustainer of
beings, though I am unattached. Ca,
but; mama atma, My Self; na
bhutasthah, is not contained in the
bengs. As it has been explained
according to the logic stated
above, there is no possibility of Its
remaining contained in beings. How,
again, is it said, 'It is My Self?
Following human understanding,
having separated the aggregate of
body etc. (from the Self) and
superimposing eoism of them, the Lord
calls It 'My Self'. But not that He
has said so by ignorantly thinking like
ordinary mortals that the Self is
different from Himself. So also, I am the
bhuta-bhavanah, originator of
beings, one who gives birth to or
nourishes the beings. By way of
establishing with the help of an
illustration the subject-matter
[Subject-matter-that the Self, which has no
contact with anything, is the
substratum of creation, continuance and
dissolution.] dealt with in the
aforesaid two verses, the Lord says:
9.6 Upadharaya, understand; iti,
thus; that yatha, just as; in the world,
the mahan, voluminous-in dimension;
vayuh, wind; sarvatragah, moving
everywhere; is nityam, ever;
[During creation, continuance and
dissolution] akasa-sthitah, present
in space; tatha, similarly; (sarvani, all;
bhutani, beings; matsthani,) abide
in Me who am omnipresent like
space-abide certainly without any
contact.
9.7 Kaunteya, O son of Kunti;
sarva-bhutani, all the beings-all the
beings which, like wind abiding in
space, abide thus in Me during their
period of existence; yanti, go
back; kalpa-ksaye, at the end of a cycle, at
the time of dissolution; mamikam
prakrtim, to My Prakrti which consists
of the three gunas (qualities; see
7.13) and is (called My) lower Nature.
Punah, again; aham, I; visrjami,
project forth, create; tani, them, the
beings, as before [As before: as in
previous cycles of creation.];
kalpadau, at the beginning of a
cycle, at the time of creation.
9.8 Thus avastabhya, keeping under
control; svam, My own; prakrtim,
Prakrti, which is charcterized as
nescience; visrjami, I project forth;
punah, punah, again and again; the
krtsnam, whole of; imam, this;
existing bhuta-gramam, multitude of
beings which are born of Prakrti;
which, being under another's
sub-jugation due to such defects [See
under 8.19, introductory
Commentary.-Tr.] as ignorance etc., are
avasam, powerless, not independent;
prakrteh vasat, under the influence
of their own nature. 'In that case,
You, who are the supreme God and
who ordain this multitude of beings
unequally, will become associated
with virtue and vice as a result of
that act?' In aswer the Lord says this
9.9 O Dhananjaya, na ca, nor do;
tani, those; karmani, actions-which
are the sources of the creation of
the multitude of beings unequally;
nibadhnanti, bind; mam, Me, who am
God. As to that, the Lord states
the reason for His not becoming
associated with the actions: Asinam,
remaining (as I do); udasinavat,
like one unconcerned, like some
indifferent spectator- for the Self
is not subject to any change; and
asaktam, unattached; tesu karmasu,
to those actions-free from
attachment to results, free from
the egoism that 'I do.' Hence, even int
he case of any other person also,
the absence of the idea of agentship
and the absence of attachment to
results are the causes of not getting
bound. Otherwise, like the
silkworm, a foolish man becomes bound by
acitons. This is the idea. There
(in th previous two verses) it involves a
contradiction to say, 'Remaining
like one unconcerned, I project forth
this multitude of beings.' In order
to dispel this doubt the Lord says:
9.10 Maya, under Me; adhyaksena, as
the supervisor, remaining
changeless as a mere witness under
all circumstances; prakrtih, the
Prakrti, My maya consisting of the
three gunas and characterized as
ignorance; suyate, produces; the
world sa-cara-acaram. of the moving
and the none-moving things. Thus
there is the Vedic text, 'The one
divine Being is hidden in all
beings; He is amnipresent, the indwelling Self
of all bengs, the Supervisor of
actions, the refuge of all beings, the
witness, the one who imparts
consceiousness, unconditioned [This is
according to Sankaracarya's
commentary on this verse. A.G. interprets
kevala as non-dual.-Tr.] and
without qualities' (Sv. 6.11). Anena hetuna,
owing to this reason-because of
this presiding over; O son of Kunti, the
jagat, world, with the moving and
the non-moving things, consisting of
the manifest and the unmanifest;
viparivartate, revolves, under all
conditions [During creation,
continuance and dissolution.] All the
activities of the world in the
form, 'I eat this; I see; I hear this; I
experience this happiness, suffer
this sorrow; I shall do this for that
purpose, [Ast. omits this
portion.-Tr] I shall do this for this purpose; I
shall know this,' etc. indeed arise
owing to their being the objects of the
conscious witness. They verily
exist in consciousness, and end in
consciousness. And such mantras as,
'He who is the witness of this is in
the supreme heaven' [Supreme
heaven, the heart; i.e. He is inscrutable.]
(Rg., Na. Su. 10.129.7; Tai.
Br.2.8.9), reveal this fact. Since it follows
from this that there is no other
conscious being part from the one Deitywho
is the witness of all as the
absolute Consciousness, and who in
reality has no contact with any
kind of enjoyment-, therefore there is no
other enjoyer. Hence, in this
context, the question, 'For what purpose is
this creation?', and its answer are
baseless-in accordance with the
Vedic text, 'Who know (It) truly,
who can fully speak about this here?
From where has this come? From
where is this variegated creation?'
(Rg. 3.54.5; 10.129.6). And it has
been pointed out by the Lord also:
'Knowledge remains covered by
ignorance. Thereby the creatures
become deluded' (5.15).
9.11 Ajanatah, not knowing; mama,
My; param, supreme; bhavam,
nature-My supreme Reality, which is
like space, nay, which is subtler and
more pervasive than space; as
bhuta-maheswaram, the Lord of all
beings, the great Lord of all
beings who is their Self; mudhah, foolish
people, the non-discriminating
ones; avajananti, disregard, belittle; mam,
Me, although I am by nature thus
eternal, pure, intelligent, free and the
Self of all beings; and asritam,
who have taken; manusim tanum, a
human body common to men, i.e...
when I act with the help of a human
body. As a result of that, as a
result of continously disrespecting Me,
those wretches get ruined. How?
9.12 Moghasah, of vain hopes. So
also, mogha-karmanah, of vain
actions: their rites, such as
Agnihotra etc. which are undertaken by
them, verily become vain, fruitless
actions, because of dishonouring the
Lord, disregarding Him who is their
own Self. In this way they are of vain
actions. Similarly, mogha-jnanah,
of vain knowledge: of fruitless
knowledge; even their knowledge
verily becomes useless. And
vicetasah, senseless: i.e., they
lose their power of discrimination.
Besides, [Besides, in the next
birth...] they become sritah, possessed of;
the mohinim, self-deceptive,
self-delusive; prakritim, disposition;
raksasim, of fiends; and asurim, of
demons-according to which the body
is the Self; i.e., they become
habitually inclined to act cruelly, saying,
'cut, break, drink, eat, steal
others' wealth,' etc. [The habit to cut, break,
drink, eat, etc. is characteristic
of fiends. The habit of stealing others'
wealth, etc. is characteristic of
demons.] This is stated in the Sruti,
'Those worlds of devils (are
covered by blinding darkness)' (Is. 3).
9.13 On the other hand, O son of
Prtha, those mahat-manah, noble
ones-who are not small-mined, who
are imbued with faith, and who have
set out on the path of Liberation,
which is characerized by devotion to
God; being asritah, possessed of;
daivim, divine; prakrtim, naturedistinguished
by mental and physical control,
kindness, faith, etc.; tu,
surely; bhajante, adore; mam, Me,
God; ananya-manasah, with singlemindedness;
jnatva, knowing Me; as the avyayam,
immutable; bhutadim,
source of all objects, of space
etc. (i.e. th five elements) as well as of
living beings. How?
9.14 Satatam, always; kirtayantah,
glorifying; mam, Me, God, who am
Brahman in reaility; ca, and;
yatantah, striving, endeavouring with the
help of such virtues as withdrawal
of the organs, control of mind and
body, kindness, non-injury, etc.;
drdha-vratah, the men of firm vows
those whose vows [Vows such as
celibacy], those whosevows are
unshakable; upasate, worship Me;
namasyantah, by paying obeisance;
mam, to Me, to the Self residing in
the heart, ca, and; nitya-yuktah,
being ever endowed; bhaktya, with
devotion. The various ways in which
they adore are being stated:
9.15 Anye, others, giving up others
forms of adoration; ca, verily;
upasate, worship; mam, Me, God;
yajantah, by adoring, glorifying; api,
exclusively; jnana-yajnene
ekatvena, through the sacrifice of the
knowledge of oneness-knowledge of
God itself being the sacrifice; and
that knowledge consists in the
realization of the highest truth that the
supreme Brahman is verily one.
Adoring with that (knowledge) they
worship Me. And some others Me
prthaktvena, multifariously-in different
forms as the sun, moon, etc. They
worship (Me) by thinking that, Visnu
who is God Himself exists in
different forms as the sun etc. Still others
worship Me thinking that, that very
God who is visvatomukhah,
mulitiformed, who has His facr
everywhere, i.e., who is the Cosmic
Person; exists bahudha, variously.
In numerous ways they worship Him,
the Cosmic Person, who has His face
everywhere. 'If they worship in
numerous ways, how is it that they
worship You alone?' Hence the Lord
says:
9.16 Aham, I; am the kratuh, a kind
of Vedic sacrifice; I Myself am the
yajnah, sacrifice as prescribed by
the Smrtis; further, I am svadha, the
food that is offered to the manes;
I am ausadham-by which word is
meant the food that is eaten by all
creatures. Or, svadha means food in
general of all creatures, and
ausadha means medicine for curing
diseases. I am the mantra with
which offering is made to manes and
gods. I Myself am the ajyam,
oblations; and I am agnih, the fire-I Myself
am the fire into which the oblation
is poured. And I am the hutam, act of
offering. Besides,
9.17 Asya, of this; jagatah, world;
aham, I; am pita, the father; mata, the
mother; dhata, ordainer, dispenser
of the results of their actions to the
creatures; (and the) pirtamahah,
grand-father. I am the vedayam,
knowable-that which has to be
known; the pavitram, sanctifier; [Virtuous
actions.] and the onkarah, syllable
Om; eva ca, as also Rk, Sama and
Yajus. [Brahman, which has to be
known, is realizable through Om,
regarding which fact the three
Vedas are the authority. The ca (as also) is
suggestive of the Atharva-veda.]
Moreover,
9.18 (I am) the gatih, fruit of
actions; the bharta, nourisher; [The giver of
the fruits of actions.] the
prabhuh, Lord; the saksi, witness of all tha is
done or not done by creatures; the
nivasah, abode, where creatures live;
the saranam, refuge, remover of
sufferings of the afflicted who take
shelter; the suhrt, friend, one who
does a good turn without thought of
reward; the prabhavah, origin of
the world; the pralayah, end, the place
into which the world merges. So
also, (I am) the sthanam, foundation on
which the world rests; the
nidhanam, store, which is for future enjoyment
of creatures; and the avyayam,
imperishable; bijam, seed, the cause of
growth of all things which
germinate. The seed is imperishable because
it continues so long as the world
lasts. Indeed, nothing springs up
without a seed. And since creation
is noticed to be continuous, it is
understood that the continuity of
the seed never ends. Further,
9.19 O Arjuna, aham, I, in the form
of the sun; tapami, give heat through
some intense rays. Through some
rays utsrjami, I pour down; varsam,
rain. Having poured down, again
nigrhnami, I withdraw it through some
rays-for eight months. Again I pour
it down in the rainy season. I am eva
ca, verily; the amrtam, nectar of
the gods; and mrtyuh, death of the
mortals. I Myself am sat,
existence-the effect which has come into
bneing in relation to its cause;
and its opposite, asat, nonexistence.
[Nonexistence: the cause which has
not become manifest as the effect
possessing name and form, It cannot
be admitted that the effect has
absolute existence, for the
Upanisad says, 'All transformation has
speech as it basis, and it is name
only' (Ch.6. 1. 4). Nor can it be said
that the cause has absolute
non-existence, for there is the text,'...by
what logic can the existent come
verily out of nonexistence? But
surely,...all this was Existence,
one without a second' (op. cit. 6.2.2).] It
is not that the Lord is Himself
absolutely nonexistence; nor are effect and
cause (absolutely) existence and
nonexistent (respectively). Those men
of Knowledge who meditate of Me
while worshpping Me according to
the respective forms of sacrifices
mentioned above-regardomg Me as
one or multifirious, etc.-, they
attain Me alone according to their
conceptions.
9.20 Those, again, who are ignorant
and desirous of pleasures, traividyah,
who are versed in the three Vedas,
who know the Rk, Yajus and
Sama Vedas; somapah, who are
drinkers of Soma; and who, as a result
of that very drinking of Soma, are
puta-papah, purified of sin;
prarthayante, pray for; the
svargatim, heavenly goal, the attainment of
heaven-heaven itself being the goal
[Ast. adds this portion-svareva gatih,
heaven itself being the
goal.-Tr.]-; istva, by worshipping; mam, Me,
existing in the forms of gods such
as the Vasus and others; yajnaih,
through sacrifices such as the
Agnistoma etc. And asadya, having
reached; surendra-lokam, the place
(world) of the kind of gods, of Indra;
(which is) punyam, the result of
righteousness; te, they; asnanti, enjoy;
divi, in heaven; the devyan,
divine, heavenly, supernatural;; devabhogan,
pleasures of gods.
9.21 Bhuktva, after having enjoyed;
tam, that: visalam, vast;
svargalokam, heavenly world; te,
they; visanti, enter into; this
martyalokam, human world; ksine, on
the exhaustion; of their punye,
merit. Evam, thus, indeed;
anuprapannah, those who follow in the
manner described; trai-dharmyam, [A
variant reading is trayi-dharmam.-
Tr.] the rites and duties
prescribed in the three Vedas-merely the Vedic
rites and duties; and are
kama-kamah, desirous of pleasures; labhante,
attain; only gata-agatam, the state
of going and returning, but never that
of independence. This is the
meaning.
9.22 On the other hand, ye janah,
those persons, the monks, who are
desireless and fully illumined; who
ananyah, becoming non-different
(from Me), having realized the
supreme Deity, Narayana, as their own
Self; and cintayantah, becoming
meditative; ['Having known that I,
Vasudeva, am the Self of all, and
there is nothing else besides Me'.]
paryu-pasate mam, worship Me
everywhere; ['They see Me the one, allpervading,
infinite Reality.'] tesam, for
them; who have realized the
supreme Truth, nitya-abhiyuktanam,
who are ever attached (to Me);
aham, I; vahami, arrange for; both
yoga-kesamam, securing what they
lack and preserving what they have.
Yoga means making available what
one does not have, and ksema means
the protection of what one has
got. Since 'but the man of
Knowledge is the very Self. (This is) My
opinion' and 'he too is dear to Me'
(7.17,18), therefore they have
become My own Self as also dear.
Does not the Lord surely arrange for
securing what they lack and
protecting what they have even in the case
of other devotees? This is true. He
does arrange for it. But the difference
lies in this: Others who are
devotees make their own efforts as well for
their own sake, to arrange for
securing what they lack and protecting
what they have. On the contrary,
those who have realized non-duality do
not make any effrot to arrange for
themselves the acquisition of what
they do not have and the
preservation of what they have. Indeed, they
desire nothing for themselves, in
life or in death. They have taken refuge
only in the Lord. Therefore the
Lord Himself arranges to procure what
they do not have and protect what
they have got. 'If you Yourself are
the other gods even, then do not
their devotees too worship You alone?'
'Quite so!'
9.23 Api, even; ye, those who;
anya-devata-bhaktah, being devoted to
tother deities; and anvitah
sraddhaya, endowed with faith; yajante,
worship (them), te api, they also;
O son of Kunti, yajanti, worship; mam,
Me; eva, alone; (though)
avidhi-purvakam, following the wrong method.
Avidhi implies ignorance. So the
idea is that they worship (Me) ignorantly.
'How it is that they worship (Me)
ignorantly?' [i.e. the worshippers of
other deities worship them
knowingly, and hence, how can the question
of their ignorance arise?] This is
being answered: Because-
9.24 As the Self of the deities (of
the sacrifices), aham, I; hi, indeed; am
the bhokta, enjoyer; ca eva, as
also; the prabhuh, Lord; [The Lord: 'I
being the indwelling Ruler of
all.'] sarva-yajnanam, of all sacrifices
enjoined by the Vedas and the
Smrtis. A sacrifice is verily presided over
by Me, for it has been said
earlier, 'I Myself am the entity (called Visnu)
that exists in the sacrifice in
this body' (8.4). Tu, but; na abhi-jananti,
they do not know; mam, Me as such;
tattvena, in reality. And atah,
therefore, by worshipping
ignorantly; te, they; cyavanti, fall from the
result of the sacrifice. ['Although
they perform sacrifices with great
diligence, still just because they
do not know Me real nature and do not
offer the fruits of their
sacrifices to Me, they proceed to the worlds of the
respective deities through the
Southern Path (beginning with smoke; see
8.25). Then, after the exhaustion
of the results of those sacrifices and
the falling of the respective
bodies (assumed in those worlds) they return
to the human world for
rembodiment.'-M.S. (See also 9.20-1.)] The
result of a sacrifice is inevitable
even for those who worship ignorantly
out of their devotion to other
deities. How?
9.25 Deva-vratah, votaries of the
gods, those whose religious
observances [Making offerings and
presents, circumambulation, bowing
down, etc.] and devotion are
directed to the gods; yanti, reach, go to;
devan, the gods. Pitr-vratah, the
votaries of the manes, those who are
occupied with such rites as
obsequies etc., who are devoted to the
manes; go pitrn, to the manes such
as Agnisvatta and others. Bhutejyah,
the Beings such as Vinayaka, the
group of Sixteen (divine) Mothers, the
Four Sisters, and others. And
madyajinah, those who worship Me, those
who are given to worshipping Me,
the devotees of Visnu; reach mam,
Me alone. Although the effort
(involved) is the same, still owing to
ingorance they do not worship Me
exclusively. Thereby they attain lesser
results. This is the meaning. 'Not
only do My devotees get the
everlasting result in the form of
non-return (to this world), but My worship
also is easy.' How?
9.26 Yah, whoever; prayaccati,
offers; me, Me; bhaktya, with devotion;
patram, a leaf; puspam, a flower
phalam, a fruit; or toyam, water;
asnami, I accept; tat, that
(gift)-leaf etc.; prayata-atmanah, of the purehearted
man; which has been bhakti-upahrtam
devotionally presented.
Since this is so, therefore-
9.27 O son of Kunti, yat-karosi,
whatever you do, what comes
spontaneously; [Actions such as
walking etc. that are spontaneous,not
injunctions of the scriptures.]
yad-asnasi, whatever you eat; and yatjuhosi,
whatever you offer as a sacrifice,
whatever sacrifices you
perform-be it prescribed by the
Vedas or by the Smrtis; yatadadasi,
whatever you give-gold, food,
clarified butter, etc. to Brahmanas and
others; and yat-tapasyasi, whatever
austerties you undertake; (all) tat,
that; kurusva madarpanam, you offer
to Me. 'Hear what happens to you
when you act thus.'
9.28 By dedicating to Me evam,
thus; maksyase, you will become free;
karma-bandhanaih, from bondage in
the form of actions-actions
themselves being the bonds;
subha-asubha-phalaih, which are
productive of good and bad
results-i.e. from actions that have desirable
(subha) and undesireable (asubha)
results (phala). Sannyasa,
renunciation, is that which results
from dedication (of actions) to Me, and
that is also yoga since it involves
actions. He who has his mind (atma)
endowed (yukta) with that yoga of
renunciation (sannyasa-yoga) is
sannyasa-yoga-yukta-atma. You,
being such, having your mind
endowed with the yoga of
renunciation, and vimuktah, becoming free
from the bonds of actions evern
while living; upaisyasi, will attain, come;
mam, to Me, when this body falls.
In that case the Lord is possessed of
love and hatred inasmuch as He
favours the devotees, and not others?
That is not so:
9.29 Aham, I; am samah, impartial,
equal; sarva-bhutesu, towards all
beings; me, to Me; na asti, there
is none; dvesyah, detestable; na, none;
priyah, dear. I am like fire: As
fire does not ward off cold from those who
are afar, but removes it from those
who apporach, near, similarly I favour
the devotees, not others. Tu, but;
ye, those who approach near, similarly
I favour the devotees, not others.
Tu, but; ye, those who; bhajanti,
worship Me, God; bhaktya, with
devotion; te they; exist mayi, in Me-by
their very nature; ['Their mind
becomes fit for My manifestation, as it has
been purified by following the
virtuous path.'] they do not exist in Me
because of My love, Ca, and; aham,
I; api, too; naturally exist tesu, in
them, not in others. Thus there is
no hatred towards them (the latter).
'Listen to the greatness of
devotion to Me:'
9.30 Api cet, even if;
su-duracarah, a man of very bad conduct, of
extremely vile behaviour, of very
condemnable character; bhajate,
worships; mam, Me; ananyabhak, with
one-pointed devotion, with his
mind not given to anybody else; he;
mantavyah, is to be considered,
deemed; eva, verily; sadhuh, good,
as well behaved; hi, for; sah, he;
samyakvyavasitah, has resolved
rightly, has virtuous intentions.
9.31 Having given up his external
evil behaviour due to the strength of
his internal proper resolves,
ksipram bhavati, he soon becomes; verily
dharma-atma, possessed of a
virtuous mind; and nigaccahti, he attains;
sasvat, everlasting; santim, peace,
quietude [Cessation of evil acts.]. O
son of Kunti, listen to the supreme
Truth: Pratijanihi, do you proclaim
boldly, make a firm declaration;
that me, My; bhaktah, devotee, who has
dedicated his inner being to Me;
na, does not; pranasyati, get ruined.
Moreover,
9.32 Hi, for; O son of Prtha, ye
api, even those; papayonayah syuh, who
are born of sin;-as to who they
are, the Lord says-striyah, women;
vaisyah, Vaisyas, tatha, as also;
sudrah, Sudras; te api, even they; yanti,
reach, go to; the param, highest;
gatim, Goal vyapasritya, by taking
shelter; mam, under Me-by accepting
Me as their refuge.
9.33 Kim punah, what to speak of;
the punyah brahmanah, holy
Bramanas, of sacred birth; tatha,
as also; of the bhaktah, devout;
rajarsayah, kind-sages-those who
are kings and, at the same time,
sages! Since this is so, therefore,
prapya, having come; imam, to this;
anityam, ephemeral, ever changeful;
and asukham, miserable, unhappy;
lokam, world, the human
world-having attained this human life which is a
means to Liberation; bhajasva, do
you worship, devoted yourself; mam
to Me. How?
9.34 Manmana bhava, have your mind
fixed on Me; [Here Ast. adds the
word vasudeva.-Tr] and also be
madbhakah, devoted to Me. Madyaji,
sacrifice to Me, be engaged in
sacrificing to Me. And namaskuru, bow
down; only mam, to Me. Yuktva, by
concentrating your mind; and matparayanah,
by accepting Me as the supreme
Goal; esyasi eva, you shall
surely attain; mam, Me who am God.
You shall attain Me evam
atmanam, who am thus the Self: I
indeed am the Self of all the beings,
and am also the supreme Goal. You
shall attain Me who am such. In this
way, the word atmanam (Self) is to
be connected with the preceding
word mam (Me). This is the purport.
BHAGAVADGITA
English translation of Sri
Sankaracharya's Sanskrit Commentary - Swami
Gambhirananda
Chapter 10
RO
10.1 O mighty-armed one, srnu,
listen; bhuyah eva, over agiain; me, to
My; paramam, supreme; vacah,
utterance, which is expressive of the
transcendental Reality; yat, which
supreme Truth; aham, I; vaksyami,
shall speak; te, to you;
priyamanaya, who take delight (in it). You
become greatly pleased by My
utterance, like one drinking ambrosia.
Hence, I shall speak to you
hita-kamyaya, wishing your welfare. 'Why
shall I speak?' In answer to this
the Lord says:
10.2 Na sura-sanah, neither the
gods-Brahma and others; viduh,
know;-what do they not know?-me,
My; prabhavam (prabhavam),
majesty, abundance of lordly
power-or, derived in the sense of 'coming
into being', it means origin. Nor
even the maharsayah, great sages,
Bhrgu and others [Bhrgu, Marici,
Atri, Pulastya, Pulaha, Kratu and
Vasistha.-Tr.] devanam, of the
gods; ca, and; maharsinam, of the great
sages. Besides,
10.3 Yah, he who; vetti, knows;
mam, Me; ajam, the birthless; and
anadim, the beginningless: Since I
am the source of the gods and the
great sages, and nothing else
exists as My origin, therefore I am birthless
and beginningless. Being without an
origin is the cause of being
birthless. He who knows Me who am
thus birthless and beginningless,
and loka-maheswaram, the great Lord
of the worlds, the transcendental
One devoid of ignorance and its
effects; sah, he; the asammudhah,
undeluded one; martyesu, among
mortals, among human beings;
pramucyate, becomes freed;
sarva-papaih, from all sins-committed
knowingly or unknowingly. 'For the
following reason also I am the great
Lord of the worlds:'
10.4 See Commentary under 10.5.
10.5 Buddhih, intelligence-the
power of the internal organ to know of
things which are subtle etc.
Indeed, people talk of a man possessed of
this (power) as intelligent.
Jnanam, wisdom-knowledge of entities such
as the Self etc. Asammohah,
non-delusion-proceeding with
discrimination with regard to
things that are to be known as they present
them-selves. Ksama,
forgiveness-unperturbability of the mind of one
who is abused or assulted. Satyam,
truth-an utterance regarding what
one has seen, heard, and felt
oneself, communicated as such to others
for their understanding, is said to
be truth. Damah, control of the external
organs. Samah, control of the
internal organs. Sukham, happiness.
Duhkham, sorrow. Bhavah, birth; and
its opposite abhavah, death. And
bhayam, fear; as also its opposite
abhayam, fearlessness. Ahimsa, noninjury-
non-cruely towards creatures.
Samata, equanimity. Tustih,
satisfaction-the idea of
sufficiency with regard to things acquired. Tapah,
austerity-disciplining the body
through control of the organs. Danam,
charity-distribution (of wealth)
according to one's capacity. Yasah, famerenown
arising from righteousness. On the
contrary, ayasah is infamy
due to unrighteousness. (These)
prthak-vidhah, different; bhavah,
dispositions-intelligence etc. as
described; bhuanam, of beings, of living
bengs. bhavanti, spring; mattah,
eva, from Me alone, [This is said in the
sesne that none of these
dispositions can exist without the Self.] from
God, in accordanced with their
actions. Moreover,
10.6 Sapta, the seven; maharsayah,
great sages-Bhrgu and others;
tatha, as also; catvarah, the four;
manavah, Manus [Savarni, Dharmasavarini,
Daksa-savarni, and Savarna.-Tr.]-
well known as Savarnas;
purve, of ancient days; yesam, of
whom, of which Manus and the great
sages; imah, these; prajah,
creatures, moving and non-moving; loke in
the world, are the creation;
madbhavah, had their thoughts fixed on Methey
had their minds fixed on Me, (and
hence) they were endowed with
the power of Visnu; and they jatah,
were born; manasa; from My mindthey
were created by Me through My mind
itself.
10.7 Yah, one who; vetti, knows;
tattvatah, truly, i.e. just as it is; etam,
this, aforesaid; vibhutim. majesty,
(divine) manifestations;
[Omnipresence.] and yogam, yoga,
action, My own ability to achieve
[God's omnipotence. (God's power of
accomplishing the impossible.-
M.S.)]-or, the capacity for mystic
powers, the omniscience resulting from
yoga (meditation), is called yoga;
sah, he; yujyate, becomes imbued
with; avikampena, unwavering;
yogena, Yoga, consisting in
steadfastness in perfect knowledge.
[After realizing the personal God, he
attains the transcendental Reality;
the earlier knowledge leads to the
latter.] There is no samsayah,
doubt; atra, about this. With what kind of
unwavering Yoga does he become
endued? This is being answered:
10.8 Aham, I, the supreme Brahman
called Vasudeva; am the
prabhavah, origin; sarvasya, of
all, of the whole world; sarvam,
everything, the whole world of
changes, consisting of continuance,
destruction, action and enjoyment
of the fruits of action; pravartate,
moves on; mattah, owing to Me
alone. Matva, realizing; iti, thus; the
budhah, wise ones, the knowers of
the supreme Reality; bhavasamanvitah,
filled with fervour-bhava is the
same as bhavana, meaning
ardent longing for the supreme
Reality; filled (samanvitah) with that, i.e.
imbued with that; bhajante, adore;
mam, Me. Besides,
10.9 Maccittah, with minds fixed on
Me; mad-gata-pranah, with lives
(pranas) dedicated to Me, or having
their organs, eyes etc. absorbed in
Me, i.e. having their organs
withdrawn into Me; bodhayantah,
enlightening; parasparam, each
other; and nityam, always; kathayantah,
speaking of; mam, Me, as possessed
of qualities like knowledge,
strength, valour, etc; tusyanti,
they derive satisfaction; and ramanti,
rejoice, get happiness, as by
coming in contact with a dear one.
10.10 Tesam, to them, who, becoming
devotees, adore Me in the
manner described earlier;
satata-yuktanam, who are ever devoted, ever
attached, who have become free from
all external desires; and bhajatam,
who worship-. Is it because of
hankering for possessions? The Lord
says: No, (they worship)
priti-purvakam, with love. To them who worship
Me with that (love), dadami, I
grant; tam, that; buddhi-yogam,
possession of wisdom-buddhi means
full enlightenment with regard to
My real nature; coming in
possession (yoga) of that is buddhi-yoga;
yena, by which possession of wisdom
consisting in full enlightenment;
upayanti, they reach, realize as
their own Self; mam, Me, the supreme
God who is the Self. Who do so? Te,
they, who adore Me through such
disciplines as fixing their minds
on Me, etc. 'For what purpose, or as the
destroyer of what cause standing as
an obstacle on the way of reaching
You, do You bestow that possession
of wisdom to those devotees of
Yours?' In reply to such a query
the Lord says:
10.11 Anukampartham, out of
compassion; tesam eva, for them alone,
anxious as to how they may have
bliss; aham, I; atmabhavasthah,
residing in their hearts-atmabhavah
means the seat that is the heart;
being seated there itself;
nasayami, destroy; tamah, the darkness;
ajnanajam, born of ignorance,
originating from non-discrimination, the
darkness of delusion known as false
comprehension; jnana-dipena, with
the lamp of Knowledge, in the form
of discriminating comprehension; i.e.
bhasvata, with the luminous lamp of
Knowledge-fed by the oil of divine
grace resulting from devotion,
fanned by the wind of intensity of
meditation on Me, having the wick
of the intellect imbued with the
impressions arising from such
disciplines as celibacy etc., in the
receptacle of the detached mind,
placed in the windless shelter of the
mind withdrawn from objects and
untainted by likes and dislikes, and
made luminous by full Illumination
resulting from the practice of constant
concentration and meditation. After
hearing the above-described
majesty and yoga of the Lord,
10.12 Bhavan, You; are the param
brahma, supreme Brahman, the
supreme Self; the param dhama,
supreme Light; the paramam pavitram,
supreme Sanctifier. Sarve, all;
rsayah, the sages-Vasistha and others;
tatha, as also; the devarisih,
divine sage; naradah, Narada; Asita and
Devala ahuh, call; tvam, You; thus:
Sasvatam, the eternal; divyam,
divine; purusam, Person; adi-devam,
the Primal God, the God who
preceded all the gods; ajam, the
birthless; vibhum, the Omnipresentcapable
of assuming diverse forms. And even
Vyasa also speaks in this
very way. Ca, and; svayam, You
Yourself; eva, verily; bravisi, tell; me, me
(so).
10.13 Bhavan, You; are the param
brahma, supreme Brahman, the
supreme Self; the param dhama,
supreme Light; the paramam pavitram,
supreme Sanctifier. Sarve, all;
rsayah, the sages-Vasistha and others;
tatha, as also; the devarisih,
divine sage; naradah, Narada; Asita and
Devala ahuh, call; tvam, You; thus:
Sasvatam, the eternal; divyam,
divine; purusam, Person; adi-devam,
the Primal God, the God who
preceded all the gods; ajam, the
birthless; vibhum, the Omnipresentcapable
of assuming diverse forms. And even
Vyasa also speaks in this
very way. Ca, and; svayam, You
Yourself; eva, verily; bravisi, tell; me, me
(so).
10.14 O Kesava, manye, I accept; to
be rtam, true indeed; sarvam, all;
etat, this that has been said by
sages and You; yat, which; vadasi, You
tell, speak; mam, to Me. Hi,
certainly; bhagavan, O Lord; na devah,
neither the gods; na danavah, nor
the demons; viduh, comprehend; te,
Your; vyaktim, glory [Prabhavam in
the Commentary is the same as
prabhavam, glory, the unqualified
State.]. Since You are the origin of the
gods and others, therefore,
10.15 Purusottama, O supreme
Person; bhuta-bhavana, O Creator of
beings, one who brings the
creatures into being; bhutesa, the Lord of
beings; deva-deva, O God of gods;
jagat-pate, the Lord of the worlds;
tvam, You; svayam, Yourself; eva,
alone; vettha, know; atmanam,
Yourself, as God possessed of
unsurpassable powers of knowledge,
sovereignty, strength, etc.;
atmana, by Yourself.
10.16 Arhasi, be pleased; vaktum,
to speak; asesena, in full;
atmavibhutayah, of Your own
manifestations; divyah hi, which are indeed
divine; yabhih, through which;
vibhutibhih, manifestations, manifestations
of Your glory; tisthasi, You exist;
vyapya, pervading; iman, these; lokan,
worlds.
10.17 O Yogi, katham, how; aham
vidyam, shall I know tvam, You; sada
pari-cintayan, by remaining
ever-engaged in meditation? Ca, and; kesu
kesu bhavesu, through what objects;
bhagvan, O Lord; cintah asi, are
You to be meditated on; maya, by
me?
10.18 O Janardana: ardana is
derived from ard, in the sense of the act
of going; by virtue of making the
janas, the demons who are opposed to
the gods, go to hell etc. He is
called Jana-ardana. Or, He is called so
because He is prayed to [The verbal
root ard has got a second meaning,
'to pray'.] by all beings for the
sake of human goals, viz prosperity and
Liberation. Kathaya, narrate to me;
bhuyah, again, though spoken of
earlier; atmanah, Your own; yogam,
yoga-the special ability in the form
of mystic powers; and vibhutaim,
the (divine) manifestations-the variety
of the objects of meditation;
vistarena, elaborately. Hi, for; srnvatah,
while hearing; (Your) amrtam,
nectar-like speech issuing out of Your
mouth; na asti, there is no;
trptih, satiety; me, in me.
10.19 Kuru-srestha, O best of the
Kurus; hanta, now; since, on the
other hand, it is not possible to
speak exhaustively of them even in a
hundred years, (there-fore)
pradhanyatah, according to their importance,
according as those manifestations
are pre-eminent in their respective
spheres; kathayisyami, I shall
described; te, to you; atma-vibhutayah, My
own glories; which are (hi, indeed)
divyah, divine, heavenly. Na asti there
is no; antah, end; me, to My;
vistarasya, manifestations. 'Of those, now
listen to the foremost:'
10.20 Gudakesa, O Gudakesa-gudaka
means sleep, and isa means
master; master of that (sleep) is
gudakesa, i.e. one who has conquered
sleep; [See also under 1.24.-Tr.]
or, one who has got thick hair; aham, I;
am the atma, Self, the indwelling
Self; who is to be ever-meditated on as
sarva-bhuta-asaya [Asaya-that in
which are contained the impressions of
meditations (upasanas), actions and
past experiences.]-sthitah, residing
in the hearts of all beings. And,
by one who is unable to do so, I am to
be meditated on through the
following aspects. I am capable of being
meditated on (through them) becasue
aham, I; am verily the adih,
beginning, the origin; and the
madhyam, middle, continuance; ca, as
also; the antah, end, dissolution;
bhutanam, of (all) beings. 'I am to be
meditated upon thus also:'
10.21 Adityanam, among the twelve
Adityas; aham, I; am the Aditya
called Visnu. Jyotisam, among the
luminaries; amsuman, the radiant;
ravih, sun. Marutam, among the
different gods called Maruts; asmi, I am;
the one called Marici. Naksatranam,
among the stars; I am sasi, the
moon.
10.22 Vedanam, among the Vedas; I
am the Sama-veda. Devanam,
among the gods-such as Rudras,
Adityas and others; I am vasavah,
Indra. Indriyanam, among the eleven
organs, viz eye etc.; I am the
manah, mind. I am the mind which is
of the nature of reflection and
doubt. And I am the cetana,
intelligence [It is the medium for the
manifestation of Consciousness.],
the function of the intellect ever
manifest in the aggregate of body
and organs; bhtanam, in creatures.
10.23 Rudranam, among the eleven
Rudras, I am Sankara; and
yaksaraksasam, among the Yaksas and
goblins; I am vittesah, Kubera.
Vasunam, among the eight Vasus; I
am pavakah, Fire; and sikharinam,
among the peaked mountains, I am
Meru.
10.24 O son of Prtha viddhi, know;
mam, Me; to be Brahaspati,
mukhyam, the foremost; purodhasam,
among the priests of kings. Being
as he is the priest of Indra, he
should be the foremost. Senaninam,
among commaners of armies; I am
Skanda, the commander of the
armies of gods. Sarasam, among
large expanses of water, among
reservoirs dug by gods (i.e. among
nature reservoirs); I am sagarah, the
sea.
10.25 Maharsinam, among the great
sages, I am Bhrgu, Giram, of
words, of utterances, in the form
of words; I am the ekam, single;
aksaram, syllable Om. Yajnanam,
among rituals; I am the japa-yajnah,
rituals of Japa. Sthavaranam, of
the immovables, I am the Himalaya.
10.26 Sarva-vrksanam, among all
trees, (I am) the Asvatta; and Narada
devarsinam, among the divine
sages-those who were gods and became
sages by virtue of visualizing
Vedic mantras; among them I am Narada.
Gandharvanam, among the gandharvas,
I am the gandharva called
Citraratha. Siddhanam, among the
perfected ones, among those who,
from their very birth, were endowed
with an abundance of the wealth of
virtue, knowledge and renunciation;
(I am) munih, the sage Kapila.
10.27 Asvanam, among horses;
viddhi, know; mam, Me; to be the
horse named Uccaihsravas;
amrta-udbhavam, born of nectar-born when
(the sea was) churned (by the gods)
for nectar. Airavata, the son of
Iravati, gajendranam, among the
Lordly elephants; 'know Me to be so'
remains understood. And naranam,
among men; know Me as the
naradhipam, King of men.
10.28 Ayudhanam, among weapons; I
am the vajram, thunderbolt,
made of the bones of (the sage)
Dadhici. Dhenunam, among milch cows;
I am kama-dhuk, Kamadhenu, which
was the yielder of all desires of (the
sage) Vasistha; or it means a cow
in general which gives milk at all times.
I am Kandarpa, prajanah, the
Progenitor, (the god) Kama (Cupid).
Sarpanam, among serpents, among the
various serpents, I am Vasuki,
the kind of serpents.
10.29 Naganam, among snakes, of a
particular species of snakes; asmi,
I am Ananta, the King of snakes.
And Varuna, the King yadasam, of the
gods of the waters. Pitrnam, among
the manes; I am the King of the
manes, named Aryama. And
samyamatam, among the maintainers of
law and order I am Yama.
10.30 Daityanam, among demons, the
descendants of Diti, I am the one
called Prahlada. And I am kalah,
Time; kalayatam, among reckoners of
time, of those who calculate. And
mrganam, among animals; I am
mrgendrah, the loin, or the tiger.
And paksinam, among birds; (I am)
vainateyah, Garuda, the son of
Vinata.
10.31 Pavatam, of the purifiers; I
am pavanah, air. Sastra-bhrtam,
among weilders of weapons, I am
Rama, son of Dasaratha. Jhasanam,
among fishes etc; I am the
particular species of fish called makarah
shark. I am jahnavi, Ganga;
srotasam, among rivers, among streams of
water.
10.32 O Arjuna sarganam, of
creations; I am the adih, beginning; ca,
and ; he antah, end; ca eva, as
also; the madhyam, middle-I am the
origin, continuance and
dissolution. At the commencement (verse 20)
origin, end, etc. only of things
possessed of souls were spoken of, but
here the mention is of all
creations in general. This is the difference.
Vidyanam, among knowledges; I am
the adhyatma-vidya, knowledge of
the Self, it being the foremost
because of its leading to liberation.
Pravadatam, of those who debate;
aham, I; am vadah, Vada, which is
preeminent since it is a means to
determining true purport. Hence I am
that . By the word pravadatam are
here meant the different kinds of
debate held by debators, viz Vada,
Jalpa, and Vitanda. [Vada: discussion
with open-mindedness, with a veiw
to determining true purport; jalpa:
pointless debate; Vitanda:
wrangling discussion. [Jalpa is that mode of
debate by which both parties
establish their own viewpoint through
direct and indirect proofs, and
refute the view of the opponent through
circumvention (Chala) and false
generalization (Jati) and by pointing out
unfitness (of the opponent) tobe
argued with (Nigraha-sthana). But
where one party establishes his
viewpoint, and the other refutes it
through circumvention, false
generalization and showing the unfitness of
the opponent to be argued with,
without establishing his own views, that
is termed Vitanda. Jalpa and
Vitanda result only in a trial of streangth
between the opponents, who are both
desirous of victory, But the result
of Vada is the ascertainment of
truth between the teacher and the
disciple or between others, both
unbiased.-Gloss of Sridhara Swami on
this verse.]-Tr.]
10.33 Aksaranam, of the letters; I
am the akarah, letter a. Samasikasya,
of the group of compound words, I
am the compund (called) Dvandva.
Besieds, aham eva, I Myself; am the
aksayah, infinite, endless; kalah,
time, well known as 'moment' etc.;
or, I am the supreme God who is
Kala (Time, the measurer) even of
time. I am the dhata, Dispenser, the
dispenser of the fruits of actions
of the whole world; visvatomukhah, with
faces everwhere.
10.34 Death which is of two
kinds-one destroying wealth, and the other
destroying life-, [Here Ast. adds:
tatra yah prana-harah sah (sarva-harah
ucyate)-Among them, that which
destroys life (is called sarva-harah).-Tr.]
is called sarva-harah, the
destroyer of all. I am that. This is the meaning.
Or, the supreme God is the
all-destroyer because He destroys
everything during dissolution. I am
He. And I am udbhavah, prosperity,
eminence, and the means to it. Of
whom? Bhavisyatam, of those
destined to be prosperous, i.e. of
those who are fit for attaining
eminence. Narinam, of the feminine
qualities; I am kirtih, fame; srih,
beauty; vak, speech; smrtih,
memory; medha, intelligence dhrtih,
fortitude; and ksama, forbearance.
I am these excellent feminine
quialities, by coming to possess
even a trace of which one considers
himself successful.
10.35 I am tatha, also; the
Brhat-sama, the foremost samnam, of the
Sama-mantras. Chandasam, of the
metres, of the Rk-mantras having the
metres Gayatri etc.; I am the Rk
called Gayatri. This is meaning.
Masanam, of the months, I am
Marga-sirsa (Agrahayana, November-
December). Rtunam, of the seasons;
kusumakarah, spring.
10.36 Chalayatam, of the
fraudulent, of the deceitful; I am the dyutam,
gambling, such as playing with
dice. I am the tejah, irresistible
command; tejasvinam, of the mighty.
[Some translate this as 'the
splendour of the splendid'.-Tr.] I
am the jayah, excellence of the
excellent. [Some translate this as
'the victory of the victorious'.-Tr.] I am
the vyavasayah, effort of the
persevering. I am the sattvam, sattva
quality; [The result of sattva, viz
virtue, knowledge, detachment, etc.]
sattvavatam, of those possessed of
sattva.
10.37 Vrsninam, of the Vrsnis,
[Here Ast. adds yadavanam, of the
Yadavas.-Tr.] I am Vasudeva- I who
am this person, your friend.
Pandavanam, of the Pandavas, (I am)
Dhananjaya, you yourself. Api,
and; muninam, of the wise, of the
thoughtful, of those who know of all
things, I am Vyasa. kavinam, of the
omniscient (i.e. of the those who
know the past, present and future),
I am the omniscient Usanas
(Sukracarya).
10.38 Damayatam, of the punishers;
I am dandah, the rod, which is the
means of controlling the lawless. I
am the nitih, righteous policy;
jagisatam, of those who desire to
conquer. And guhyanam, of things
secret; I am verily maunam,
silence. I am jnanam, knowledge;
jnanavatam, of the men of
knowledge.
10.39 Ca, moreover; O Arjuna, yat
api, whatsoever; is the bijam, seed,
the source of growth ;
sarva-bhutanam, of all beings; tat, that I am. As
a conclusion of the topic the Lord
states in brief His divine
manifestations: Na tat asti bhutam,
there is no thing; cara-acaram,
moving or non-moving; yat, which;
syat, can exist; vina maya, without
Me. For whatever is rejected by Me,
from whatever I withdraw Myself will
have no substance, and will become
a non-entity. Hence the meaning is
that everything has Me as its
essence.
10.40 Parantapa, O destroyer of
enemies; asti, there is; na, no; antah,
limit; to mama, My; divyanam,
divine; vibhutinam, manifestations.
Indeed, it is not possible for
anyone to speak or know of the limit of the
divine manifestations of the of the
all-pervading God. Esah, this; vistarah,
description; vibhuteh, of (My)
manifestations; tu, however; prokatah, has
been stated; maya, by Me;
uddesatah, by way of illustration, partially.
10.41 Yat yat, whatever; sattvam,
object in the world; is eva, verily;
vibhutimat, endowed with majesty;
srimad, possessed of prosperity; va,
or; is urjitam, energetic,
possessed of vigour; tvam, you; avagaccha,
know; eva, for certain; tat tat,
each of them; as mama tejomsasambhavam,
having a part (amsa) of My (mama),
of God's, power (teja)
as its source (sambhavam).
10.42 Athava, or, on the other
hand; kim, what is the need; of tava
jnatena, your knowing; etena
bahuna, this extensively-but imcompletelyin
the above manner, O Arjuna? You
listen to this subject that is going to
be stated in its fullness: Aham, I;
sthitah, remain; vistabhya, sustaining,
supporting, holding firmly, in a
special way; idam, this; krtsnam, whole;
jagat, creation; ekamsena, by a
part, by a foot [The Universe is called a
foot of His by virtue of His having
the limiting adjunct of being its efficient
and material cause.] (of Myself),
i.e. as the Self of all things [As the
material and the efficient cause of
all things]. The Vedic text, 'All beings
form a foot of His' (Rg., Pu. Su.
10.90.3; Tai. Ar. 3.12.3) support this. [A
Form constituted by the whole of
creation has been presented in this
chapter for meditation. Thereby the
unqualified transcendental Reality,
implied by the word tat (in
tattva-masi) and referred to by the latter
portion of the Commentator's
quotation (viz tripadasyamrtam divi: The
immortal three-footed One is
established in His own effulgence),
becomes established.]
BHAGAVADGITA
English translation of Sri
Sankaracharya's Sanskrit Commentary - Swami
Gambhirananda
Chapter 11
RO
11.1 Ayam, this; mahah, delusion;
mama, of mine; vigatah, has
departed, i.e., my
non-discriminating idea has been removed; tena, as a
result of that; vacah, speech of
Yours; which is paramam, most,
supremely; guhyam, secret; and
adhyatma-sanjnitam, known as
pertaining to the Self-dealing with
discrimination between the Self and
the non-Self; and yat, which; was
uktam, uttered; tvaya, by You;
madanugrahaya, for my benefit, out
of favour for me. Further,
11.2 Kamala-partraksa, O You with
eyes like lotus leaves; bhavaapyayau,
the origin and dissolution- these
two; bhutanam, of beings;
srutau, have been heard; maya, by
me; vistarasah, in detail-not in brief;
tvattah, from You. Ca, and; (Your)
avyayam, undecaying; mahatmyam,
glory, too;-has been heard-(these
last words) remain understood.
11.3 Parama-isvara, O supreme Lord;
evam, so; etat, it is-not
otherwise; yatha, as; tvam, You;
attha, speak; atmanam, about Yourself.
Still, purusottama, O supreme
Person; iccahmi, I wish; drastum, to see;
the aisvaram, divine; rupam, form;
te, of Yours, of Visnu, endowed with
Knowledge, Sovereignty, Power,
Strength, Valour and Formidability.
11.4 Prabho, O Lord, Master; yadi,
if; manyase, You think; iti, that; tat
sakyam, it is possible; drastum, to
be see; maya, by me, by Arjuna;
tatah, then, since I am very eager
to see, therefore; yogeswara, O Lord
of Yoga, of yogis-Yoga stands for
yogis; their Lord is yogeswara; tvam,
You; darsaya, show; me, me, for my
sake; atmanam avyayam, Your
eternal Self. Being thus implored
by Arjuna,
11.5 O son of Prtha, pasya, behold;
me, My; rupani, forms; satasah, in
(their) hundreds; atha, and;
sahasrasah, in thousands, i.e. in large
numbers. And they are nana-vidhani,
of different kinds; divyani, celestial,
supernatural; and
nana-varna-akrtini, of various colours and shapesforms
which have different (nana) colours
(varna) such as blue, yellow,
etc. as also (different) shapes
(akrtayah), having their parts differently
arranged.
11.6 Pasya, see; adityan, the
twelve Adityas; vasun, the eight Vasus;
rudran, the eleven Rudras; asvinau,
the two Asvins; and amarutah, the
Maruts, who are divided into seven
groups of seven each. Bharata, O
scion of the Bharata dynasty;
pasya, behold; tatha, also; bahuni, the
many other; ascaryani, wonders;
adrstapurvani, not seen before-by you
or anyone else in the human world.
Not only this much,-
11.7 Pasya, see; adya, now; O
Gudakesa, the krtsnam, entire; jagat,
Universe; sa-cara-acaram, existing
together with the moving and the
non-moving; ekastham, concentrated
at the same place; iha, here;
mama dehe, in My body; ca, as also;
yat anyat, whatever else-even
those victory, defeat, etc. with
regard to which you expressed doubt in,
'whether we shall win, or whether
they shall conquer us' (2.6); if icchasi,
you would like; drastum, to see
them.
11.8 Tu, but; na sakyase, you are
not able; drastum, to see; mam, Me,
who have assumed the Cosmic form;
eva, merely; anena, with this
natural; sva-caksusa, eye of yours.
However, dadami, I grant; te, you;
the divyam, supernatural; caksuh,
eye, by which supernatural eye you
shall be able to see Pasya, behold
with that; me, My, God's aisvaram,
divine; yogam, Yoga, i.e. the
superabundance of the power of Yoga [The
power of accomplishing the
impossible.-M.S.].
11.9 Rajan, O King, Dhrtarastra;
uktva, having spoken evam, thus, in
the manner stated above; tatah,
thereafter; harih, Hari, Narayana; mahayogeswarah,
the great Master of Yoga-who is
great (mahan) and also the
master (isvara) of Yoga;
darasyamasa showed; parthaya, to the son of
Prtha; the paramam, supreme;
aisvaram, divine; rupam, form, the
Cosmic form:
11.10 A form aneka-vaktra-nayanam,
having many faces and eyes;
aneka-adbhuta-darsanam, possessing
many wonderful sights; as also
aneka-divya-abharanam, adorned with
numerous celestial ornaments;
and divya-aneka-udyata-ayudham,
holding many uplifted heavenly
weapons. This whole portion is
connected with the verb '(He) showed' in
the earlier verse. Moreover,
11.11 Divya-malya-ambara-dharam,
wearing heavenly garlands and
apparel-the God wearing celestial
flowers and clothings; divya-gandhaanulepanam,
anointed with heavenly scents;
sarva-ascaryamayam,
abounding in all kinds of wonder;
devam, resplendent; anantam, infinite,
boundless; and visvato-mukham, with
faces everywhere-He being the
Self of all beings. 'He showed (to
Arjuna)', or 'Arjuna saw', is to be
supplied. An illustration is once
more being given of the effulgence of
the Cosmic form of the Lord:
11.12 Should the bhah, effulgence;
surya-sahasrasya, of a thousand
suns; utthita bhavet, blaze forth;
yugapat, simultaneously; divi, in the
sky, or in heaven which is the
third as counted (from this earth);sa, that;
yadi syat, might be-or it might not
be-; sadrsi, similar; to the bhasah,
radiance; tasya, of that;
mahat-manah, exalted One, the Cosmic Person
Himself. The idea is that the
brillinace of the Cosmic Person surely excels
even this! Further,
11.13 Tada, at that time; pandavah,
Pandava, Arjuna; apasyat, saw;
tatra, there, in that Cosmic form;
sarire, in the body; devadevasya, of the
God of gods, of Hari; krtsnam, the
whole; jagat, Universe; anekadha,
deversely; pravibhaktam,
differentiated-into groups of gods, manes,
human beings, and others; ekastham,
united in the one (Consmic form).
11.14 Tatah, then, having seen Him;
sah, he, Dhananjaya; became
vismaya-avistah, filled with
wonder; and hrsta-roma, had his hairs
standing on end. Becoming filled
with humility, pranamya, bowing down,
bowing down fully; [With abundant
respect and devotion.] sirasa, with his
head; devam, to the Lord, who had
assumed the Cosmic form;
abhasata, he said; krta-anjalih,
with folded hands, with palms joined in
salutation: How? 'I am seeing the
Cosmic form that has been revealed
by You'-thus expressing his own
experience,
11.15 Deva, O God; pasyami, I see,
perceive; tava dehe, in Your body;
sarvan, all; the devan, gods;
tatha, as also; bhuta-visesa-sanghan, hosts
of (various) classes of beings,
groups of moving and non-moving living
things having different shapes; and
besides, brahmanam, Brahma, with
four faces; isam, the Ruler of
creatures; kamalasana-stham, sitting on a
lotus seat, i.e. sitting on Mount
Meru which forms the pericarp of the
lotus that is the earth; and
sarvan, all; the divyan, heavenly; rsin, sages-
Vasistha and others; and (the
heavenly) uragan, serpents-Vasuki and
others.
11.16 Pasyami, I see; tvam, You;
aneka-bahu-udara-vaktra-netram, as
possessed of numerous arms,
bellies, mouths and eyes; ananta-rupam,
having infinite forms; sarvatah,
all around. Visveswara, O Lord of the
Universe; visva-rupa, O Cosmic
Person; na pasyami, I see not; ['I do not
see-because of Your
all-pervasiveness.'] tava, Your; antam, end; na
madhyam, nor the middle-what lies
between two extremities; na punah,
nor again; the adim, beginning-I
see not the limit (end) nor the middle,
nor again the beginning, of You who
are God! Furthermore,
11.17 Pasyami, I see; tvam, You; as
kiritinam, wearing a diadem-kirita is
a kind of decoration for the head;
one having it is kiriti; gadinam, wielding
a mace; and also cakrinam, holding
a disc; tejorasim, a mass of
brilliance; sarvatah diptimantam,
glowing all around; durniriksyam,
difficult to look at; samantat,
from all sides, at every point; as though
dipta-analarka-dyutim, possessed of
the radiance (dyuti) of the blazing
(dipta) fire (anala) and sun
(arka); and aprameyam, immeasurable, i.e.
beyond limitation. 'For this reason
also, i.e., by seeing Your power of
Yoga, I infer' that-
11.18 Tvam, You; are the aksaram,
Immutable; the paramam, supreme
One, Brahman; veditavyam, to be
known-by those aspiring for
Liberation. You are the param, most
perfect; nidhanam, repositorywhere
things are deposited, i.e. the
ultimate resort; asya visvasya, of this
Universe, of the entire creation.
Further. You are the avyayah,
Imperishable-there is no decay in
You; the sasvata-dharma-gopta,
Protector (gopta) of the
ever-existing (sasvata) religion (dharma). You are
the sanatanah, eternal;
transcendental purusah, Person. This is me, my;
matah, belief-what is meant by me.
Moreover,
11.19 Pasyami, I see; tvam, You; as
anadi-madhya-antam, without
beginning, middle and end;
ananta-viryam, possessed of infinite valour;
and also ananta-bahum, having
innumerable arms; sasi-surya-netram,
having the sun and the moon as the
eyes; dipta-hutasavakram, having a
mouth like a blazing fire;
tapantam, heating up; idam, this; visvam,
Universe; sva-tejasa, by Your own
birlliance.
11.20 Hi, indeed; idam, this;
antaram, intermediate space;
dyavaprthivyoh, between heaven and
earth; ca, as also; sarvah, all; the
disah, direction; vyaptam, are
pervaded; tvaya, by You; ekena, alone,
who have assumed the Cosmic form.
Mahatman, O exalted One, who by
nature are high-minded; the
lokatrayam, three worlds; pravyathitam, are
struck with fear, or are perturbed;
drstva, by seeing; idam, this;
abdhutam, strange, astonishing;
ugram, fearful, terrible; rupam, form;
tava, of Yours. Therefore, now, in
order to clear that doubt which Arjuna
earlier had-as in, 'whether we
shall win, or whether they shall conquer'
(2.6)-, the Lord proceeds with the
idea, 'I shall show the inevitable
victory of the Pandavas.'
Visualizing that, Arjuna said: 'Moreover-'.
11.21 Ami hi, those very;
sura-sanghah, groups of gods, the soldiers
engaged in battle-groups of gods
such as the Vasus who have
descended here in the form of human
beings for eliminating the burden
of the earth; visanti, enter-are
seen to be entering; tvam, You. Bhitah,
struck with fear, and unable to
flee; kecit, some among them; grnanti,
extol You; pranjalayah, with their
palms joined. Maharsi-siddha [Siddha:
A semi-divine being supposed to be
of great purity and holiness, and
said to be particularly
characterized by eight supernatural faculties called
siddhis.-V.S.A.]-sanghah, groups of
great sages and perfected beings;
seeing protents foreboding evil,
etc. as the battle became imminent;
stuvanti, praise; tvam, You;
puskalabhih, with elaborate, full; stutibhih,
hymns; uktva, saying; 'svasti iti,
May it be well!' And further,
11.22 Ye, those who are; the
rudra-adityah, Rudras and Adityas;
vasavah, the Vasus; and sadhyah,
the Sadhyas-the groups of Rudras
and other gods; the gods visve,
Visve-devas; and asvinau, the two
Asvins; marutah, the Maruts; and
usmapah, the Usmapas, (a class of)
manes; and
gandharva-yaksa-asura-siddha-sanghah, hosts of
Gandharvas-viz Haha, Huhu and
others-, Yaksas-viz Kubera and others-
, demons-Virocana and others-, and
Siddhas-Kapila and others; sarve
eva, all of those very ones;
viksante, gaze; tva, (i.e.) tvam, at You;
vismitah eva, being indeed struck
with wonder. For,
11.23 Mahabaho, O mighty-armed One;
drstva, seeing; te, Your; mahat,
immence, very vast; upam, form of
this kind; bahu-vaktra-netram, with
many mouths and eyes;
bahu-bahu-uru-padam, having many arms,
thighs and feet; and further,
bahu-udaram, with many bellies; and bahudamstra-
karalam, fearful with many teeth;
lokah, the creatures in the
world; are pravya-thitah, struck
with terror; tatha, and so also; am even
aham, I. The reason of that is
this:
11.24 O Visnu, hi, verily; drstva,
seeing; tvam, You; nabhah-sprsam,
touching heaven; diptam, blazing;
aneka-varnam, with many colours,
(i.e.) possessed of many
frightening forms; vyatta-ananam, openmouthed;
dipta-visala-netram, with firey
large eyes; I, pravyathita-antaraatma,
becoming terrified in my mind; na
vindami, do not find; dhrtim,
steadiness; ca, and; samam, peace,
calmness of mind. Why?
11.25 Drstva eva, having merely
seen; te, Your; mukhani, mouths;
damstra-karalani, made terrible
with (their) teeth; and kala-analasannibhani,
resembling the fire of Dissolution
is kalanala; similar to that;
na jane, I have lost; the sense of
disah, direction-I do not know the
directions as to which is East or
which is West; and hence, na labhe, find
no; sarma, comfort. Therefore,
prasida, be gracious; devesa, O Lord of
gods; jagannivasa, O Abode of the
Universe! 'The apprehension which
was there of my getting defeated by
those offers, that too has cleared
away, since-'
11.26 Ca, and; tvam, into You-this
is to be connected with 'rapidly
enter' in the next verse; sarve,
all; ami, those; putrah, sons-Duryodhana
and others; dhrtarastrasya, of
Dhrtarastra; saha, along with; avanipalasanghaih,
multitudes of the rulers (pala) of
the earth (avani); also Bhisma,
Drona, tatha, and; asau, that;
suta-putrah, son of a Suta, Karna; saha,
together with; api, even;
asmadiyaih, our; yodha-mukhyaih, prominent
warriors, the
commanders-Dhrstadyumna and others. Moreover,
11.27 Visanti, they enter;
tvarmanah, rapidly, in great haste; into te,
Your; vaktrani, mouths;-what kind
of mouths?-bhayanakani, terrible;
damstra-karalani, with cruel teeth.
Besides, among these who have
entered the mouths, kecit, some;
samdrsyante, are see; vilagna,
sticking, like meat eaten;
dasanantaresu, in the gaps between the teeth;
uttamangaih, with their heads;
curnitaih, crushed. As to how they enter,
he says:
11.28 Yatha, as; the bahavah,
numerous; ambu-vegah, currents of the
waters, particularly the swift
ones; nadinam, of flowing rivers; dravanti
abhimukhah, rush towards, enter
into; the samudram, sea; eva, alone;
tatha, so also; do ami, those;
nara-loka-virah, heroes of the human
world-Bhisma and others; visanti,
enter into; tava, Your; abhi-vijvalanti,
blazing, glowing; vaktrani, mouths.
Why do they enter, and how? In
answer Arjuna says:
11.29 Yatha, as; patangah, moths,
flying insects; visanti, enter;
samrddha-vegah, with increased
haste; into a pradiptam, glowing;
jvalanam, fire; nasaya, for
destruction; tatha eva, in that very way; do the
lokah, creatures; visanti, enter
into; tava, Your; vaktrani, mouths; api,
too; samrddha-vegah, with increased
hurry; nasaya, for destruction.
You, again-
11.30 O Visnu, Your fierce rays are
acorching. [M.S., S., and S.S.
construe 'completely...heat' to
qualify 'fierce rays' in the second
sentence. However, the use of kim
ca (moreover) in the Comm. suggests
the translation as above.-Tr.]
Lelihyase, You lick Your lips, You taste;
grasamanah, while devouring, while
taking in; samagran, all; lokan, the
creatures; samantat, from all
sides; jvaladbhih, with flaming; vadanaih,
mouths; which are apurya,
completely filling; samagram, the wholetogether
(saha) with the foremost (agrena);
jagat, world; tejobhih, with
heat. Moreover, O Visnu, the
all-pervading One, tava, Your; ugrah, fierce;
bhasah, rays; are pratapanti,
scorching. Since You are of such a terrible
nature, therefore-
11.31 Akhyahi, tell; me; kah, who;
bhavan, You are; ugrarupah, fierce in
form. Namah, salutation; astu, be;
te, to You; deva-vara, O supreme
God, foremost among the gods.
Prasida, be gracious. Icchami, I desire;
vijnatum, to fully know; bhavantam,
You; adyam, who are the Primal
One, who exist in the beginning.
Hi, for; na prajanami, I do not
understand; tava, Your; pravrttim,
actions!
11.32 Asmi, I am; the
loka-ksaya-krt, world-destroying; kalah, Time;
pravrddhah, grown in stature. Hear
the purpose for which I have grown
in stature: I am iha, now;
pravrttah, engaged; samahartum, in
annihilating; lokan, the creatures.
Api, even; rte tva, without you; sarve,
all-from whom your apprehension had
arisen; the yodhah, warriors-
Bhisma, Drona, Karna and others;
ye, who are; avasthitah, arrayed;
pratyanikesu, in the connfronting
armies-in every unit of the army
confronting the other; na
bhavisyanti, will cease to exist. Since this is
so-
11.33 Tasmat, therefore; tvam, you;
uttistha, rise up; (and) labhasva,
gain; the yasah, fame, that Arjuna
has conquered the Atirathas [Atirathasee
note under 1.4.6.-Tr.], Bhisma,
Drona and others, who are
unconquerable even by the gods.
Such fame can be acquired only by
virtuous actions. Jitva, by
defeating; satrun, the enemies, Duryodhana
and others; bhunksva, enjoy; a
rajyam, kingdom; that is samrddham,
propersous, free from enemies and
obstacles. Ete, these; nihatah, have
been definitely killed, made
lifeless; eva maya, verily by Me; eva purvam,
even earlier. Bhava, be you;
nimitta-matram, merely an instrument, O
Savyasachin. Arjuna was called so
because he could shoot arrows even
with his left hand.
11.34 By saying, 'who have been
killed by Me,' the Lord names Drona
and those very warriors with regard
to whom Arjuna had (his) doubts.
Now then, uncertainty with regard
to Drona and Bhisma is well-founded.
Drona was the teacher of the
science of archery, and was equipped with
heavenly weapons; and particularly,
he was his (Arjuna's) own teacher
and most respected. Bhisma was
destined to die at will, and possessed
heavenly weapons. He fought a duel
with Parasurama and remained
unvanquished. So also
Jayadratha-whose father was performing an
austerity with the idea that anyone
who made his son's head fall on the
ground would have even his own head
fall. Since Karna also was
equipped with an unerring spear
given by Indra, and was a son of the
Sun, born of a maiden (Kunti),
therefore he is referred to by his own
name itself. As a mere instrument,
tvam, you; jahi, destory them; who
have been hatan, killed; maya, by
Me. Ma, do not; vyathisthah, be afraid
of them. Yuddhyasva, fight. Jetasi,
you shall conquer; the sapatnan,
enemies-Duryodhana and others;
rane, in battle.
11.35 Srutva, hearing; etat, this,
aforesaid; vacanam, utterance;
kesavasya, of Kesava; Kiriti,
krtanjalih, with joined palms; and
vepamanah, trembling; nama-skrtva,
prostrating himself; aha, said;
bhuyah eva, again; krsnam, to
Krsna; sa-gadgadam, with a faltering
voice-. A person's throat becomes
choked with phlegm and his eyes full
of tears when, on being struck with
fear, he is overcome by sorrow, and
when, on being overwhelmed with
affection, he is filled with joy. The
indistinctness and feebleness of
sound in speech that follows as a result
is what is called faltering
(gadgada). A speech that is accompanied with
(saha) this is sa-gadgadam. It is
used adverbially to the act of utterance.
Pranamya, bowing down with
humility; bhita-bhitah, overcome by fits of
fear, with his mind struck again
and again with fear-this is to be
connected with the remote word aha
(said). At this juncture the words
of Sanjaya have a purpose in view.
How? It is thus: Thinking that the
helpless Duryodhana will be as good
as dead when the four
unconquerable ones, viz Drona and
others, are killed, Dhrtarastra, losing
hope of victory, would conclude a
treaty. From that will follow peace on
either side. Under the influence of
fate, Dhrtarastra did not even listen to
that!
11.36 Sthane, it is proper; -what
is that?-that the jagat, world;
prahrsyati, becomes delighted; tava
prakirtya, by Your praise, by reciting
Your greatness and hearing it. This
is befitting. This is the idea. Or, the
word sthane may be taken as
qualifying the word 'subject' (understood) :
It is proper that the Lord is the
subject of joy etc. since the Lord is the
Self of all beings and the Friend
of all. So also it (the world) anurajyate,
becomes attracted, becomes drawn
(by that praise). That also is with
regard to a proper subject. This is
how it is to be explained. Further,
that the raksamsi, Raksasas;
bhitani, stricken with fear; dravanti, run;
disah, in all directions-that also
is with regard to a proper subject. And
that sarve, all; the
siddha-sanghah, groups of the Siddhas-Kapila and
others; namasyanti, bow down-that
also is befitting. He points out the
reason for the Lord's being the
object of delight etc.:
11.37 Ca, and; since You are the
Primal Creator, the Cause, api, even;
brahmanah, of Brahma, of
Hiranyagarbha; therefore, kasmat, why, for
what reason; should they na
nameran, not bow down; te, to You;
mahatman, O exalted One; gariyase,
who are greater (than all)! Hence,
why should these not bow down
adi-karte, to the first Creator?
Therefore You are fit for, i.e. the
fit object of, delight etc. and salutation
as well. Ananta, O infinite One;
devesa, supreme God; jagannivasa,
Abode of the Universe; tvam, You;
are the aksaram, Immutable; tat
param yat, that which is
Transcendental, which is heard of in the
Upanisads;-what is that?-sad-asat,
being and nonbeing. Being is that
which exists, and non-being is that
with regard to which the idea of
nonexistence arises. (You are) that
Immutable of which these two-being
and non-being-become the limiting
adjuncts; which (Immutable), as a
result, is metaphorically referred
to as being and non-being. But in reality
that Immutable is transcendental to
being and non-being. 'That
Immutable which the knowers of the
Vedas declare' (8.11; cf. Ka.
1.2.15)-that is You Yourself,
nothing else. This is the idea. He praises
again:
11.38 You are the adi-devah, primal
Deity, because of being the creator
of the Universe; the puranah,
ancient, eternal; purusah, Person-(derived)
in the sense of 'staying in the
town (pura) that is the body'. You verily are
the param, suprem; nidhanam,
Resort, in which this entire Universe
comes to rest at the time of final
dissolution etc. Besides, You are the
vetta, knower of all things to be
known. You are also the vedyam, object
of knowledge-that which is fit to
be known; and the param, supreme;
dhama, Abode, the supreme State of
Visnu. Anantarupa, O You of
infinite forms, who have no limit
to Your own forms; the entire visvam,
Universe; tatam, is pervaded;
tvaya, by You. Further,
11.39 You are vayuh, Air; yamah,
Death; and agnih, Fire; varunah, the
god of the waters; sasankah, the
moon; prajapatih, the Lord of the
creatures- Kasyapa and others [See
note on p.2.-Tr.]; and prapitamahah,
the Great-grandfather, i.e. the
Father ever of Brahma
(Hiranyagarbha). Namo, salutations;
namah, salutation; astu, be; te, to
You; sahasra-krtvah, a thousand
times. Punah ca bhuyah api namo te,
salutation to You again and again;
namah, salutation! The suffix krtvasuc
(after sahasra) indicates
performance and repetition of the act of
salutation a number of times. The
words punah ca bhuyah api (again and
again) indicate his own
dissatisfaction [Dissatisfaction with only a few
salutations.] owing to abundance of
reverence and devotion. So also,
11.40 Namah, salutation to You;
purastat, in the East; atha, and; even
prsthatah, behind. Salutation be
sarvatah, on all sides; eva, indeed; te,
to You who exist everywhere; sarva,
O All! Tvam, You; are ananta-viryaamita-
vikramah, possessed of infinite
strength and infinite heroism. virya
is strength, and vikramah is
heroism. Someone though possessing
strength for the use of weapons
etc. [Ast. reads 'satru-vadha-visaye, in
the matter of killing an
enemy'.-Tr.] may lack heroism or have little
heroism. But You are possessed of
infinite strength and infinite heroism.
Samapnosi, You pervade,
interpenetrate; sarvam, everything, the whole
Universe, by Your single Self.
Tatah, hence; asi, You are; sarvah, All, i.e.,
no entity exists without You.
'Since I am guilty of not knowing Your
greatness, therefore,'-
11.41 Like a fool, ajanata, without
knowing-. Not knowing what? In
answer he says: idam, this;
mahimanam, greatness-the Cosmic form;
tava, of Yours, of God; yat,
whatever; uktam, was said; maya, by me (to
You); prasabham, rashly,
slightingly; pramadat, through inadvertence,
being in a distracted state of
mind; va api, or even; pranayena, out of
intimacy-itimacy is the familiarity
arising out of love; whatever I have said
because of that reason; erroneously
matva, thinking (You); sakha iti, to
be a friend, of the same age; iti,
addressing You as, 'O Krsna,' 'O
Yadava,' 'O friend,'-. In the
clause, 'tava idam mahimanam, ajanata,
without knowing this greatness of
Yours,' idam (this) (in the neutor
gender) is connected with mahimanam
(greatness) (in masculine gender)
by a change of gender. If the
reading be tava imam, then both the words
would be in the same gender.
11.42 And, yat, that; asi, You have
been; asatkrtah, discourteously
treated, slighted; avahasa-artham,
out of fun, with a veiw to mocking;-
where?-in these, Acyuta, viz
vihara-sayya-asana-bhojanesu, while
walking [Walking, i.e. sports or
exercise], while on a bed, while on a seat,
and while eating;-that You have
been insulted ekah, in privacy, in the
absence of others; adhava, or; that
You have been insulted api, even;
tat-samaksam, in public, in the
very presence of others-(-tat being used
as an adverb); tat, for that, for
all those offences; O Acyuta, aham, I;
ksamaye, beg pardon; tvam, of You;
aprameyam, the incomprehensible
One, who are beyond the means of
knowledge. (I beg Your pardon)
because,
11.43 Asi, You are; pita, the
Father, the Progenitor; lokasya, off all
beings; cara-acarasya, moving and
nonmoving. Not only are Yur are
Father of this world, You are also
pujyah, worthy of worship; since You
are the guruh, Teacher; [He is the
Teacher since He introduce the line of
teachers of what is virtue and
vice, and of the knowledge of the Self.
And He is greater than a teacher
because He is the teacher even of
Hiranyagarbha and others.] gariyan,
greater (than a teacher). How are
You greater? In answer he says:
Asti, there is; na, none other; tvatsamah,
equal to You; for there is no
possibility of two Gods. Because all
dealings will come to naught if
there be many Gods! When there is no
possibility of another being equal
toYou, kutah eva, how at all; can there
be anyah, anyone; abhyadhikah,
greater; api, even; loka-traye, in all the
three worlds; apratima-prabhavah, O
you of unrivalled power? That by
which something is measured is
pratima. You who have no measure for
Your power (prabhava) are a
pratima-prabhavah. Apratima-prabhava
means 'O You of limitless power!'
Since this is so,
11.44 Tasmat, therefore; pranamya,
by bowing down; and pranidhaya
kayam, prostrating, laying, the
body completely down; prasadaye, I seek
to propitiate; tvam, You; who are
isam, God, the Lord; and are idyam,
adorable. Deva, O God; You are Your
part, arhasi, should; sodhum, bear
with, i.e. forgive (my faults);
iva, as would; a pita, father; forgive all the
faults putrasya, of a son; and as a
sakha, friend; the fautls sakhyuh, of a
friend; or as a priyah, lover;
forgives the faults priyayah, of a beloved.
11.45 Asmi, I am; hrsitah,
delighted; drstva, by seeing; adrsta-purvam,
something not seen heretofore-by
seeing this Cosmic form of Yours
which has never been seen before by
me or others. And me, my; manah,
mind; is pravyathitam, stricken;
bhayena, with fear. Therefore, deva, O
Lord; darsaya, show; me, to me; tat
eva, that very; rupam, form, which is
of my friend. Devesa, O supreme
God; jagan-nivasa, Abode of the
Universe; prasida, be gracious!
11.46 Aham, I; icchami, want;
drastum, to see; tvam, You; kiritinam,
wearing a crown; as also gadinam,
wielding a mace; and cakra-hastam,
holding a disc in hand; i.e., tatha
eva, just as before. Since this is so,
therefore, sahasra-baho, O You with
a thousand arms-in Your present
Cosmic form; visva-murte, O you of
Cosmic form; bhava, apeear; tena
eva rupena, with that very
form-with the form of the son of Vasudeva;
caturbhujena, with four hands. The
idea is: withdrawing the Cosmic
form, appear in that very form as
the son of Vasudeva. Noticing Arjuna
to have become afraid, and
withdrawing the Cosmic form, reassuring
him with sweet words-
11.47 Prasannena, out of
grace-grace means the intention of favouring
you; O Arjuna, idam, this; param,
supreme; tejomayam, abundantly
radiant; visvam, Cosmic,
all-comprehensive; anantam, infinite, limitless;
adyam, primeval-that which existed
in the beginning; rupam, form, the
Cosmic form; yat which form; me, of
Mine; na drsta-purvam, has not
been seen before; tvat-anyena, by
anyone other than you; daristam, has
been shown; tava, to you; maya, by
Me-who am racious, being
possessed of that (intention of
favouring you); atma-yogat, through the
power of My own Yoga, through the
power of My own Godhood. 'You
have certainly got all your ends
accomplished by the vision of the form of
Mine who am the Self [The word
atmanah (who am the Self) does not
occur in some editions.-Tr.] .'
Saying so, He eulogizes that (vision):
11.48 Na veda-yajna-adhyayanaih,
not by the study of the Vedas and
sacrifices, (i.e.) not by the
methodical study of even the four Vedas and
the study of the sacrifices-since
the study of the sacrifices is achieved by
the very study of the Vedas, the
separate mention of the study of
sacrifices is for suggesting
detailed knowledge of sacrifices; [This
separate mention of the study of
sacrifices is necessary because the
ancients understood the study of
Vedas to mean learing them by rote.]
so also, na danaih, not by gifts-in
such forms as distributing wealth equal
to the weight of the giver; na ca
kriyabhih, not even by rituals-by Vedic
and other rituals like Agnihotra
etc.; nor even ugraih tapobhih, by severe
austerities such a Candrayana [A
religious observance or expiatory
penance regulated by the moon's
phases. In it the daily quantity of food,
which consists of fifteen mouthfuls
at the full-moon, is curtailed by one
mouthful during the dark fornight
till it is reduced to nothing at the new
moon; and it is increased in a like
manner during the bright fortnight.-
V.S.A.] etc. which are frightful;
sakyah aham, can I; evam rupam, in this
form-possessing the Cosmic form as
was shown; drastum, be
perceived; nrloke, in the human
world; tvad-anyena, by anyone other
than you; kuru-pravira, O most
valiant among the Kurus.
11.49 Ma te vyatha, may you have no
fear; and ma vimudha-bhavah,
may not there be bewilderment of
the mind; drstva, by seeing,
perceiving; idam, this rupam, form;
mama, of Mine; idrk ghoram, so
terrible, as was revealed.
Vyapetabhih, becoming free from fear; and
becoming prita-manah, gladdened in
mind; punah, again; prapasya, see;
idam, this; eva, very; tat,
earlier; rupam, form; me, of Mine, with four
hands, holding a conch, a discus
and a mace, which is dear to you.
11.50 Iti, thus; uktva, having
spoken; arjunam, to Arjuna; tatha, in that
manner, the words as stated above;
Vasudeva darsayamasa, showed;
svakam, His own; rupam, form, as
was born in the house of Vasudeva;
bhuyah, again. And the mahatma,
exalted One; asvasayamasa,
reassured; enam, this; bhitam,
terrified one; bhutva, by becoming;
punah, again; saumya-vapuh, serene
in form, graceful in body.
11.51 O Janardana, drstva, having
seen; idam, this; saumyam, serene;
manusam, human; rupam, form; tava,
of Yours-gracious, as of my friend;
asmi, I have; idanim, now;
samvrttah, become;-what?-sacetah, calm in
mind; and gatah, restored;
prakrtim, to my own nature.
11.52 Idam, this; rupam, form;
mama, of Mine; yat, which; drstavan, asi,
you have seen is; sudur-darsam,
very difficult to see. Api, even; the
devah, gods; are nityam, ever;
darsana-kanksinah, desirous of a vision;
asya, of this; rupasya, form of
Mine. The idea is that though they want to
see, they have not seen in the way
you have, nor will they see! Why so?
11.53 Na vedaih, not through the
Vedas, not even through the four
Vedas-Rk, Yajus, Sama and Atharvan;
na tapasa, not by austerity, not
by severe austerities like the
Candrayana; not danena, by gifts, by gifts
of cattle, land, gold, etc.; na ca,
nor even; ijyaya, by sacrifices or
worship; sakyah aham, can I;
drastum, be seen evamvidhah, in this
form, in the manner as was shown;
yatha, as; drstavan asi, you have
seen mam, Me. 'How again, can You
be seen? This is being answered:
11.54 Tu, but, O Arjuna; bhaktya,
by devotion-. Of what kind? To this
the Lord says: Ananyaya, by (that
devotion which is ) single-minded.
That is called single-minded
devotion which does not turn to anything
else other than the Lord, and owing
to which nothing else but Vasudeva
is perceived by all the organs.
With that devotion, aham sakyah, am I
able; evamvidhah, in this form-in
the aspect of the Cosmic form; jnatum,
to to known-from the scriptures;
not merely to be known from the
scriptures, but also drastum, to be
seen , to be realized directly;
tattvena, in reality; and also
pravestum, to be entered into-for attaining
Liberation; parantapa, O destroyer
of foes. Now the essential purport of
the whole scripture, the Gita,
which is meant for Liberation, is being
stated by summing it up so that it
may be practised:
11.55 Pandava, O son of Pandu; yah,
he who; mat-karma-krt, works for
Me: work for Me is mat-karma; one
who does it is mat-karma-krt-. Matparamah,
who accepts Me as the supreme Goal:
A servant does work
for his master, but does not accept
the master as his own supreme Goal
to be attained after death; his
one, however, who does work for Me,
accepts Me alone as the supreme
Goal. Thus he is matparamah-one to
whom I am the supreme Goal-. So
also he who is madbhaktah, devoted
to me: He adores Me alone in all
ways, with his whole being and full
enthusiasm. Thus he is madbhaktah-.
Sanga-varjitah, who is devoid of
attachment for wealth, sons,
friends, wife and relatives, Sanga means
fondness, love; devoid of them-.
Nirvairah, who is free from enmity;
sarva-bhutesu, towards all
beings-berefit of the idea of enmity even
towards those engaged in doing
unmost harm to him-. Sah, he who is
such a devotee of Mine; eti,
attains; mam, Me. I alone am his supreme
Goal; he does not attain any other
goal. This is the advice for you, given
by Me as desired by you.
BHAGAVADGITA
English translation of Sri
Sankaracharya's Sanskrit Commentary - Swami
Gambhirananda
Chapter 12
RO
12.1 The subject-matter stated in
the immediately preceding verse,
'...he who works for Me,' etc. is
referred to by the word evam (thus). Ye
bhaktah, those devotees who,
seeking no other refuge; evam, thus;
satata-yuktah, being ever-devoted,
i.e., remaining unceasingly engaged
in the works of the Lord, etc.,
intent on the aforesaid purpose;
paryupasate, meditate; tvam, on
You, in the Cosmic form as revealed
earlier; ye ca api, and those
others, again, who have renounced all
desires, who have given up all
actions; who meditate on Brahman as
described (below), aksaram, on the
Immutable; avyaktam, on the
Unmanifested, which is so on
account of being bereft of all limiting
adjuncts, (and) which is beyond the
comprehension of the organs-in the
world, whatever comes within the
range of the organs is said to be
manifest, for the root anj conveys
that sense; but this Immutable is the
opposite of that and is endowed
with qualifications that are spoken of by
the great ones; those again, who
meditate on that-; tesam, of them,
among the two (groups); ke, who;
are the yoga-vit-tamah, best
experiencers of yoga, i.e., who are
those that are surpassingly versed in
yoga? But leave alone those who
meditate on the Immutable, who are
fully enlightened and are free from
desires. Whatever has to be said with
regard to them, we shall say later
on. As for those others12.2
Ye, those who, being devotees;
upasate, meditate; mam, on Me,
the supreme Lord of all the masters
of yoga, the Omniscient One whose
vision is free from purblindness
caused by such defects as attachment
etc.; avesya,by fixing,
concentrating; their manah, minds; mayi, on Me,
on God in His Cosmic form;
nitya-yuktah, with steadfast devotion, by
being ever-dedicated in accordance
with the idea expressed in the last
verse of the preceding chapter; and
being upetah, endowed; paraya,
with supreme; sraddhaya faith;-te,
they; matah, are considered; to be
yukta-tamah, most perfect yogis;
me, according to Me, for they spend
days and nights with their minds
constantly fixed on Me. Therefore, it is
proper to say with regard to them
that they are the best yogis. 'Is it that
the others do not become the best
yogis?' No, but listen to what has to
be said as regards them:'
12.3 Ye, those; tu, however; who,
pari-upasate, meditate in every way;
aksaram, on the Immutable;
anirdesyam, the Indefinable-being
unmanifest, It is beyond the range
of words and hence cannot be
defined; avyaktam, the
Unmanifest-It is not comprehensible thrugh any
means of knowledge-. Upasana,
meditation, means approaching an
object of meditation as presented
by the scriptures, and making it an
object of one's own thought and
dwelling on it uniterruptedly for long by
continuing the same current of
thought with regard to it-like a line of
pouring oil. This is what is called
upasana. The Lord states the
characteristics of the Immutable
[Here Ast. adds 'upasyasya, which is
the object of meditation'.-Tr.] :
Sarvatragam, all-pervading, pervasive like
space; and acintyam,
incomprehensible-becuase of Its being
unmanifest. For, whatever comes
within the range of the organs can be
thought of by the mind also. Being
opposed to that, the Immutable is
inconceivable. It is kutastham,
changeless. Kuta means something
apparently good, but evil inside.
The word kuta (deceptive) is well known
in the world in such phrases as,
'kuta-rupam, deceptive in appearance,'
'kuta-saksyam, false evidence',
etc. Thus, kuta is that which, as
ignorance etc., is the seed of many
births, full of evil within, referred to
by such words as maya, the
undifferentiated, etc., and well known from
such texts as, 'One should know
Maya to be Nature, but the Lord of
Maya to be the supreme God' (Sv.
4.10), 'The divine Maya of Mine is
difficult to cross over' (7.14),
etc. That which exists on that kuta as its
controller (or witness) is the
kuta-stha. Or, kutastha may mean that
which exists like a heap [That is,
motionless.]. Hence it is acalam,
immovable. Since It is immovable,
therefore It is dhruvam, constant, i.e.
eternal.
12.4 Samniyamya, by fully
controlling, withdrawing; indriya-gramam, all
the organs; and sarvatra, always at
all times; sama-buddhayah, being
even-minded-the even-minded are
those whose minds remain
equipoised in getting anything
desirable or undesirable; te, they, those
who are of this kind; ratah,
engaged; sarva-bhuta-hite, in the welfare of
all beings prapnuvanti, attain;
mam, Me; eva, alone. As regards them it
needs no saying that they attain
Me, for it has been said, '...but the man
of Knowledge is the very Self.
(This is) My opinion' (7.18). It is certainly
not proper to speak of being or not
being the best among the yogis with
regard to those who have attained
identity with the Lord. But,
12.5 Tesam, for them;
avyakta-asakta-cetasam, who have their minds
attached to the Unmanifest;
klesah,the struggle; is adhika-tarah, greater.
Although the trouble is certainly
great for those who are engaged in
works etc. for Me, still owing to
the need of giving up self-identification
with the body, it is greater in the
case of those who accept the
Immutable as the Self and who kept
in view the supreme Reality. Hi, for;
avyakta gatih, the Goal which is
the Unmanifest-(the goal) which stands
in the form of the Immutable; that
is avapyate, attained; duhkham, with
difficulty; dehavadbhih, by the
embodied ones, by those who identify
themselves with the body. Hence the
struggle is greater. We shall speak
later of the conduct of those who
meditate on the Unmanifest.
12.6 Tu, as for; ye, those who;
sannyasya, having dedicated; sarvani,
all; karmani, actions; mayi, to Me
who am God; and matparah, having
accepted Me as the supreme;
upasate, meditate; dhyayantah, by
thinking; mam, of Me; ananyena,
with single-minded; yogena,
concentration; eva, only-. That
(yoga) is single-minded which has no
other object than the Cosmic Deity,
the Self. By thinking exclusively with
that single-minded [The Ast. and
the A.A. read 'kena, what?' in place of
'kevalena, exclusively'.-Tr.]
(yoga)-. What comes to them?
12.7 O son of Prtha, tesam, for
them who are solely devoted to
meditating on Me; avesita-cetasam
mayi, who have their minds
absorbed in, fixed on, merged in,
Me who am the Cosmic Person;
aham, I, God; bhavami, become; na
cirat, without delay;-what then?
soon indeed-the samuddharta,
Deliverer-. Wherefrom? In answer the
Lord says, mrtyu-samsara-sagarat,
from the sea of the world which is
fraught with death. Samsara (world)
fraught with mrtyu (death) is mrtyusamsara.
That itself is like a sea, being
difficult to cross. I become their
deliverer from that sea of
transmigration which is fraught with death.
Since this is so, therefore,
12.8 Adhatsva, fix manah, the
mind-possessed of the power of thinking
and doubting; mayi, on Me, on God
as the Cosmic Person; eva, alone.
Mayi, in Me; eva, alone; nivesaya,
rest; the buddhim, intellect, which
engages in determining (things).
Listen to what will happen to you
thereby: Na samsayah, there is no
doubt-no doubt should be
entertained with regard to this;
that atah urdhvam, hereafter, after the fall
of the body; nivasisyasi, you will
dwell; mayi, in Me, live in identity
withMe; eva, alone.
12.9 Atha, if, however; na saknosi,
you are unable; samadhatum, to
establish, in this way as I have
described; cittam, the mind; sthiram,
steadily, unwaveringly; mayi, on
Me; tatah, then; O Dhananjaya, iccha,
seek, pray; aptum, to attain; mam,
Me, as the Cosmic person; abhyasayogena,
through the Yoga of Practice.
Practice consists in repeatedly
fixing the mind on a single object
by withdrawing it from everything else.
The yoga following from this, and
consisting in concentration of the
mind, is abhyasa-yoga.
12.10 If asamarthah asi, you are
unable; api, even; abhyase, to practise;
then, bhava, be; mat-karma-paramah,
intent on works for Me-works
(karma) meant for Me (mat) are
mat-karma-i.e., you be such that works
meant for Me become most important
to you. In the absence of Practice,
api, even; kurvan, by undertaking;
karmani, works alone; madartham, for
Me; avapsyasi, you will attain;
siddhim, perfection-by gradually acquiring
purification of mind, concentration
and Knowledge.
12.11 Atha, if, again; asaktah asi,
you are unable; kartum, to do; etat
api, even this-what was stated as
being 'intent on doing works for Me';
in that case, mad-yogam-asritah,
having resorted to the Yoga for Me-the
performance of those works that are
being done by dedicating them to
Me is madyogah; by resorting to
that Yoga for Me; tatah, thereafter;
sarva-karma-phala-tyagam kuru,
renounce, give up, the results of all
works; by becoming yata-atmavan,
controlled in mind. [In the earlier
verse it was enjoined that all
works, be they Vedic or secular, are to be
considered as belonging to God and
should be done for Him-not for
oneself-, as a soldier would do for
his king. In the present verse it is
stated that the attitude should be,
'May this work of mine please God.'
This very attitude involves
dedicating of results to God. See S.
According to M.S., mat-karma in the
earlier verse means bhagavatadharma,
i.e. hearing, singing, etc. about
God. In the present verse,
sarva-karma means all works in
general.-Tr.] Now the Lord praises the
renunciation of the results of all
works:
error
12.13 Advesta, he who is not
hateful; sarva-bhutanam, towards any
creature: He does not feel
repulsion for anything, even for what may be
the cause of sorrow to himself, for
he sees all beings as his own Self.
Maitrah, he who is
friendly-behaving like a friend; karunah eva ca, and
compassionate: karuna is kindness,
compassion towards sorrowstricken
creatures; one possessing that is
karunah, i.e. a monk, who
grants safety to all creatures.
Nirmamah, he who has no idea of 'mine';
nirahankarah, who has no idea of
egoism; sama-duhkha-sukhah, who is
the same under sorrow and
happiness, he in whom sorrow and
happiness do not arouse any
repulsion or attraction; ksami, who is
forgiving, who remains unperturbed
even when abused or assaulted;
12.14 Santustah satatam, he who is
ever content: who has the sense of
contentment irrespective of getting
or not getting what is needed for the
maintenance of the body; who is
similarly ever-satisfied whether he gets
or not a good thing. Yogi, who is a
yogi, a man of concentrated mind;
yata-atma, who has self-control,
whose body and organs are under
control; drdha-niscayah, who has
firm conviction-with regard to the
reality of the Self;
arpita-mano-buddhih, who has dedicated his mind and
intellect; mayi, to Me-(i.e.) a
monk whose mind (having hte
characteristics of reflection) and
intellect (possessed of the faculty of
taking decisions) are dedicated to,
fixed on, Me alone; sah yah, he who
is; such a modbhaktah, devotee of
Mine; is priyah, dear; me, to Me. It
was hinted in the Seventh Chapter,
'For I am very much dear to the man
of Knowledge, and he too is dear to
Me' (7.17). That is being elaborated
here.
12.15 Sah ca, he too; yasmat, owing
to whom owing to which monk;
lokah, the world; na udvijate, is
not disturbed, not afflicted, not agitated;
so also, yah na udvijate, he who is
not disturbed; lokat, by the world;
muktah, who is free;
harsa-amarsa-bhaya-udvegaih, from joy,
impatience, fear and anxiety;-harsa
is elation of the mind on acquiring a
thing dear to oneself, and is
manifested as horripillation, shedding of
tears, etc.; amarsa is
non-forbearance; bhaya is fright; udvega is
distress; he who is free from
them-, is priyah, dear; me, to Me.
12.16 Anapeksah, he who has no
desires with regard to covetable
things like body, organs, objects,
(their inter-) relationship, etc.; sucih,
who is pure, endowed with external
and internal purity; daksah, who is
dextrous, who is able to promptly
understand in the right way the duties
that present themselves; udasinah,
who is impartial, the monk who does
not side with anybody-friends and
others; gatavyathah, who is free from
fear; sarva-arambha-parityagi, who
has renounced every undertakingworks
under-taken are arambhah;
sarva-arambhah means works
undertaken out of desire for
results to be enjoyed here or hereafter; he
who is apt to give them up
(pari-tyaga) is sarva-arambha-parityahi; he
who is such a madbhaktah, devotee
of Mine; he is priyah, dear; me, to
Me. Further,
12.17 Yah, he who; na hrsyati, does
not rejoice on getting a coveted
object; na dvesti, does not fret on
getting an undesirable object; na
socati, does not lament on the loss
of a dear one; and na kanksati, does
not hanker after an object not
acquired; subha-asubha-parityogi, who
gives up good and bad, who is apt
to give up good and bad actions;
bhaktiman, who is full of
devotion-he is dear to Me.
12.18 Samah, who is the same;
satrau ca mitre, towards friend and foe;
ca tatha, and so also;
mana-apamanayoh, in honour and dishonour, in
adoration and humiliation; who is
the same sita-usna-sukha-duhkhesu,
under cold, heat, happiness and
sorrow; and sanga-vivar-jitah, free from
attachment to everything; Moreover,
12.19 Narah, the person;
tulya-ninda-stutih, to whom denunciation and
praise are the same; mauni, who is
silent, restrained in speech;
santustah, content; yena-kenacit,
with anything-for the mere
maintenance of the body, as has
been said in, 'The gods know him to be
a Brahmana who is clad by anyone
whosoever' (Mbh. Sa. 245.12);
further, aniketah, he who is
homeless, who has no fixed place of
residence-'without a home' [ The
whole verse is 'He,however is certainly
the knower of Liberation who has
attachment neither for a hut, nor for
water, nor cloth, nor the three
places of pilgrimage, nor a home, nor a
seat, nor food.'], as said in
another Smrti; sthira-matih, steady-minded,
whose thought is steady with regard
to the Reality which is the supreme
Goal; and bhaktiman, who is full of
devotion-(he) is dear to Me. [There is
a repeated mention of Bhakti in
this Chapter because it is means to the
Knowledge which leads to the
supreme Goal.] The group of qualities
of the monks who meditate on the
Immutable, who have renounced all
desires, who are steadfast in the
knowledge of the supreme Goal-which
(qualities) are under discussion
beginning from 'He who is not hateful
towards any creature' (13), is
being concluded:
12.20 Tu, but; ye bhaktah, those
devotees of Mine, the monks who
have resorted to the highest
devotion consisting in the knowledge of the
supreme Reality; mat-paramah, who
accept Me as the supreme Goal, to
whom I, as mentioned above, who am
identical with the Immutable, am
the highest (parama), unsurpassable
Goal; and sraddadhanah, with faith;
paryupasate, seek for, practise;
idam, this; dharmyamrtam, ambrosia
that is indistinguishable from the
virtues-that which is indistinguishable
from dharma (virtue) is dharmya,
and this is called amrta (ambrosia) since
it leads to Immortality-;
yatha-uktam, as stated above in, 'He who is not
hateful towards any creature,'
etc.; te, they; are ativa, very; priyah, dear;
me, to Me. After having explained
what was hinted in, 'For I am very
much dear to the man of
Knowledge...'(7.17), that has been concluded
here in, 'Those devotees are very
dear to Me.' Since by seeking for this
ambrosia which is indistinguishable
from the virtues as stated above one
becomes very dear to Me, who am
theLord Vishnu, the supreme God,
therefore this nectar which is
indistinguishable from the virtues has to be
diligently sought for by one who is
a seeker of Liberation, who wants to
attain the coveted Abode of Visnu.
This is the purport of the sentence.
[Thus, after the consummation of
meditation on the qualified Brahman,
one who aspires after the
unqualified Brahman, who has the
qualifications mentioned in, 'He
who is not hateful towards any creature,'
etc., who is pre-eminently fit for
this purpose, and who practises sravana
etc. has the possibility of
realizing the Truth from which his Liberation
logically follows. Hence, the
conclusion is that the meaning of the word
tat (in the sentence tattvamasi)
has to be sought for, since his has the
power to arouse the comprehension
of the meaning of that sentence,
which is the means to Liberation.]
BHAGAVADGITA
English translation of Sri
Sankaracharya's Sanskrit Commentary - Swami
Gambhirananda
Chapter 13
RO
13.1 Sri Sankaracharya did not
comment on this sloka. Many editions of
the Bhagavadgita do not contain
this sloka.. If this sloka is included, the
total number of slokas in the
Bhagavadgita is 701.
13.2 The Lord specifies the body as
the object referred to by the
pronoun idam (this). O son of
Kunti, (this body) abhidhiyate, is referred
to; ksetram iti, as the
field-because it is protected (tra) against injury
(ksata), or because it perishes
(ksi), wastes away (ksar), or because the
results of actions get fulfilled in
the body as in a field (ksetra). The word
iti is used in the sense of 'as'.
They-who?-tadvidah, who are versed in
this, who know the 'field' and the
'knower of the field'; ahuh, call; tam,
him, the knower; yah, who; vetti
etat, is concious of, knows, it, the body,
the field-makes it, from head to
foot, an abject of his knowledge; makes
it an object of perception as a
separate entity, through knowledg which
is spontaneous or is acquired
through instruction; ksetrajna iti, as the
knower of the field. As before, the
word iti is used in the sense of 'as'.
They call him as the knower of the
field. Is it that the field and the
knower of the field thus mentioned
are to be understood through this
much knowledge only? The answer is,
no.
error
13.4 Srnu, hear, i.e., having
heard, understand; me, from Me, from My
utterance; samasena, in brief;
about (all) tat, that-the true nature of the
field and the Knower of the field,
as they have been described; as to yat,
what; tat, that-tat stands for that
which has been indicated as 'This
body' (in verse 1); ksetram, field
is, which has been referred to as 'this';
ca, and; yadrk, how it is along
with its own qualities; yadvikari, what its
changes are; ca, and; yatah, from
what cause; arises yat, what effect (-
arises is understood-); sah ca yah,
and who He, the Knower of the field
indicated above, is; ca, and;
yat-prabhavah, what His powers are. Yatprobhavah
is He who is possessed of the
powers arising from the
adjuncts. The word ca has been used
(throughout) in the sense of and.
For making the intellect of the
hearer interested the Lord praises that
true nature of the field and the
Knower of the field which is intended to
be taught:
13.5 Gitam, It has been sung of,
spoken of; bahudha, in various ways;
rsibhih, by the Rsis, by Vasistha
and others; sung prthak, separately;
vividhaih, by the different kinds
of; chandobhih, Vedic texts-chandas
mean the Rg-veda etc; by them; ca,
and; besides, hetumadbhih, by the
rational; and viniscitaih, by the
convincing, i.e. by those which are
productive of certain knowledge-not
by those which are in an ambiguous
form; brahma-sutra-padaih eva,
sentences themselves which are
indicative of and lead to Brahman.
Brahma-sutras are the sentences
indicative of Brahman. They are
called padani since Brahman is reached,
known, through them. By them indeed
has been sung the true nature of
the field and the Knower of the
field (-this is understood). The Self is
verily known through such sentences
as, 'The Self alone is to be
meditated upon' (Br. 1.4.7), which
are indicative of and lead to Brahman.
To Arjuna who had become interested
as a result of the eulogy, the
Lord says:
13.6 Mahabhutani, the great
elements: Those elements which are great
owing to their pervasion of all
midifications, and which are subtle. As for
the gross elements, they will be
spoken of by the word indriya-gocarah,
objects of the senses. Ahankarah,
egoism, which is the source of the
great elements and consists of the
idea of 'I'. Buddhih, intellect, the
source of egoism and consisting of
the faculty of judgement; ca, and; its
cause, the avyaktam eva, Unmanifest
itself, the Undifferentiated, the
power of God spoken of in, 'Maya of
Mine...difficult to cross' (7.14). The
word eva (itself) is used for
singling out Prakrti (Nature). The Prakrti
divided eightfold [The
undifferentiated (avyakta), mahat, egoism and the
five uncompunded subtle elements]
is this much alone. The word ca
(and) is used for joining the
various categories. The dasa, ten; indriyani,
organs : The five, organs ear etc.,
which are called sense-organs since
they produce perception, and the
(other) five organs-organ of speech,
hands, etc.-which are called
motor-organs since they accomplish
actions. They are ten. Ekam ca, and
the one-which is that?-the mind, the
eleventh, possessed of the power of
thinking etc. (see fn. on p. 173). Ca,
and; the panca, five;
indriya-gacarah, objects of the senses-such objects
as sound etc. The followers of the
Sankhya call these which are such the
twenty-four categories. Thereafter,
the Lord now says that even those
qualities which the Vaisesikas
speak of as the attributes of the sould are
certainly the attributes of the
field, but not of the Knower of the field:
13.7 Iccha, desire: Having
experienced again an object of that kind
which had given him the feeling of
pleasure earlier, a man wants to have
it under the idea that it is a
source of pleasure. That is this desire which
is an attribute of the internal
organ, and is the 'field' since it is an object
of knowledge. So also dvesah,
repulsion: Having experienced again an
object of that kind which he had
earlier felt as a cause of sorrow, he
hates it. That is this repulsion,
and it is surely the 'field' since it is an
object of knowledge. Similarly,
sukham, happiness- which is favourable,
tranquil, having the quality of
sattva-is the 'field' since it is an object of
knowledge. Duhkham, sorrow-which is
by nature adverse-, that, too, is
the 'field' since it is a knowable.
Sanghatah is the aggregate, the
combination, of body and organs.
Cetana, sentience, is a state of the
internal organ, manifest in that
aggregate like fire in a heated lump of
iron, and pervaded by an essence in
the form of a semblance of
Consciousness of the Self. That too
is the 'field' because it is an object
of knowledge. Dhrtih, fortitude, by
which are sustained the body and
organs when they get exhausted-that
too is the 'field' becuase it is an
object of knowledge. Desire etc.
have been selected as suggestive of all
the qualities of the internal
organ. The Lord concludes what has been
said: Etat, this; ksetram, field;
savikaram, together with its modifications
beginning from mahat (buddhi); has
been samasena, briefly; udahrtam,
spoken of. That 'field' which was
referred to as, 'This body is called the
field' (1), and is constituted by
the aggregate of the constituents of the
field has been explained in its
different forms beginning from the great
elements etc. ending with
fortitude. The Knower of the field whose
qualities are going to be
described, and by realizing which Knower of the
field along with His majesty
Immortality follows-of Him, togehter with His
attributes, the Lord Himself will
narrate in the verse, 'I shall speak of that
which is to be known' (12). But,
for the present, the Lord enjoins the
group of disciplines characterized
as humility etc. which lead one to the
knowledge of That (Knower of the
field)-that group of humility etc. which
are referred to by the word
Knowledge since they lead to Knowledge,
and owing to the existence of which
one becomes appropriately
competent for the realization of
that Knowable, and being endued with
which a monk is said to be
steadfast in Knowledge:
13.8 Amanitvam, humility-the
quality of a vain person is manitvam,
boasting about oneself; the absence
of that is amanitvam.
Adambhitvam, unpretentiousness-
proclaming one's own virtues is
dambhitvam; the absence of that is
adambhitvam. Ahimsa, non-injury,
absence of cruely towards
creatures; ksantih, for-bearance, remaining
undisturbed when offened by others;
arjavam, sincerity, uprightness,
absence of crookedness;
acarya-upasanam, service of the teacher,
attending on the teacher who
instructs in the disciplines for Liberation,
through acts of service etc.;
saucam, cleanliness-washing away the dirt
from the body with earth and water,
and internally, removing the 'dirt' of
the mind such as attachment etc. by
thinking of their opposites;
sthairyam, steadiness, perseverance
in the path to Liberation alone;
atma-vinigrahah, control of the
aggregate of body and organs which is
referred to by the word 'self', but
which is inimical to the Self; restricting
only to the right path that
(aggregate) which naturally strays away in all
directions. Further,
13.9 Vairagyam, non-attachment, the
attitude of dispassion; indriyaarthesu,
with regard to objects of the
senses, viz sound etc., with regard
to seen or unseen objects of
enjoyment; eva ca, and also; anahankarah,
absence of egotism, absence of
pride; janma-mrtyu-jara-vyadhi-duhkhadosa-
anudarsanam, seeing the evil in
birth, death, old age, diseases and
miseries-seeing the evil in each
one of them from 'birth' to 'miseries'.
The evil in birth consists in lying
in the womb and coming out of it;
seeing, i.e. thinking, of it.
Similarly, thinking of the evil in death; so also,
seeing in old age the evil in the
form of deprivation of intelligence,
strength and vigour, and becoming
an object of contempt. In the same
way, thinking of the evil in
diseases like headtache etc.; so also with
regard to miseries arising from
causes physical, natural and
supernatural. Or, duhkha-dosa may
mean the miseries themselves
which are evil. Seeing, as before,
that (evil in the form of miseries) in birth
etc.-birth is miserable, death is
miserable, old age is miserable, diseases
are miserable. Birth etc. are
miserable because they cause misery; not
that they are miseries in
themselves. [Birth etc. are perceivable events,
and as such are not miseries in
themselves.] Thus, when one thinks of
the evil in the form of miseries in
birth etc. dispassion arises with regard
to the pleasures in the body,
organs and objects. From that follows the
tendency of the organs towards the
indwelling Self for the realization of
the Self. The seeing of the evil in
the form of misery in birth etc. is called
Knowledge because it thus becomes a
cuase of the rise of Knowledge.
Moreover,
13.10 Asaktih,
non-attachment-attachment means merely the kind for
things arising from association;
the absence of that is asaktih; and
anabhisvangah, absence of
fondness-abhisvangah, is in fact a special
kind of attachment consisting of
the idea of self-identification; as for
instance, thinking 'I myself am
happy,' or, 'I am sorrowful,' when
somebody else is happy or unhappy,
and thinking 'I live', or, 'I shall die,'
when some- body else lives or
dies-With regard to what? In answer the
Lord says: putra-dara-grhadisu,
with regard to sons, wives, homes, etc.
From the use of 'etc.' (it is
understood that this fondness is) even with
regard to others who are liked very
much-retinue of sevants and so on.
And since both these (absence of
attachment and fondness) lead to
Knowledge, therefore they are
called Knowledge. And nityam, constant;
sama-cittatvam, equanimity of mind,
mental equipoise;-with regard to
what?-ista-anista-upapattisu, the
attainment of the desirable and the
undesirable; mental equipoise with
regard to them, always, without
exception. One does not become
happy on the attainment of the
desirable, nor does he become angry
on the attainment of the
undesirable. And that constant
equanimity of mind which is of this kind is
Knowledge Further,
13.11 Ca, and; avyabhicarini,
unwavering-not having any tendency to
deviate; bhaktih, devotion; mayi,
to Me, to God; ananya-yogena, with
single-minded concentration, with
undivided concentration-ananyayogah
is the decisive, unswerving
conviction of this kind: 'There is none
superior to Lord Vasudeva, and
hence He alone is our Goal'; adoration
with that. That too is Knowledge.
Vivikta-desa-sevitvam, inclination to
repair into a clean place-a place
(desa) naturally free (vivikta) or made
free from impurity etc. and snakes,
tigers, etc.; or, place made solitary
(vivikta) by being situated in a
forest, on a bank of a river, or in a temple;
one who is inclined to seek such a
place is vivikta-desa-sevi, and the
abstract form of that is
vivikta-desa-sevitvam. Since the mind becomes
calm in places that are indeed pure
(or solitary), therefore meditation on
the Self etc. occurs in pure (or
solitary) places. Hence the inclination to
retire into clean (or solitary)
places is called Knowledge. Aratih, lack of
delight, not being happy;
jana-samadi, in crowd of people-an
assemblage, a multitude of people
without culture, lacking in purity and
immodest-, (but) not (so) in a
gathering of pure and modest persons
since that is conducive to
Knowledge. Hence, lack of delight in an
assembly of common people is
Knowledge since it leads to Knowledge.
Besides,
13.12 Adhyatma-jnana-nityatvam,
steadfastness in the knowledge of
the Self: adhyatma-jnanam is the
knowledge of the Self, etc.; constant
dwelling in that is nityatvam.
Tattva-jnanartha-darsanam, contemplating
on the Goal of the knowledge of
Reality: Tattva-jnanam is that (realization
of Truth) which arises from the
fruition of application to the disciplines
like humility etc. which are the
means to knowledge. Its Goal (artha) is
Liberation, the cessation of
mundane existence. Contemplation (darsana)
on that is
tattva-jnana-artha-darsanam. For, when one engages in
contemplation on the result of the
knowledge of Reality, one gets the
urge to undertake the disciplines
which are its means. Etat, this-those
that have been stated from
'humility' etc. to 'contemplation on the Goal
of the knowledge of Reality';
proktam, is spoken of; iti, as; jnanam,
Knowledge, because they are meant
to lead one to Knowledge.
Ajnanam, ignorance; is yat, that
which is; anyatha, other; atah, than thiswhat
has been stated above. Contrarily,
arrogance, pretentiousness,
cruelty, revenge, insincerity, etc.
are to be known as ignorance so that,
since they are the cause of the
origination of worldly existence, they can
be avoided. To the question as to
what is to be known through the
aforesaid Knowledge, the Lord says,
'I shall speak of that which is to be
known,' etc. Objection: Do not
humility etc. constitute yama and niyama
[See fn. on p. 239.-Tr.]? The
Knowable is not known through them. For
humility etc. are not seen to
determine the nature of anything. Moreover,
everywhere it is observed that
whatever knowledge reveals its own
object, that itself ascertains the
nature of that object of knowledge (the
knowable). Indeed, nothing else is
known through a knowledge
concerning some other object. As
for instance, fire is not known through
the knowledge of a pot. Reply: This
is not a defect, for we have said
that they are called 'Knowledge'
because they lead one to Knowledge,
and because they are auxiliary
causes of Knowledge.
13.13 Pravaksyami, I shall speak
of, fully describe just as it is; tat, that;
yat, which; is jenyam, to be known.
In order to interest the hearer
through inducement, the Lord speaks
of what its result is: Jnatva, by
realizing; yat, which Knowable;
asnute, one attains; amrtam, Immortality,
i.e.; he does not die again.
Anadimat, without beginning-one having a
beginning (adi) is adimat; one not
having a beginning is anadimat. What
is that? The param, supreme,
unsurpassable; brahma, Brahman, which
is under discussion as the
Knowable. Here, some split up the phrase
anadimatparam as anadi and matparam
because, if the word anadimat
is taken as a Bahuvrihi compound,
['That which has no (a), beginning
(adi) is anadi.' Matup is used to
denote possession. Since the idea of
possession is a already implied in
anadi, therefore matup, if added after
it, becomes redundant.] then the
suffix mat (matup) becomes redundant,
which is undesirable. And they show
a distintive meaning: (Brahman is
anadi, beginningless, and is)
matparam, that of which I am the supreme
(para) power called Vasudeva.
Trully, the redundance could be avoided
in this way if that meanig were
possible. But that meaning is not
possible, because what is intended
is to make Brahman known only
through a negation of all
attributes by saying, 'It is called neither being
nor non-being.' It is contradictory
to show a possession of a distinctive
power and to negate attributes.
Therefore, although matup and a
bahuvrihi compound convey the same
meaning of 'possession', its
(matup's) use is for completing the
verse. [The Commentator accepts
anadimat as a nan-tatpurusa
compund. If, however, the Bahuvrihi is
insisted on, then the mat after
anadi should be taken as completing the
number of syllables needed for
versification. So, nat need not be
compounded with param.] Having
aroused an interest through
inducement by saying, 'The Knowable
which has Immortality as its result
is beeing spoken of by Me,' the
Lord says: Tat, that Knowable; ucyate, is
called; na sat, neither being; nor
is it called asat, non-being. Objection:
After strongly girding up the loins
and declaring with a loud voice, 'I shall
speak of the Knowable,' is it not
incongruous to say, 'That is called
neither being nor non-being'?
Reply: No. What has been said is surely
consistent. Objection: How? Reply:
For in all the Upanisads, the
Knowable, i.e. Brahman, has been
indicated only by negation of all
attributes-'Not this, not this'
(Br. 4.4.22), 'Not gross, not subtle' (op. cit.
3.3.8), etc.; but not as 'That is
this', for It is beyond speech. Objection:
Is it not that a thing which cannot
be expressed by the word 'being'
does not exist? Like-wise, if the
Knowable cannot be expressed by the
word 'being', It does not exist.
And it is contradictory to say, 'It is the
Knowable', and 'It cannot be
expressed by the word being.' Counterobjection:
As to that, no that It does not
exist, because It is not the
object of the idea, 'It is
non-being.' Objection: Do not all cognitions
verily involve the idea of being or
non-being? This being so, the
Knowable should either be an object
of a cognition involving the idea of
existence, or it should be an
object of a cognition involving the idea of
non-existence. Reply: No, because,
by virtue of Its being supersensuous,
It is not an object of cognition
involving either, of the two
ideas. Indeed, any object
perceivable by the senses, such as pot etc.,
can be either an object of
cognition involving the idea of existence, or it
can be an object of cognition
involving the idea of non-existence. But
this Knowable, being supersensuous
and known from the scriptures,
which are the sole means of (Its)
knowledge, is not, like pot etc., an
object of cognition involving
either of the two ideas. Therefore It is called
neither being nor non-being. As for
your objection that it is contradictory
to say, 'It is the Knowable, but it
is neither called being nor non-being,'-it
is not contradictory; for the
Upanisad says, 'That (Brahman) is surely
different from the known and,
again, It is above the unknown' (Ke. 1.4).
Objection: May it not be that even
the Upanisad is contradictory in its
meaning? May it not be
(contradictory) as it is when, after beginning with
the topic of a shed for a
sacrifice, [Cf. 'Pracinavamsam karoti, he
constructs (i.e. shall construct)
(the sacrificial shed) with its supporting
beam turned east-ward' (Tai, Sam.;
also see Sanskrit-English Dictionary,
Monier Williams).-Tr.] it is said,
'Who indeed knows whether there exists
anything in the other world or
not!' (Tai. Sam. 6.1.1)? Reply: No, since
the Upanisad speaking of something
that is different from the known and
the unknown is meant for
establishing an entity that must be realized.
[The Upanisadic text is not to be
rejected on the ground that it is
paradoxical, for it is meant to
present Brahman as indentical with one's
own inmost Self.] But, '...whether
there exists anything in the other
world,' etc. is merely an arthavada
[See note on p. 40. Here, the
passage, '...whether there
exists...,' etc. is to be interpreted as an
arthavada emphasizing, the need of
raising a shed, irrespective of any
other consideration.-Tr.] connected
with an injunction. From reason who
it follows that Brahman cannot be
expressed by such words as being,
non-being, etc. For, every word
used for expressing an object, when
heard by listeners, makes them
understand its meaning through the
comprehension of its significance
with the help of genus, action, quality
and relation; not in any other way,
because that is not a matter of
experience. To illustrate this: a
cow, or a horse, etc. (is comprehended)
through genus; cooking or reading,
through action; white or black,
through quality; a rich person or
an owner of cows, through relation. But
Brahman does not belong to any
genus. Hence it is not expressible by
words like 'being' etc.; neither is
It possessed of any qualitity with the
help of which It could be expressed
through qualifying words, for It is
free from qualities; nor can It be
expressed by a word implying action, It
being free from actions-which
accords with the Upanisadic text,
'Partless, actionless, calm' (Sv.
6.19). Nor has It any relation, since It is
one, non-dual, not an object of the
senses, and It is the Self. Therefore
it is logical that It cannot be
expressed by any word. And this follows
from such Upanisadic texts as,
'From which, words trun back' (Tai.
2.4.1), etc. Therefore it is
logical that It cannot be expressed by any
word. And this follows from such
Upanisadic texts as, 'From which,
words turn back' (Tai. 2.4.1), etc.
Since the Knowable (Brahman) is not
an object of the word or thought of
'being', there arises the
apprehension of Its nonexistence.
Hence, for dispelling that
apprehension by establishing Its
existence with the help of the adjuncts
in the form of the organs of all
creatures, the Lord says:
13.14 Tat, That-the Knowable;
sarvatah-pani-padam, which has hands
and feet everywhere-. The existence
of the Knower of the field is
revealed through th adjuncts in the
form of the organs of all creatures.
And the Knower of the field is
spoken of as such because of the limiting
adjuncts of the field. The field,
too, is diversely differentiated as hands,
feet, etc. All diversity in the
Knower of the field, caused by the
differences in the adjunct-the
field-, is certainly unreal. Hence, by
denying it, the nature of the
Knowable has been stated, in, 'That is called
neither being nor non-being.'
Although the unreal form is caused by the
limiting adjuncts, still, for the
comprehension of Its existence it is said,
'(It) has hands and feet
everywhere, etc., by assuming this as a quality of
the Knowable. Thus, as is well
known, there is saying of the people
versed in tradition, 'The
Transcendental is described with the help of
superimposition and its
refutation'. Everywhere the hands, feet, etc.,
which are perceived as limbs of all
bodies, perform, their duties due to
the presence of the power of the
Knowable (Brahman). Thus the
grounds for the inference of the
existence of the Knowable are
metaphorically spoken of as
belonging to the Knowable. The others have
to be explained similarly. That
Knowable has hands and feet everwhere.
That which has eyes, heads, and
mouths everywhere is sarvatoksi-siromukham.
That which has ears every-where is
sarvatah-srutimat: sruti
means the organs of hearing; that
which has it is sruti-mat. Tisthati, It
exists, remains established; loke,
in the multititude of creatures; avrtya,
by pervading; sarvam, them all.
With this purpose is view, that as a
result of the superimposition of
the organs like hands, feet, etc., which
are adjuncts, there may not be the
misconception that the Knowable is
possessed of them (adjuncts), the
(next) verse is begun:
13.15 Sarvendriya-guna-abhasam,
shining through the functions of all
the organs: By the use of the words
all the organs are understood ears
etc., known as the sense-organs and
motor-organs, as also the internal
organs-the intellect and the mind,
for they are equally the limiting
adjuncts of the Knowable. Besides,
the organs of hearing etc. become
the limiting adjuncts from the very
fact of the internal organ becoming
so. Hence, the Knowable gets
expressed through determination,
thinking, hearing, speaking, etc.
that are the functions of all the organs,
internal and external, which are
the limiting adjuncts. In this way, It is
manifest through the functions of
all the organs. The idea is that, that
Knowable appears to be as though
active owing to the functions of all
the organs, as it is said in the
Upanisadic text, 'It thinks, as it were, and
shakes, as it were' (Br. 4.3.7).
For that reason, again, is It not perceived
as being actually active? In answer
the Lord says: It is sarva-indriyavaritam,
devoid of all the organs, i.e.
bereft of all the instruments of
action. Hence the Knowable is not
active through the functioning of the
instruments of action. As for the
Upanisadic verse, 'Without hands and
feet He moves swiftly and grasps;
without eyes He sees, without ears He
hears' (Sv. 3.19), etc.-that is
meant for showing that that Knowable has
the power of adapting Itself to the
functions of all the organs which are
Its limiting adjuncts; but it is
not meant to show that It really has such
activity as moving fast etc. The
meaning of that verse is like that of the
Vedic text, 'The blind one
discoverd a gem' (Tai, Ar. 1.11). [This is an
artha-veda (see note on p.530),
which is not to be taken literally but
interpreted in accordance with the
context.] Since the Knowable is
devoid of all the instruments of
actions, therefore It is asaktam,
unattached, devoid of all
associations. Although It is of this kind, yet it is
ca eva, also verily; the
sarva-bhrt, supporter of all. Indeed, everything
has existence as its basis, because
the idea of 'existence' is present
everywhere. Verily, even mirage
etc. do not occur without some basis.
Therefore, It is sarva-bhrt, the
supporter of all-It upholds everything.
There can be this other organs as
well for the realization of the existence
of the Knowable: Nirgunam, without
quality-the qualities are sattva, rajas
and tamas; that Knowable is free
from them; and yet It is the gunabhoktr,
perceiver of qualities; i.e., that
Knowable is the enjoyer and
experiencer of the qualities,
sattva, rajas and tamas, which, assuming
the forms of sound etc., transform
them-selves into happiness, sorrow,
delusion, etc. Further,
13.16 Existing, bahih, outside- the
word bahih is used with reference to
the body including the skin, which
is misconceived through ignorance to
be the Self, and which is itself
taken as the boundary. Similarly, the word
antah, inside, is used with
reference to the indwelling Self, making the
body itself as the boundary. When
'outside' and 'inside' are used, there
may arise the contingency of the
nonexistence of That in the middle.
Hence this is said: acaram caram
eva ca, moving as well as not movingeven
that which appears as the body,
moving or not moving, is nothing
but the Knowable, in the same way
as the appearance of a snake on a
rope (is nothing but the rope). In
all empirical things, moving as also
non-moving, be the Knowable, why
should It not be known by all as
such? In answer it is said: It is
true that It shines through everything; still
it is subtle like space. Therefore,
although It is the Knowable, tat, It; is
avijneyam, incomprehensible to the
ignorant people; suksmatvat, due to
Its intrinsic subtleness. But to
the enlightened It is ever known from the
valid means of knowledge such as
(the texts), 'All this is verily the Self'
(Ch. 7.25.2), 'Brahman alone is all
this' (Nr. Ut.7), etc. It is durastham, far
away, since, to the unenlightened,
It is unattainable even in millions of
years. And tat, That; is antike,
near, since It is the Self of the
enlightened.
13.17 And further, tat, that;
jneyam, Knowable; though avibhaktam,
undivided, remaining the same in
all beings like space; iva sthitam,
appears to be existing; as
vibhaktam, divided; bhutesu, in all beings,
because It is perceived as existing
in the bodies themselves. And just as
a rope etc. are with regard to a
snake etc. That are falsely imagined,
similarly that Knowable is
bhutabhartr, the sustainer of all beings, sinced
It sustains all during the period
of their existence; grasisnu, the devourer,
at the time of dissolution; and
prabhavisnu, the originator, at the time of
creation. Further, it the Knowable
is not perceived though existing
everywhere, then It is darkness?
Not! What then?
13.18 Tat, that Knowable; is the
jyotih, Light; api, even; jyotisam, of the
lights-of the sun etc. For the
lights like the sun etc. shine because they
are enkindled by the light of
consciousness of the Self, as is known from
Upanisadic texts like, 'Illumined
by whose light the sun shines' (Tai. Br.
3.12.9.7), 'By Its light all this
shines variously' (Sv. 6.14), and from the
Smrti also, as here (in the Gita)
itself: 'That light in the sun...' (15.12), etc.
It is ucyate, spoken of as; param,
beyond, untouched by; tamasah,
darkness; ignorance. For cheering
up anyone who may become
disheartened by thinking that
Knowledge etc. is difficult to attain, the
Lord says: It is jnanam,
Knowledge-humility etc. (verse 7, etc.); jneyam,
the Knowable, which has been spoken
of in, 'I shall speak of that which
is to be known' (12); and
jnana-gamyam, the Known. The Knowable
itself is referred to as
jnanagamyam, when after being known, It
becomes the result of Knowledge.
But when It is an object to be known,
It is called jneyam. All these
three which are such, visthitam, specially
exist; hrdi, in the hearts, in the
intellects; sarvasya, of all, of all creatures.
For these three are, indeed,
perceived there. This verse is begun for
concluding the topic under
discussion:
13.19 Iti, thus; uktam, has been
spoken-commencing from 'I shall
speak of that which is to be known'
(12) and ending with 'It is spoken of
as beyond darkness' (17);
samasatah, in brief; the ksetram, field -
beginning with the 'great elements'
and ending with 'for titude' (5,6);
tatha, as also; jnanam,
Knowledge-beginning from 'humility' (7) and
ending with 'contemplation on the
Goal of the knowledge of Reality' (11);
and the jneyam, Knowable. All this
has been stated by way of
summarizing the purport of the
Vedas and the Gita. Who is fit for this
true knowledge? The answer is:
madbhaktah, My devotee, who
attributes the fact of being the
Self of all to Me who am God, Vasudeva,
the Omniscient, the supreme
Teacher, (and) whose conviction has been
saturated with the idea that
whatever he sees, hears or touches, all that
verily is Lord Vasudeva. Vijnaya,
by understanding; etat, this, the
aforesaid true knowledge; he
upa-padyate, becomes qualified; madbhavaya,
for My State (bhava) -the State of
being the supreme Self; for
that State of Mine. He attains
Liberation. There in the Seventh Chapter
have been presented the two aspects
[Cf. 15.16-18.] of God, viz the
higher and the lower, characterized
as the field and the Knower of the
field. And it has also been said,
'(Understand thus) that all things have
these as their source' (7.6). The
explanation as to how creatures have
the two aspects, the field and the
Knower of the field, as their source is
now being stated:
13.20 Viddhi, know; ubhau, both;
prakrtim Nature; and also the
purusam, individual soul;-these
two; Nature and the soul. the aspects of
God-to be api, verily; anadi,
without beginning. Those two that have no
beginning (adi), are anadi. Since
the godhood of God is eternal, therefore
it is logical that even His aspects
also should have eternality. For God's
god-hood consists verily in having
the two aspects. Those two aspects
through which God becomes the cause
of creation, continuance and
dissolution of the Universe, and
which are beginningless, are the sources
of mundane existence. Some
interpret the phrase anadi in the tatpurusa
[Tatpurusa: Name of a class of
compounds in which the first member
determines the sense of the other
members, or in which the last member
is defined or qualified by the
first, without losing its original
independence.-V.S.A.] sense of na
adi, not primeval (not cause).
(According to them) thereby indeed
is established the causality of God.
Again, if Nature and soul
themselves be eternal, the mundane existence
would surely be their creation, and
the causality of the mundane
existence would not be God's. That
is wrong because, there being
nothing to rule over before the
emergence of Nature and soul, there will
arise the contingency of God
ceasing to be God! And if the mundane
state be uncaused [Uncaused, i.e.
not caused by Nature and soul, but
by God independently of those two
aspects.] there arises the
contingency of the absence of
Liberation, [If God were. Himself the sole
cause of mundane existence,
independently of His two aspects, then it
would be endless because there
would be nothing to prevent liberated
souls from being put under bondage
again.] the scriptures becoming
useless, and the absence of bondage
and freedom. On the other hand,
all these become justifiable if God
and the two aspects be eternal.
How? Viddhi, know; the vikaran,
modifications that will be spoken of-the
intellect etc., the body and the
organs; ca eva, as also; gunan, the
qualities (sattva etc.)-manifest in
the form of the mental states of
happiness, sorrow and attachment;
as prakriti-sambhavan, born of
Nature. Nature, Maya, is the power
of God, which is the cause of the
modifications and which consists of
the three qualities. Those
modifications and qualities, which
have that Nature as their source,-
know those modifications and
qualities as 'born of Nature', as
transformations of Nature. Which
again, are those modifications and
qualities born of Nature?
13.21 Karya-karana-kartrtve, with
regard to the source of body and
organs: Karya is the body, and
karana are the thirteen [Five sense
organs, five motor organs, mind,
intellect and ego.] organs existing in it.
Here, by the word karya are
understood the aforesaid elements that
produce the body as also the
objects which are modifications born of
Nature. And since the
qualities-which are born of Nature and manifest
themselves as happiness, sorrow and
delusion-are dependent on the
organs, (therefore) they are
implied by the word karana, organs. The
kartrtvam, (lit) agentship, with
regard to these body and organs consists
in being the source of the body and
organs. With regard to this source of
the body and organs, prakrtih,
Nature; ucyate, is said to be; the hetuh,
cause, in the sense of being the
originator. Thus, by virtue of being the
source of body and organs, Nature
is the cause of mundane existence.
Even if the reading be
karya-karana-kartrtva, karya (effect, modification)
will mean anything that is the
transformation of something; and karana
(cause) will be that which becomes
transformed. So the meaning of the
compund will be: 'with regard to
the source of the effect and the cause'.
Or, karya means the sixteen [The
eleven organs (five sensory, five motor,
and mind) and the five objects
(sound etc.).] modificaitons, and karana
means the seven [Mahat, egoism, and
the five subtle elements.]
transformations of Nature. They
themselves are called effect and cuase.
So far as the agentship with regard
to these is concerned Nature is said
to be the cause, because of the
same reason of being their originator.
As to how the soul can be the cause
of mundane existence is being
stated: Purusah, the soul, the
empirical being, the knower of the field-all
these are synonymous; is the hetuh,
cause; bhoktrtve, so far as
enjoyership, the fact of being the
perceiver; sukha-duhkhanam, of
happiness and sorrow-which are
objects of experience, is concerned.
How, again, is it asserted with
respect to Nature and soul that, they are
the causes of mundane existence by
virtue of this fact of their
(respectively) being the source of
body and organs, and the perceiver of
happiness and sorrow? As to this
the answer is being stated: How can
there be any mundane existence if
there be no modification of Nature in
the form of body and organs,
happiness and sorrow, and cause and
effect, and there be no soul, the
conscious being, to experience them?
On the other hand, there can be
mundane existence when there is a
contact, in the form of ignorance,
between Nature-modified in the form
of body and organs, and cause and
effect as an object of experience
and the soul opposed to it as the
experiencer. Therefore it was
reasonable to have said that,
Nature and soul become the cause of
mundane existence by (respectively)
becoming the originators of the
body and organs, and the perceiver
of happiness and sorrow. What
again is this that is called
worldly existence? Worldly existence consists
in the experience of happiness and
sorrow; and the state of mundane
existence of the soul consists in
its being the experiencer of happiness
and sorrow. It has been asserted
that the state of mundane existence of
the soul consists in its being the
experiencer of happiness and sorrow.
How does it come about? This is
being answered:
13.22 Hi, since; purusah, the soul,
the experiencer; is prakrtisthah,
seated in Nature, which is
characterized as ignorance and gets
transformed into body and organs,
i.e., (since the soul) has become
identified with Nature; therefore,
bhunkte, [Bhunkte, lit. enjoys, here
means 'experiences'.-Tr.] it
enjoys, i.e. experiences; gunan, the qualitiesmanifest
as happiness, sorrow and delusion;
prakrtijan, born of Nature,
thinking thus, 'I am happy,
sorrowful, deluded, learned.' Even though
ignorance continues as a cause,
still the main cause of worldly
existence, of birth, is the
contact, the self-identification, with the
qualities-happiness,sorrow, and
delusion-when they are experienced, as
is affirmed by the Upanisadic text,
'What it desires, it resolves' (Br. 4.4.5)
[See Sankaracarya's Comm. on
this.-Tr.]. That very fact is stated here:
Gunasangah, contact with the
qualities; is karanam, the cause; asya, of
its, the soul's, the experiencer's;
sad-asad-yoni-janmasu, births in good
and evil wombs. Self-identification
with the qualities is the cause of the
experience of births in good and
evil wombs. Or the meaning is, 'Selfidentification
with the qualities is the cause or
its worldly existence
through birth in good and evil
wombs,' where the words 'of worldly
existence' have to be supplied. The
good wombs are he wombs of gods
and others; evil wombs are the
wombs of gods and others; evil wombs
are the wombs of beasts etc. From
the force of the context it is to be
understood that there is no
contradiction in including even human
wombs among 'good and evil wombs'.
It amounts to saying that
ignorance-called 'being seated in
Nature'-and the contact with. i.e. the
desire for, the qualities are the
causes of worldly existence. And this is
said so that they can be avoided.
And in the scripture Gita it is a wellknown
fact that knowledge and dispassion,
accompanied with
renunciation, are the causes of
removing this (ignorance and selfidentification
with the qualities). That knowledge
about the field and the
Knower of the field, too, has been
presented earlier. This has also been
said in, '...by realizing which one
attains Immortality' (12), etc., through
the process of refutation of
elements alien (to the Self) and
superimposition of qualities
belonging to others (that are not the Self).
[Verse 12 deals with the refutation
of alien elements, and vere 13 with
the superimposition of qualities
belonging to others.] A direct
presentation is again being made of
that (knowledge) itself:
13.23 He who is the upadrasta,
Witness, who while staying nearby does
not Himself become involved: As
when the priests and the performer of a
sacrifice remain engaged in duties
connected with the sacrifice, there is
another (called Brahma) remaining
nearby who is unengaged, is versed
in the science of sacrifices and
witnesses the merit or demerit of the
activities of the priest and the
performer of the sacrifice, similarly, He
who is not engaged in the
activities of and is different from the body and
organs, who has characteristics
other than theirs, and is the proximate
(upa) observer (drasta) of the body
and organs engaged in their duties, is
the upa-drasta. Or: The observers
are the body, eyes, mind, intellect
and the soul. Of them the body is
the external observer. Proceeding
inwards from that (body), the Self
is the inmost as also the proximate
observer, compared with which there
is no other higher and inner
observer. The Self, because of
being the most proximate observer, is the
upadrasta. Or, It is the upadrasta
since, like the non-looker of a sarifice,
It witness everything. And He is
the anu-manta, Permitter:
Anumananam, approval, means
satisfaction with those performers (viz
body and organs) as also their
perfomances. The agent of that (approval)
is the anumanta. Or, He is the
anumanta since, even though Himself not
engaged in the activities of the
body and organs, He appears to be
favourably disposed towards and
engaged in them. Or, He is the
anumanta because, when the body and
organs are engaged in their own
functions, He remains as a witness
and never dissuades them. It is the
bharta, Sustainer: Bharanam means
the continuance in their own state
of the body, organs, mind and
intellect, which reflect consciousness and
have become aggregated owing to the
need of serving the purpose [Viz
enjoyment, or Liberation.-Tr.] of
some other entity, viz the conscious
Self. And that (continuance) is
verily due to the consciousness that is the
Self. In this sense the Self is
said to be the Sustainer. It is the bhokta,
Experiencer: As heat is by fire,
similarly, the experiences of the intellectin
the form of happiness, sorrow and
delusion in relation to all objects-,
when born as though permeated by
the consciousness that is the Self,
are manifested differently by the
Self which is of the nature of eternal
Consciousness. In this sense the
Self is said to be the Experiencer. He
is maheswarah, the great God,
because, as the Self of all and
independent, He is the great Ruler.
He is paramatma, the
transcendental Self, because He is
the Self which has the characteristics
of being the supreme Witness etc.
of (all) those-beginning from the body
and ending with the intellect-which
are imagined through ignorance to
be the indwelling Self. He is api
ca, also; uktah, spoken of, referred to, in
the Upanisads; iti, as, with the
words; 'He is the indwelling One, the
paramatma, the transcendental
Self.' [Ast reads atah in place of antah.
So the translation of the sentence
will be: Therefore He is also referred to
as the transcendental Self in the
Upanisads.-Tr.] Where is He? The
parah, suprem; purusah, Person, who
is higher than the Unmanifest and
who will be spoken of in, 'But
different is the supreme Person who is
spoken of as the transcendental
Self' (15.17); is asmin, in this; dehe,
body. What has been presented in,
'...also understand Me to be the
Knower of the field' (2), has been
explained and conclude.
13.24 Sah yah, he who; vetti,
knows, in the manner described; the
purusam, Person, that Self
possessed of the characteristics stated
above, as 'I myself (am That)'; and
knows prakrtim, Nature as described
above, which is characterized as
ignorance; to have been eradicated by
Knowledge, saha, along with;
gunaih, the qualities which are its
modifications; na abhijayate, will
not be born; bhuyah, again-after the fall
of this body of the man of
realization, he does not become born again for
(taking) another body, i.e. he does
not take up another body; sarvatha
api, in whatever way; vartamanah,
he may live. From the word api it is
understood that, it goes without
saying that one who is firm in his own
duty is not reborn. Objection:
Though it has been said that there is
absence of rebirth after the dawn
of Knowledge, still is not illogical that
actions done (in the present life)
before the rise of Knowledge and those
done subsequently, as also those
done in the many past lives, should be
destroyed without yielding their
results? Hence there should be three
births! For destruction of acquired
merit is not logical, to the same extent
as actions that have produced the
present birth and are yielding their
proper results (cannot be
destroyed). Besides, it is not understood that
actions have distinctions [Since
all actions arise from ignorance, they are
on the same level so far so they
are opposed to Knowledge; i.e., there
can be no such distinction among
actions as 'those which have started
yielding results' and 'those that
have not'.]. Therefore, the actions of the
three kinds, without exception,
will produce three births or they all
collectively will produce one
birth. Otherwise, if the acquired merits
become destroyed, it will lead to
loss of faith everywhere as well as to
the purposelessness of scriptures.
Therefore it has been illogical to say,
'he will not be born again.' Reply:
No, for the burning away of all the
actions of the man of knowledge has
been stated in hundreds of
Upanisadic texts such as: 'And all
one's actions become dissipated'
(Mu. 2.2.8); 'Anyone who knows
(that supreme) Brahman, becomes
Brahman' (op. cit. 3.2.9); 'For him
the delay is for so long only (as he
does not become freed)' (Ch.
6.14.2); 'As the fibres at the tip of a blade
of reed (become completely
burnt...,' so) all actions 'get completely
burnt' (op. cit. 5.24.3). Here too
the burning of all actions has been
stated in, 'as a blazing fire
reduces pieces of wood to ashes,...'etc.
(4.37), and He will also say so
(later) [See 18.66: 'I shall free you from all
sins,' etc.-Tr.]. This accords with
reason also. Verily, actions, which
arise from the seed of evils
[Klesas, evils-see note under 8.19-Tr.] like
ignorance and desires, germinate
the sprout of rebirth. Here also it has
been said by the Lord in various
places that actions which are
associated with egoism and desire
for results bear fruits, not the others.
And there is also the verse: 'As
seeds burnt by fire do not germinate, so
also the Self does not acquire
another body due to evils that have been
burnt by Knowledge (cf. Mbh. Va.
199. 107). Objection: It may be
granted for the present that
actions performed after the rise of
Knowledge are burnt by Knowledge,
since they coexist with Knowledge.
But the burning away of actions
done in this life prior to the rise of
Knowledge and those done in the
many past lives is not reasonable.
Reply: No, because of the
qualification, 'all actions' (4.37). Objection:
May it not be that 'all actions'
means those that are undertaken after
Illumination? Reply: No, for there
is no reason for the restriction (of the
meaning). On the other hand, as for
the statement, 'just as actions that
have produced the present birth and
are already active in producing their
results do not get dissipated even
after Illumination, similarly it is not
reasonable that actions which have
not commenced producing their
results should get
dissipated,'-that is wrong. Objection: Why? Reply:
Since they have already begun
producing results, like an arrow that has
been shot: As an arrow, freed
earlier from a bow for hitting a target, even
after piercing through the target
comes to a stop only after falling down
as a result of the dissipation of
its initial momentum, similarly, actions
that produced the (present) body
verily continue, even after fulfilling the
purpose of maintaining the body, to
exist as before until the dissipation
of their inherent tendencies. But,
as that very arrow, when it has not
acquired the momentum, needed for
action, when it has not been shot
even though fixed on the bow, can
be withdrawn, similarly, actions
which have not begun yielding their
results may be rendered
unproductive by Knowledge, even
while existing in their receptacle. [The
internal organ bearing the
reflection of Consciousness.] Hence, it is
established that , it has been
reasonable to state that on the fall of the
present body of an enlightened
person, 'He is not born again.' Here are
being presented these meditation
etc. which are the alternative means
for the realization of the Self:
13.25 Dhyanena, through meditation:
Meditation means contemplation
(on the Self) after withdrawing
into the mind with concentration the
organs of hearing etc. from the
objects like sound etc., and then
withdrawing the mind into the
indwelling conscious Self. Thus, from the
citation of such illustrations as,
'the crane meditates, as it were, 'the
earth meditates, as it were; the
mountains meditate, as it were' (Ch.
7.6.1), it follows that meditation
is a constant and uninterrupted current
of thought like a line of pouring
oil. Through that meditation, kecit, some
yogis; pasyanti, realize; the
indwelling conscious atmanam, Self; atmani,
in (their) intellect; atmana, with
the help of the internal organ that has
been purified by meditation. Anye,
others; sankhyena yogena, through
Sankhya-yoga: Sankhya means
thinking, 'These qualities, viz sattva,
rajas and tamas, are objects of my
perception; I am the Self, distinct
from them, a witness of their
functions, eternal and different from the
qualities.' This Sankhya is Yoga.
[By Sankhya is meant that knowledge
which arises from the foregoing
reflection. This knowledge is itself called
Yoga (concentration of mind)
inasmuch as it is similar to Yoga in leading
to the realization of the Self.]
Through that they realize the Self with the
help of the internal organ. This is
how it is to be construed. And anye,
others; karma-yogena, through
Karma-yoga-action itself being the Yoga:
Action performed with the idea of
dedication to God is figuratively called
Yoga since it leads to Yoga.
(others realize) with the help of that (action),
through purification of the mind
and rise of Knowledge. [The best among
the yogis are competent for
meditation (dhyana); the modiocre for
reflection (Sankhya); and the
lowest for Karma-yoga.]
13.26 Anye tu, others again;
ajanantah, who do not know the Self as
described above; evam, thus, even
in one of these alternative ways;
upasate, take to thinking, take to
reflection, being imbued with faith;
srutva, after hearing; anyebhyah,
from others, from the teachers, having
been told, 'Think only of this.' Te
api ca, they, too; sruti-parayanah, who
are devoted to hearing, to whom
hearing is the supreme course, the
best discipline for starting on the
path to Liberation, i.e., those who,
themselves lacking in
discrimination, accept only others' advice as most
authoritative; eva, certainly;
ati-taranti, overcome; mrtyum, death, i.e. the
mundane existence which is fraught
with death. The implication is; It
goes without saying that those
discriminating people who are
idenpendent in the application of
the valid means of knowledge, cross
over death. That the knowledge of
the identity of the Knower of the field
and God leads to Liberation has
been stated in, '...by realizing which one
attains Immortality' (12). For what
reason is it so? To point out that
reason the (next) verse is begun:
13.27 Bharatarsabha, O scion of the
Bharata dynasty; yavat kincit,
whatever; sattvam, object;-as to
whether they are without exception the
Lord says-sthavara-jangamam, moving
or non-moving; sanjayate, comes
into being; viddhi, know; tat,
that; as originating ksetra-ksetrajnasamyogat,
from the association of the field
and the Knower of the field.
Objection: What, again, is meant by
this 'association of the field and the
Knower of the field'? Since the
Knower of the field is partless like space,
therefore Its conjunction with the
field cannot be a kind of relationship
like coming together of a rope and
a pot through the contact of their
parts. Nor can it be an intimate
and inseparable relation as between a
thread and a cloth, since it is not
admitted that the field and the Knower
of the field are mutually related
by way of being cause and effect. Reply:
The answer is: The association of
the field and the Knower of the fieldwhich
are the object and the subject,
respectively, and are of different
natures-is in the form of
superimposition of each on the other an also of
their qualities, as a consequence
of the absence of discrimination
between the real natures of the
field and the Knower of the field. This is
like the association of a rope,
nacre, etc. with the superimposed snake,
silver, etc. owing to the absence
of discrimination between them. This
association of the field and the
Knower of the field in the form of
superimposition is described as
false knowledge. After having known the
distinction between and the
characteristics of the field and the Knower
of the field according to the
scriptures, and having separated, like a stalk
from the Munjagrass, the
above-described Knower of the field from the
field whose characteristics have
been shown earlier, he who realizes the
Knowable (i.e. the Knower of the
field)-which, in accordance with 'That is
neither called being nor non-being'
(12), is devoid of all distinctions
created by adjuncts- as identical
with Brahman; and he who has the firm
realization that the field is
surely unreal like an elephant created by
magic, a thing seen in a dream, an
imaginary city seen in the sky, etc.,
and it appears as though real-for
him false knowledge becomes
eradicated, since it is opposed to
the right knowledge described above.
Since the cause of his rebirth has
been eliminated. therefore what was
said in, 'He who knows thus the
Person and Nature along with the
qualities...', that the man of
realization is not born again (23), has been a
reasonable statement. In 'He...will
not be born again' (23) has been
stated the result of right
knowledge, which is the absence of birth owing
to the destruction of ignorance
etc., the seeds of worldly existence. The
cause of birth, viz the association
of the field and the Knower of the field
brought about by ignorance, has
also been stated. Hence, although right
knowledge, which is the remover of
that ignorance, has been spoken of,
still it is being stated over again
in other words:
13.28 Sah, he; pasyati, sees; yah,
who; pasyati, sees;-whom?-
parameswaram, the supreme Lord-the
Lord who is supreme as
compared with the body, organs,
mind, intellect, the Unmanifest and the
individual soul; as tisthantam,
existing, having His presence; samam,
equally, without
distinction;-where?-sarvesu, in all; bhutesu, beings, all
living things from Brahma to the
non-moving;-he who sees Him existing
equally in all living things. The
Lord specifies them by the word
vinasyatsu, among the perishable;
and He also specifies Him, the
supreme Lord, by the word
avinasyantam, the Imperishable. This is
meant for showing the absolute
difference between the living things and
God. How? For, all the
modifications [See note 3 on p.38.-Tr.] of an
existing thing have as their root
that modification of an existing thing
described as birth. All other
modifications of existing things that follow
birth end with destruction. After
destruction there is no modification of
an existing thing, because the
object itself becomes nonexistent. Indeed,
qualities can exist so long as the
thing qualified exists. Therefore, by the
reiteration of the absence of the
last modification of an existing thing, all
its preceding modifications become
negated along with their effects.
Hence it is established that the
supreme Lord is very greatly different
from all beings, and is also
Unconditioned [Free from all modifications
that things are subject to.] and
One. He sees who thus sees the
supreme Lord as described.
Objection: Is it not that all poeple see?
What is the need of specification?
Reply: True, they see; but they see
contrarily! Hence the Lord
specifies, 'He alone sees'. As in comparison
with one who, suffering from the
(eye) disease called Timira, sees many
moons, the person who sees one moon
is distingusihed by saying, 'He
alone sees,' similarly, here as
well, the man who sees the one undivided
Self as described above is
distinguished from those who contrarily see
many and differentiated selves, by
saying 'He alone sees'. Others,
though seeing, do not see because
they see contrarily like the person
who sees many moons. This is the
meaning. The obove-described true
knowledge has to be praised by
stating its result. Hence the verse
begins:
13.29 Hi, since; pasyan, by seeing,
by realizing; samam, equally;
isvaram, God, i.e., (by realizing
Him) as described in the immediately
preceding verse; who is
samavasthitam, present alike; sarvatra,
everywhere, in all beings;-what
follows from seeing equally?-he na, does
not; hinasti, injure; his own
atmanam, Self; atmana, by the Self, by his
own Self; tatah, therefore, as a
result of that non-injuring; yati, he attains;
the param, supreme; gatim, Goal,
called Liberation. Objection: Is it not
that no creature whatsoever injures
himself by himself? Why do you refer
to an irrelevant thing by saying,
'He does not injure...,which is like
saying, 'Fire should neither be lit
on the earth nor in the sky,' etc.?
Reply: This defect does not arise,
because it is logical with reference to
an unenlightened person's ignoring
the Self. For, all unillumined people
ignore the very wellknown Self
which is manifest and directly perceptible,
and regard the non-Self as the
Self. By performing righteous and
unrighteous acts they destroy even
that self which has been accepted,
and adopt another new self. And
destroying even that, they take up
another. Similarly, destroying even
that, they adopt another. In this way
they destroy the self that had been
accepted successively. Thus, all
unillumined persons are destroyers
of the Self. But that which is the Self
in reality, even that remains as
though destroyed for ever by ignorance,
because of the absence of any
benefit from Its presence. So, all
unenlightened persons are, verily,
destroyers of the Self. On the
contrary, the other person who has
realized the Self as described does
not injure in either way [i.e.
either through superimposition or through
non-super-imposition.] the Self by
his own Self. Therefore he attains the
supreme Goal, i.e., the result
stated above comes to him. Lest it be
doubted that what was said in,
'seeing equally God who is present in all
beings, he does not injure the Self
by the Self, is improper with regard to
the selves which are diverse
according to the differences created by the
variety in their own qualities and
actions, the Lord says:
13.30 And yah, he who; pasyati,
sees, realizes; karmani, actions, those
performed through speech, mind and
body; as kriyamanani, being done,
being accomplished; sarvasah, in
various ways; prakrtya, by Nature-
Nature is God's Maya consisting of
the three qualities, as is said in the
Upanisadic text, 'However, know
Maya as Nature' (Sv. 4.10); by that
Nature; eva, itself-not by the
other [Not by the Pradhana of the
Sankhyas, known otherwise as
prakrti.] which transforms itself in the
form of cause and effects such as
Mahat etc.; tatha, and also; atmanam,
the Self, the Knower of the field;
as akartaram, the non-agent, devoid of
all adjuncts; sah, he; pasyati,
sees-he is the one who has realized the
supreme Reality. This is the idea.
What is implied is that there is no valid
proof about differences in the
Non-agent who is devoid of qualities and
is unconditioned like space. The
Lord elaborates again in other words
that very true knowledge:
13.31 Yada, when, at the time when;
anupasyati, one realizes-having
reflected in accordance with the
instructions of the scriptures and the
teachers, one realizes as a matter
of one's own direct experience that
'All this is but the Self' (Ch.
7.25.2); that bhuta-prthak-bhavam, the state
of diversity of living things; is
ekastham, rooted in the One, existing in the
one Self; and their vistaram,
manifestation, origination; tatah, eva, is also
from That-when he realizes that
origination in such diverse ways as, 'the
vital force is from the Self, hope
is from the Self, memory [Smara,
memory; see Sankaracarya's Comm. on
Ch. 7.13.1.-Tr.] is from the Self,
space is from the Self, fire is
from the Self, water is from the Self, coming
into being and withdrawal are owing
to the Self, food is from the Self'
(op. cit. 7.26.1); tada, then, at
that time; brahma sampadyate, one
becomes identified with Brahman
Itself. This is the import. If the same
Self be the Self in all the bodies,
then there arises the possiblity of Its
association with their defects.
Hence this is said:
13.32 Anadivat, being without
beginning: Adih means cause; that which
has no cause is anadih. That which
has a cause undergoes loss of its
own characteristics. But this One,
being causeless, has no parts. This
being so, It does not suffer loss.
So also, nirgunatvat, being without
qualities: indeed, It si only
something possessing qualities that perishes
owing to the losss of its
qualities. But this One, being without qualities,
does not perish. Hence, ayam, this;
paramatma, supreme Self; is
avyayah, immutable. It suffers no
depletion. Therefore It is immutable.
Since this is so, therefore, api,
although; sarira-sthah, existing in the
body-since the perception of the
Self occurs in the bodies, It is said to
be 'existing in the body'; even
then, It na, does not; karoti, act. From the
very fact that It does not act, It
na, is not; lipyate, affected by the result
of any action. For, one who is an
agent of action becomes affected by its
result. But this One is not an
agent. Hence It is not affected by any
result. This is the meaning.
Objection: Who is it, again, that acts in the
body and becomes affected? On the
one hand, if there be some
embodied being other than the
supreme Self who acts and becomes
affected, then it has been improper
to say in, 'And also understand Me
to be the Knower of the field,'
etc., that the Knower of the field and God
are one. Again, if there be no
embodied being who is different from God,
then it has to be stated who is it
that acts and gets affected. Or it has to
be asserted that the supreme One
does not exist. [If the supreme One
also acts like us, then He is no
God.] Thus, since the Upanisadic
philosophy as stated by the Lord is
in every way difficult to understand
and difficult to explain, it has
therefore been abandoned by the
Vaisesikas, the Sankhyas, the
Jainas and the Buddhists. Reply: As to
that, the following refutation has
been stated by the Lord Himself in, 'But
it is Nature that acts' (5.14).
Indeed, Nature, which is nothing but
ignorance, acts and becomes
affected. In this way empirical dealing
becomes possible; but in reality it
does not occur in the one supreme
Self. It has been accordingly shown
by the Lord in various places that
there is no duty to be performed by
those who adhere to this philosophy
of discriminating knowledge of the
supreme Reality, who are steadfast in
Knowledge, who have spurned actions
arising out of ignorance, and who
are mendicants belonging to the
highest Order of monks. The Lord cites
an illustration to show like what
It does not act and is not affected:
13.33 Yatha, as; sarva-gatam, the
all-pervading; akasam, space;-
though pervasive, still, na
upalipyate, is not defiled, does not come into
contact; saukmyat, because of its
subtlety; tatha, similarly; atma, the
Self; avasthitah, present,
sarvatra, everywhere; dehe, in the body; na, is
not; upalipyate, defiled. Further,
13.34 Yatha, as; ekam, the one;
ravih, sun; prakasayati, illumines;
imam, this; krtsnam, whole; lokam,
world tatha, similarly;-who?-ksetri,
the Knower of the field, i.e. the
supreme Self, though one; prakasayati,
illumines; krtsnam, the whole;
ksetram, field, from the 'great elements' to
'fortitude' (cf. 5-6). Here the
illustration of the sun serves to highlight
two aspects of the Self, viz that,
like the sun, the Self is one in all the
fields, and that It remains
unaffected. This verse is meant for
summarizing the idea of the whole
of this chapter:
13.35 Ye, those who; viduh, know;
evam, thus, in the manner described
above; jnana-caksusa, through the
eye of wisdom-the eye is the
realization in the form of the
knowledge of the Self, which arises from
following the instructions of the
scriptures and teachers; through that
eye of wisdom; antaram, the
distinction, the particular mutual distinction;
ksetra-ksetrajnayoh, beween the
field and the Knower of the field as they
have been explained; and
bhuta-prakrti-moksam, the annihilation of the
Matrix of beings-the Matrix of
beings is that which is described as
ignorance and is called the
Unmanifest; (those who know) the
annihilation (moksanam) of that
Matrix of beings; te, they; yanti, reach,
go to; param, the Supreme, to
Brahman, the Reality which is the suprme
Goal. The idea is that they do not
take up a body again.
BHAGAVADGITA
English translation of Sri
Sankaracharya's Sanskrit Commentary - Swami
Gambhirananda
Chapter 14
RO
14.1 The word param should be
connected with the remote word
jnanam. Pravaksyami, I shall speak;
bhuyah, again-even though spoken
of more than once in all the
preceding chapters; of the param, supremeit
is supreme because it is concerned
with the supreme Reality;-which is
that?-jnanam, Knowledge; uttamam,
the best-since it has the best
result; jnananam, of all
knowledges-. 'Of all knowledges' does not mean
'of humility' etc. (13.7-11). What
then? It means 'among knowledges of
all knowable things like sacrifice
etc.' They do not lead to Liberation, but
this (Knowledge) leads to
Liberation. Hence the Lord praises it with the
words 'supreme' and 'best', so as
to arouse interest in the intellect of
the listener. Yat jnatva, by
realizing which, by attaining which
Knowledge; sarve, all; munayah, the
contemplatives, the monks [But not
those who espoused monasticsim as a
formality in in the fourth stage of
life.] gatah, reached, attained;
itah, from here-when this bondage of the
body had ceased; param, the
highest; siddhim, Perfection, called
Liberation. And the Lord shows the
infallibility of this Perfection:
14.2 Agatah, those who attain; mama
sadharmyam, identity with Me the
supreme God, unity with My real
nature-sadharmyam, however, does
not mean similarity of attributes,
for, in the scripture Gita, distinction
between the Knower of the field and
God is not admitted; and this
statement of the result is by way
of eulogy-; upasritya, by resorting to i.e.
by following; idam, this; jnanam,
Knowledge as described, i.e., by
following the means to Knowledge;
na, are not; upajayante, born,
produced; api, even; sarge, during
creation; nor do they vyathanti, suffer
pain, i.e. they do not perish;
pralaye, during dissolution, when even
Brahma perishes. The Lord says that
association of this kind between
the field and the Knower of the
field is the origin of all beings:
14.3 Mama, My own Maya, i.e.
Prakrti consisting of the three qualities,
which belongs to Me; is the yonih,
womb [Here Ast. adds 'karanam,
cause' (-off all the
creatures).-Tr.] for all the creatures. Since it (Prakrti) is
great (mahat) as compared with all
its effects, and it is the sustainer
(brahma) [Prakrti is brahma since
it permeates all of its own products.-
A.G.] of all its own
transformations, therefore the womb itself is qualified
as mahat brahma. Tasmin, in that,
in the womb which is the greatsustainer;
aham, I, God, possessed of the
power in the form of the two
aspects, viz the field and the
Knower of the field; dadhami, place,
deposit; garbham, the seed-the seed
of the birth of Hiranayagarbha, te
seed which is the cause of the
birth of all things-; i.e., I bring the field
into association with the Knower of
the field who conforms to the nature
of the limiting adjuncts, viz
ignorance, desire and activity. Tatah, from
that, from that deposition of the
seed; O scion of the Bharata dynasty,
bhavati, occurs; sambhavah, the
birth, origination; sarva-bhutanam, of all
things, following the birth of
Hiranyagarbha.
14.4 O son of Kunti, yah, whatever;
murtayah, forms-that have their
parts and limbs integrated, which
is characteristic of the formation of
bodies; sambhavanti, are born;
sarva-yonisu, from all wombs-from the
wombs of gods, manes, humans,
cattle, beasts, etc.; tasam, of them, of
those forms; mahat brahma, the
great-sustainer, which exists as all the
(various) forms; is the yonih,
womb, source. Aham, I, God; am the pita,
father; bija-pradah, who desposits
the seed, the agent of impregnation.
(Now) is being stated which are the
qualities and how they bind:
14.5 O mighty-armed one-who are
possessed of hands which are great
and mighty, and extend upto the
knees, gunah, the qualities are named
sattva, rajas and tamas. And they,
prakrti-sambhavah, born of Nature,
born of Maya which belongs to God;
nibadhnanti, bind, as it were; the
avyayam, immutable-the immutability
has been spoken of in the verse,
'Being without beginning...,' etc.
(13.31); dehinam, embodied being;
dehe, to the body. The word guna is
a technical term, and is not a
quality like colour etc. which
inhere in some substance. Nor is it meant
here that quality and substance are
different. Therefore they are ever
dependent on the Knower of the
field, just as qualities are dependent (on
some substance). Being of the
nature of ignorance, they bind the
Knower of the field, as it were.
They come into being, making That
(Knower) their sustainer. In this
sense it is said that they bind. Objection;
Was it not said that the embodied
one does not become defiled (see
13.31-2)? So, why as it contrarily
said here that 'they bind'? Reply: We
have rebutted this objection by
using the word iva (as it were) in 'they
bind, as it were'.
14.6 Tatra, among them, among
sattva etc.;-the characteristics of
sattva itself is being stated
first-sattva, nirmalatvat, being pure like a
crystal stone;is prakasakam, an
illuminator; and anamayam, harmless.
Anagha, O sinless one; badhnati, it
binds. How? Sukhasangena, through
attachment to happiness. Bringing
about the association of happiness,
which is the object, with the Self,
which is the subject, in the form of the
idea, 'I am happy', is certainly an
unreal contact with happiness. This as
such is nescience, for the quality
of an object cannot belong to a
subject. And it has been said by
the Lord that all the qualities, from
'desire' to 'fortitude' (see 13.6),
are, indeed, of the field, which is the
object. Therefore, it is certainly
through nescience, which is an attribute
[In reality, though nescience has
no connection with the Self, yet, since
there is none other with which it
can become associated and since it has
no independence, therefore the
Commentator imagines it as an attribute
of the Self.] of the Self and has
the characteristics of non-discrimination
between object and subject, that
sattva apparently brings about the
association with happiness, which
is not the Self. It makes (the Self)
attached, as it were; [Here Ast.
adds 'asangam saktam iva, (makes) the
Unattached attached, as it
were'.-Tr.] makes one not possessed of
happiness as though possessed of
it! Similarly, it binds also jnanasangena,
through attachment to knowledge.
[Jnana, derived in the sense
of 'that through which one knows,'
means an instrument of knowledge,
and not Consciousness. (S.:
Knowledge arising from the study of the
import of various scriptures; or,
jnanam, means the scriptures, through
which the supreme God is known and
which leads to devotional
practices, but not to steadfastness
in (the absolute) Brahman.] Because
of its concomitance with happiness,
knowledge here is an attribute of
the internal organ, the field, but
not of the Self. Were it an attribute [If
knowledge were a natural attribute
of the Self, then there can be no
question of the latter again
becoming bound through association with
the former.] of the Self, there
could be no contact (between it and the
Self), and 'bondage' would become
illogical. Association with knowledge
etc. should be understood in the
same sense as with happiness.
14.7 Viddhi, know; rajas to be
ragatmakam, of the nature of passion (-
raga is derived in the sense of
that which colours-), having the property
of colouring, like the ochre
pigment etc.; trsna-asanga-samud-bhavam,
born of hankering and
attachment-hankering is the longing for things not
acquired; attachment is the
clining-of the nature of fondness-of the mind
to things in possession. O son of
Kunti, tat, that, that rajas; nibadhnati,
binds; dehinam, the embodied one;
karma-sangena, through attachment
to actions. Deep involvement in
actions related to seen or unseen
objects is karmasangah. Rajas binds
through that.
14.8 Viddhi, know; tamas, the third
qualitty; mahanam, which deludes,
which is a cause of
indiscrimination; sarva-dehinam, of all embodied
beings; to be ajnanajam, born of
ignorance. O scion of the Bharata
dynasty, tat, that tamas;
nibadhnati, binds; pramada-alasya-nidrabhih,
through inadvertence, laziness and
sleep. The activities of the qualities
are again being briefly stated:
14.9 O scion of the Bharata
dynasty, sattva, sanjayati, attaches one;
sukhe, to happiness; rajas
(-attaches is understood-) karmani, to action;
tu, while; tamas, avrtya, covering
up, veiling; jnanam, knowledge, the
discrimination produced by sattva;
sanjayati, leads pramade, to
inadvertence; uta, also. Pramada
means non-performance of a duty on
hand. When do the qualities produce
the effects stated above? That is
being answered:
14.10 O scion of the Bharata
dynasty, sattva bhavati, increases, comes
into being; abhibhuya, by subduing
both rajas and tamas. When sattva
increases, then, coming to its own,
it produces its own effectsknowledge,
happiness, etc. Similarly, when the
quality of rajas increases
by overpowering both sattva and
tamas, then it produces its own
effects-activity and hankering.
When the quality called tamas increases
by similarly dominating over sattva
and rajas, it then produces its own
effects-obscuring of knowledge,
etc. When any quality preponderates,
then what is its indication? This
is being answered:
14.11 Yada, when; prakasah, the
illumination-prakasa, illumination, is a
function of the internal organ,
intelligence; that itself is jnanam,
knowledge; when this illumination
called knowledge upajayate, radiates;
asmin, in this; dehe, body;
sarva-dvaresu, through all the doors-all the
sense organs, (viz) ear etc., are
the Self's doors of perception; through
all those doors; tada, then;
through this indication, viz the illumination
that is knowledge, vidyat, one
should know; iti, that; sattva has
vivrddham, increased; uta, greatly
[See A.G.-Tr.]. This is the
characteristics of rajas when it
has become prominent:
14.12 O best of the Bharata
dynasty, when the quality of rajas vivrddhe,
becomes predominant; etani, these
indications; jayante, come into
being; lobhah, avarice, the desire
to appropriate other's possessions;
pravrtih, movement in general;
arambhah, undertaking;-of what?-
karmanam, of actions; asamah,
unrest, lack of tranquillity-(i.e.)
manifestation of joy, attachment,
etc.; and sprha, hankering, desire in
general for all things.
14.13 Kuru-nandana, O descendant of
the Kuru dynasty; when the
quality of tamas vivrddhe,
predominates; etani, these indications; eva,
surely; jayante, come into being;
extreme aprakasah, non-discrimination;
and apravrttih, inactivity; its
[i.e. of non-discrimination.] effects,
pramadah, in-advertence; and mohah,
delusion, i.e. stupidity, which is a
from of non-discrimination.
Whatever result is achieved even after
death, that is also owing to
attachment and desire; every-thing is
certainly caused by the qualities.
By way of showing this the Lord says:
14.14 Yada, when; deha-bhrt, an
embodied one, the soul; yati,
undergoes; pralayam, death; sattve
pravrddhe, while sattva is
predominant; tu, exclusively; [Tu
is used to exclude rajas and tamas.-S.]
tada, then; pratipadyate, he
attains, i.e. gains; the amalan, tainless,
stainless; lokan, worlds; [The
worlds of Brahma, etc., which are free from
the impurity of predominance either
of rajas or tamas.] uttamavidam, of
those who know the highest, i.e. of
those who have known the
principles-mahat and the rest.
14.15 Pralayam gatva, when one
does; rajasi, while the quality of rajas
predominates; jayate, he is born;
karma-sangisu, among people
attached to activity, among human
beings having attachment to work.
Tatha, similarly, in that very way;
pralinah, when one dies; tamasi, while
tamas predominates; jayate, he
takes birth; mudha-yonisu, among the
stupid species, such as animals
etc. A summary of the idea of the
preceding (three) verses is being
stated:
14.16 Ahuh, they, the wise persons,
say; that phalam, the result;
sukrtasya, of good; karmanah, work,
i.e. acts having the sattva quality; is
verily nirmalam, pure; and is
sattvikam, born of sattva. Tu, but; phalam,
the result; rajasah, of rajas, i.e.
of acts that have the qualitty of rajas-for
the topic relates to actions; is
duhkham, sorrow. In accordance with its
cause, the result too is indeed
sorrow, a product of rajas. So also
ajnanam, ignorance; is, as before,
(the result) tamasah, of tamas, of
unrighteous acts that have the
quality of tamas. What else results from
the qualities?
14.17 Sattvat, from sattva, when it
predominates; sanjayate, is born;
jnanam, knowledge; and rajasah,
from rajas; is verily born lobhah,
avarice. Tamasah, from tamas;
bhavatah, are born; both pramadamohau,
in-advertence and delusion; as also
ajnanam, ignorance
[Absence of discrimination.]; eva
ca, to be sure. Further,
14.18 Sattvasthah, people who
conform to sattva, to the actions of
sattva quality; gacchanti, go, are
born; undhavam, higher up, in the
worlds of gods and others. Rajasah,
those who conform to rajas; [Those
who are endowed with
sense-knowledge and actions consequent on the
preponderance of rajas.] tisthanti,
stay, are born; madhye, in the middle,
among human beings. Tamasah, those
who conform to tamas,
jaghanya-gunavrttasthah [A variant
reading is vrttisthah.-Tr.], who
conform to actions of the lowest
quality of tamas, those who are
attached to its actions-sleep,
laziness, etc.-, the foolish; gacchanti, go;
adhah, down, (i.e.) they are born
among cattle etc. The association,
owing to the false ignorance in the
form of 'being seated in Nature', that
an individual soul has with the
gunas-in the form of happiness, sorrow
and delusion, and which are matters
of experience in such ways as, 'I
am happy,' 'I am sorrowful,' 'I am
ignorant,'-that (association) is the
cause of the individual soul's
mundane existence characterized by
coming to have births in good and
bad species. This was stated briefly in
the earlier chapter. Elaborating
that here in the text beginning with, 'the
qualities, viz sattva, rajas and
tamas, born of Nature' (5), the Lord has
said that the nature of the
qualities, the conduct conforming to the
qualities, and the power to bind
that the qualities have through actions
conforming to them, and also the
course of a person under the
bondage, of behaviour conforming to
the qualities,-all this is false
knowledge; it has ignorance as its
root and is the cause of bondage.
Now, it is necessary to state that
Liberation follows from right
knowledge. Hence the Lord says:
14.19 Yada, when; drasta, the
witness, after becoming illumined;
anupasyati, sees; na anyam, none
other; gunebhyah, than the qualities
that have transformed into the
shape of body, orgnas and objects;
kartaram,as the agent-(i.e.) he
sees thus that the qualities themselves, in
all their modes, are the agents of
all activities; ca, and; vetti, knows; that
which, standing as the witness of
the activities of the qualities, is param,
superior; gunebhyah, to the
qualities; sah, he, the witness; adhigacchati,
attains; madbhavam, My nature. How
does he attain? That is being
stated:
14.20 Atitya, having transcended,
having gone beyond-even while living;
etan, these; trin, three; gunan,
qualities as have been described, which
constitute the limiting adjunct
Maya; and dehasamudbhavan, which are
the origin of the body, which are
the seed of the birth of the body; dehi,
the embodied one, the enlightened
one; vimuktah, becoming free-even
in this life;
janma-mrtyu-jara-duhkhaih, from birth death, old age and
sorrow; asnute, experiences; [Some
translate this as 'attains'.-Tr.]
amrtam, Immortality. In this way he
attains My nature. This is the idea.
Getting a clue to a question from
the statement that one experiences
Immortality, even in this life, by
going beyond the qualitieserror
14.22 Na dvesti, he neither
dislikes these; prakasam, illumination
(knowledge), an effect of sattva;
pravrttim, activity, an effect of rajas; and
moham, delusion, an effect of
tamas; sampravrttani, when they appear,
when they fully emerge in the form
of objects (of experience)-. 'In me
has arisen a perception which is a
result of tamas; thereby I have
become deluded'; so also, 'In me
has risen (the inclination to) action
which is painful and is born of
rajas. By that rajas I have been actuated,
carried away from my own nature.
This is a matter of sorrow to me that
there has been a deviation from my
own nature'; similarly, 'The quality of
sattva, in the form of illumination
that is knowledge, binds me by
attributing discrimination to me
and making me attached to happiness'-
(by thinking) in these ways one
dislikes them because of his being not
fully enlightened. The person who
has transcended the qualities does
not dislike them in this manner.
Unlike a person having sattva etc., who
longs for the effects of sattva
etc. which withdraw themselves after
becoming manifest to him, the
person who has gone beyond the
qualities na kanksati, does not
long for them in that way; nivrttani, when
they disappear. This is the idea.
This is not an indication that can be
perceived by others. What then?
Since this characteristic is perceivable
to oneself, it is merely
subjective. For dislike or longing, which is a
subjective experience of a person,
is not seen by another. Now, then,
the Lord gives the reply to the
question, 'What is the behaviour of one
who has gone beyond the
qualities?':
14.23 He, the Self-realized monk,
yah, who; asinah, sitting; udasinavat,
like one indifferent-as an
indifferent man sides with nobody, similarly, this
one, set on the path leading to the
transcendence of the qualities; na, is
not; vicalyate, distracted from the
state of Knowledge arising out of
discrimination; gunaih, by the
qualities. This point is being clarified as
such: Yah, he who; thinking iti,
that; gunah, the qualities, which have
trasnformed into body, organs and
objects; vartante, act on one
another; avatisthati, remains
firm-avatisthati (instead of avatisthate) is
used in the Parasmaipada to avoid a
break in the metre, or there is
different reading, 'yah
anutisthati, who acts'-;[His apparent activity
consists in the mere continuance of
actions which have been
subjectively sublated through
enlightenment.] and an, does not; ingate,
move; i.e., becomes eva, surely
settled in his own nature-.
14.24 Moreover, sama-duhkha-sukhah,
he to whom sorrow and
happiness are alike;svasthah, who
is established in his own Self, tranquil;
sama-losta-asma-kancanah, to whom a
lump of earth, iron and gold are
the same; tulya-priya-apriyah, to
whom the agreeable and the
disagreeable are the same; dhirah,
who is wise; tulya-ninda-atmasamstutih,
to whom, to which monk, censure and
his own praise are the
same-.
14.25 Further, tulyah, he who is
the same, unperturbed; manaapamanayoh,
under honour and dishonour; tulyah,
who is equally
disposed; mitra-ari-paksayoh, both
towards the side of the friend and of
the foe-although from their own
standpoint some may be unattached,
still, in others' view they may
appear to be siding either with friends or
foes; hence it is said, 'equally
disposed both towards the side of the
friend and of the foe';
sarva-arambha-parityagi, who has renounced all
enterprise (-those which are
undertaken are arambhah, actions intended
for seen or unseen results-), i.e.
who is apt to give up all undertakings,
who has given up all actions other
than those needed merely for the
maintenance of the body; sah, he;
ucyate, is said to have; gunatitah,
gone beyond the qualities. The
disciplines leading to the state of
transcendence of the qualities,
which have been stated (in the verses)
beginning from 'he who, sitting
like one indifferent,' and ending with 'he
is said to have gone beyond the
qualities,' have to be practised by a
monk, a seeker of Liberation, so
long as they are to be achieved through
effort. But when they become firmly
ingrained, they become the
indications, perceivable to
himself, of a monk who has transcended the
qualities. Now the Lord gives the
reply to the question, 'And how does
he transcend the qualties?'
14.26 And he-be he a monk or a man
of action (rites and duties)-, yah,
who; sevate, serves; mam, Me, God,
Narayana residing in the hearts of
all beings; avyabhicarena, through
the unswerving-that which never
wavers-; bhakti-yogena, Yoga of
Devotion-devotion [Bhakti (devotion),
supreme Love, through which one
becomes united (with God) is yoga.]
itself being the Yoga-; sah, he;
samatitya, having transcended; etan,
these; gunan, qualities as
described; kalpate, qualifies, i.e. becomes fit;
brahma-bhuyaya,-bhuyah is the same
as bhavanam-, for becoming
Brahman, for Liberation. How this
is so is being stated:
14.27 Hi, for; aham, I, the inmost
Self; am the pratistha brahmanah,
Abode-that in which something
abides is pratistha-of Brahman which is
the supreme Self. Of Brahman of
what kind? Amrtasya, of that which is
indestructible; avyayasya, of that
which is immutable; and sasvatasya, of
that which is eternal; dharmasya,
of that which is the Dharma, realizable
through the Yoga of Jnana which is
called dharma (virtue); and
aikantikasya sukhasya, of that
which is the absolute, unfailing Bliss by
nature. Since the inmost Self is
the abode of the supreme Self-which by
nature is immortal etc.-,
therefore, through perfect Knowledge it (the
former) is realized with certainty
to be the supreme Self. This has been
stated in, 'he qualifies for
becoming Brahman'. The purport is this:
Indeed, that power of God through
which Brahman sets out, comes
forth, for the purpose of favouring
the devotees, etc., that power which
is Brahman Itself, am I. For, a
power and the possesser of that power
are non-different. Or, brahman
means the conditioned Brahman, since It
(too,) is referred to by that word.
'Of that Brahman, I Myself, the
unconditioned Brahman-and none
else-am the Abode.' (The abode of
Brahman) of what qualities? Of that
which is immortal; of that which has
the quality of deathlessness; of
that which is immutable; so also, of that
which is the eternal; which is the
dharma having the characteristics of
steadfastness in Knowledge; of that
which is the absolute,
unquestionably certain Bliss born
of that (steadfastness);-'I am the
Abode' is understood.
BHAGAVADGITA
English translation of Sri
Sankaracharya's Sanskrit Commentary - Swami
Gambhirananda
Chapter 15
RO
15.1 Urdhva-mulam, that which has
its roots upwards:- Brahman,
possessed of the unmanifest power
in the form of Maya, is referred to by
the word 'upward' because of Its
subtleness in point of time by virtue of
Its being the Cause, and also
because of Its eternality and vastness; and
That is the root (mulam) of this
world. The Tree of the World which is
such, is urdhva-mulam. This accords
with the Upanisadic text, 'This has
its roots above and branches below'
(Ka. 2.6.1). In the Purana also we
have: It sprouts from the Root in
the form of the Unmanifest; it grows
through the sturdiness of that very
One. And it has abundance of
intelligence as its trunk, and the
appertures of the organs as the hollows.
The great elements are its boughs
[A.G. takes the word visakha
(boughs) in the sense of stambha,
perhaps meaning the aerial roots.-Tr.];
so also, it has the objects of
perception as its leaves. It has virtue and
vice as its beautiful flowers, and
happiness and sorrow are the fruits it
bears. This eternal Tree presided
over by Brahman is a means of
livelihood to all creatures. And
this verily is the resort of Brahman [Or,
etat brahma-vanam means: This Tree
has Brahman as its object of
adoration, its support. For, the
world has nothing but Brahman as its
support.] in it Brahman dwells for
ever. Having felled and split this Tree
with the great sword of Knowledge,
and then attaining the bliss of the
Self, one does not return from that
(bliss).' (Cf. Mbh. As. 47.12-15.) That
Tree which has its roots upwards
and is constituted by the enchantment
of mundane existence, and
adhah-sakham, which has the branches
downwards-mahat, [See under
7.4.-Tr.] egoism, subtle elements, etc.
are its branches (sakhah), as it
were, extending downwards (adhah); so,
it has its branches downwards-;
that Tree with its branches downwards,
which does not (a) last (stha) even
for the morrow (svah), is asvatthah (lit.
Peepul tree). Ahuh, they say; that
the asvatthah, Peepul Tree,
undergoing destruction every
moment; is avyayam, imperishable, and
constituted by the enchantments of
mundane existence. Having been in
existence from time without
beginning, that Tree of the World is
imperishable. It is, indeed, will
known as the sustainer of the
beginningless and ceaseless series
of bodies etc. They call that the
imperishable. Of that very Tree of
the World here is another qualification:
Yasya, that Tree of the World of
which; chandamsi-chandas being
derived in the sense of covering
(protecting)-, the Vedas in the form of
Rk, Yajus and Sama; are the
parnani, leaves, as it were. As leaves
serve as protectors of a tree, so
the Vedas serve as the protectors of the
world; for they reveal what are
virtue and vice as also their causes and
results. Yah, he who; veda, knows;
tam, that-the Tree of the World
along with its root, as has been
explained; sah, he; is a vedavit, knower
of the Vedas, i.e. versed in the
meaning of the Vedas. Since, apart from
this Tree of the World along with
its root, not even an iota of any other
thing remains to be known,
therefore he who knows the purport of the
Vedas is omniscient. In this way
the Lord euligizes the knowledge of the
Tree together with its root. An
imagery of the other parts of that very
Tree of the World is being
presented:
15.2 Sakhah, the branches, as it
were; tasya, of that Tree; prasrtah,
extending; adhah, downwards, from
the human beings to the immobile
(trees etc.); ca, and; urdhvam,
upwards, upto Brahma-beginning from
the Creator of the Cusmos to Dharma
(Death) [According to A.G. 'human
beings' stands for the world of
human beings, and 'Brahma ' for the
'world of Brahma' (Satva-loka). So
Dharma may mean the 'world of
Death' (pitr-loka).-Tr.], which,
'in accordance with their work and in
conformity with their knowledge'
(Ka. 2.2.7), are the results of
knowledge and actions; are
guna-pravrddhah, strengthened, made
stout, by the qualities sattva,
rajas and tamas, which are their materials;
and visaya-pravalah, have the
sense-objects as their shoots. The senseobjects
(sound etc.) sprout, as it were,
like new leaves from the
branches (bodies etc.) which are
the results of actions. Thereby the
branches are said to have
sense-objects as their shoots. The supreme
Root, the material cause of the
Tree of the World, has been stated
earlier. And now, the latent
impressions of attraction, repulsion, etc. born
of the results of action are the
subsidiary roots, as it were, which grow
later on and become the cause of
involvement in righteousness and and
unrighteousness. And those mulani,
roots; karma-anubandhini, which
are followed by actions;
anu-santatani, spread, enter; adhah,
downwards, as compared with the
world of gods; manusya-loke, into
the world of human beings
particularly-for it is well known that (only) here
men have competence for rites and
duties. They (these roots) are said to
be karma-anubandhini since actions
(karma) that are characterized as
righteous and unrighteous follow as
their product (anubandha), (i.e.)
succeed the rise of those
(attraction, repulsion, etc.).
15.3 But, asya, its-of this Tree of
the World which has been described;
rupam, form, as it has been
presented; na, is not at all; upalabhyate,
perceived; iha, here; tatha, in
that way. For, being like a dream, water in
a mirage, jugglery, an imaginary
city seen in the sky, it is by nature
destroyed no sooner than it is
seen. Therefore, na, there exists neither;
its antah, end, limit, termination;
so also, neither; its beginning. It is not
comprehended by anyone that it
comes into existence beginning from
any definite point. Its
sampratistha, continuance, the middle state, too, is
not perceived by anyone. Chittva,
after felling, uprooting, together with
its seeds; enam, this, above
described; asvattham, Peepul, the Tree of
the World; suvirudha-mulam, whose
roots (mula) are well (su) developed
(virudham); drdhena, with the
strong-hardened by a resolute mind
directed towards the supreme Self,
and sharpened on the stone of
repeated practice of
discrimination; asanga-sastrena, sword of
detachment-detachment means turn
ing away from the desire for
progeny, wealth and the worlds;
with that sword of detachment-.
15.4 Tatah, thereafter; tat, that;
padam, State of Visnu;
parimargitavyam, has to be sought
for, i.e. realized; gatah, going,
entering; yasmin, where, into which
State; they na, do not; nivartanti,
return; bhuyah, again, for worldly
life. As to how It is to be sought for,
the Lord says: Prapadye, I take
refuge; tam, in that; adyam, Primevalexisting
from the beginning; purusam,
Person, who has been mentioned
by the word State; eva, Himself.
The search has to be carried on thus,
i.e., by taking refuge in Him. Who
is that Person? That is being stated:
Yatah, from whom, from which
Person; prasrta, has ensued, like jugglery
from a magician; purani, the
eternal; pravrttih, Manifestation, the magic
Tree of the World. What kind of
persons reach that State? This is being
answered:
15.5 Amudhah, the wise ones, who
are devoid of delusion; who are
nirmana-mohah, free from (nir)
pride (mana) and non-discrimination
(moha); jita-sanga-dosah, who have
conquered (jita) the evil (dosa) of
association (sanga)-association
itself being the evil; those who have
conquered that; adhyatma-nityah,
who are ever devoted to spirituality,
ever engaged in reflecting on the
nature of the supreme Self; engrossed
in that; [Engrossed in hearing,
reflecting and meditating on the Self.]
vinivrtta-kamah, who are completely
(vi) free from (nivrtta) desires
(kamah), whose desires have
completely gone away without trace (ni),
the men of self-control, the monks;
vimuktah, who are free from, have
got rid of; dvandvaih, the
dualities-likes, dislikes, etc.; sukha-duhkhasanjnaih,
called happiness and sorrow;
gacchanti, reach; tat, that;
avyayam, undecaying; padam, State,
as has been described above. The
very State is being elaborated
again:
15.6 Na suryah, niether the
sun-though possessed of the power of
illumining everything; so also, na
sasankah, nor the moon; na pavakah,
nor even fire; bhasayate,
illumines; tat, That [-this (word) refers to the
remote word dhama (Abode) at the
end of the verse-], that Abode which
is of the nature of light. That
abode, the State of Visnu, gatva, reaching,
attaining; yat, which; they na, do
not; nivartante, return, and which the
sun etc. do not illumine; tat,
that; is mama, My, Visnu's; paramam,
supreme; dhama, Abode, State.
Objection: It has been said, 'reaching
which they do not return'. Is it
not well known that all goings end, verily,
in returning, and unions are
followed by separations? How is it said that
there is no return for those who
come to that Abode? Reply: As to that,
listen to the reason:
15.7 It is eva, verily amsah, a
part, portion, limb, fragment-these are all
synonymous; mama, of mine, of the
supreme Self; [Here Ast. adds
'narayanasya, of Narayana':-Tr.]
which, jiva-bhutah sanatanah,
becoming the eternal individual
soul, will known as the enjoyer and
agent; jiva-loke, in the region of
living beings, (i.e.) in the world-. As the
sun (reflected) in water is a part
of the (actual) sun, and goes to the sun
itself and does not return when the
water, the cause of the reflection, is
removed, so also even this part
becomes similarly united with that very
Self; or, as space enclosed in a
pot etc., delimited by such adjuncts as
the pot etc., being a part of Space
does not return after being united
with Space when the cause (of
limitation), viz pot etc., is destroyed. This
being so, it has been rightly
stated, 'by reaching which they do not
return.' Objection: How can the
partless supreme Self have any limb,
fragment or part? If it has limbs,
then there arises the contingency of Its
becoming destroyed through the
dismemberment of the limbs! Reply:
This fault does not arise, since
Its fragment, which is delimited by an
adjunct arising out of ignorance,
is imagined to be a part, as it were. And
this idea has been fully explained
in the chapter (13) dealing with the
'field'. How that individual soul,
imagined as a part of Mine, enters into
the world and leaves the body are
being stated: Karsati, it draws to itself;
indriyani, the (sense-) organs-ear
etc.; manah-sasthani, which have the
mind as their sixth; and
prakrti-sthani, which abide in Nature, which are
located in their respective spheres
such as the orifice of the ear etc.
When (does it draw the organs)?
15.8 Yat, when; isvarah, the master
of the aggregate of the body etc.,
the individual soul; utkramati,
leaves the body, then he draws. Thus, the
second quarter of the verse is
treated first for the sake of consistency.
[When the soul leaves the body,
then it draws the organs (see previous
verses) from that body. In this
way, the second quarter of the present
verse is treated first, because
going to another body follows the leaving
of the earlier one.-M.S.] Ca api,
and even; yat, when; it avapnoti,
assumes a body other than the
earlier one; then, grahitva, taking; etani,
these, the organs with the mind as
their sixth; samyati, he leaves, goes
away totally [Samyak,
totally-without returning in any way to the earlier
body.-M.S.] Like what? In reply the
Lord says: iva, as; vayuh, the wind
(carries away); gandhan, odours;
asayat, from their receptacles-flowers
etc. Which, again, are those
(organs)?
15.9 Seated in the body, it
upasevate, enjoys; visayan, the objectssound
etc.; adhisthaya, by presiding
over; srotram, the ear; caksuh,
eyes; sparsanam, skin, the organ of
touch; rasanam, tongue; eva ca, as
also; the ghranam, nose; and manah,
the mind, the sixth-(presiding over)
each one of them along with its
(corresponding) organ.
15.10 Thus, the embodied soul,
utkarmantam, when it is leaving the
body-the body that was assumed
earlier; or sthitam, while residing in the
(present) body; or bhunjanam,
experiencing sound etc.; or gunaanvitam,
in association with, i.e.
identified with, the qualities called
happiness, sorrow and delusion-even
when, under such conditions, this
one comes very much within the
range of cognition; vimudhah, the
persons who are diversely deluded
as a result of their hearts being
forcibly attracted by the
enjoyments of seen and unseen objects; na, do
not; anu-pasyanti, see. And the
Lord regrets this saying, 'Alas! How
sorrowful this is!' Those others,
again, jnana-caksusah, who have the
eye of knowledge, [Jnana-caksuh
means the scriptures supported by
reasoning, which are the means of
knowledge.] who have the insight of
under-standing which has arisen
from the valid means of knowledge,
i.e., those having a clear vision;
pasyanti, see this one.
15.11 And some, however, yoginah,
the yogis of concentrated minds;
yatantah, who are diligent;
pasyanti, see; evam, this one, the Self under
discussion; as avasthitam,
existing; atmani, in themselves, in their own
intelligence. They realize, 'I am
This.' Acetasah, the non-discriminating
ones; akrta-atmanah, who lack
self-control, who have not purified
themselves through austerity and
control of the organs, who have not
desisted from bad conduct, who are
not tranquil and are proud by
nature; na, do not; pasyanti, see;
enam, this one; api, though; (they be)
yatantah, diligent-even though they
be striving with the help of the valid
means of knowledge such as the
scriptures. With a view to speaking of
the all-pervasiveness of the State
and the fact of Its being the
substratum of all empirical
dealings, the Lord speaks in brief through the
following four verses of the divine
manifestations of that State which the
light of fire, sun, etc. do not
illumine though they are the illuminators of
everything; and reaching which the
aspirants of Liberation do not return
again towards mundane existence;
and of which State the individual
souls, owing to their conformity
with the diversity of limiting adjuncts, are
parts, just as spaces enclosed in
pot etc. are 'parts' of Space:
15.12 Yat, that which is;
aditya-gatam, in the sun, which abides in the
sun;-what is that-the tejah, light,
brilliance, radiance; which bhasayate,
illumines, reveals; akhilam, the
whole, entire; jagat, world; yat, that
ulluminating light which is;
candramasi, in the moon; ca, and yat, which
is; agnau, in fire, the carrier of
oblations; viddhi, know; tat, that; tejah,
light; to be mamakam, Mine. That
light belong to Me who am Visnu. Or:
The light that is Consciousness,
which is in the sun, which is in the
moon, and which is in fire, know
that light to be Mine. That light belongs
to Me who am Visnu. Objection; Is
it not that the light that is
Consciousness exists equally in the
moving and the non-moving? Such
being the case, why is this
particular mention, 'That light in the sun
which...,'etc? Reply: This defect
does not arise, because, owing to the
abundance of the sattva quality,
there can be an abundane [Ast. reads
avistaratva (amplitude) in place of
adhikya.-Tr.] (of Consciousness). Since
in the sun etc. the sattva is very
much in evidence, is greatly brilliant,
therefore there is an abundance of
the light (of Consciousness) in them
alone. And so it (sun etc.) is
specially mentioned. But it is not that it
(Consciousness) is abundant only
there. Indeed, as in the world, a face,
though in the same position, is not
reflected in wood, a wall, etc., but in
a mirror etc. it is reflected
according to the degree in which they are
more and more transparent, so is it
here. Further,
15.13 Ca, and; avisya, entering;
gam, the earth; aham, I; dharayami,
sustain; bhutani, the beings, the
world; ojasa, through (My) power, the
power that belongs to God and is
free from passing and attachment,
(and) which has penetrated the
earth to support it, and owing to which
the heavy earth does not fall and
does not crumble. There is a similar
mantra: 'By which the heaven is
made mighty, and the earth firm' (Tai.
Sam. 4.1.8.5), and also, 'He
supported the earth' (op.cit., 4.1.8.3), etc.
Hence, it has rightly been said,
'Entering the earth I sustain the moving
and non-moving beings.' Moreover,
pusnami, I nourish, I make healthy
and full of the sweet flavour of
juices; sarvah, all; osadhih, the plantspaddy,
barley, etc.; bhutva, by becoming;
somah, Soma; rasatmakah,
which is of the nature of sap. Soma
consists of all the juices; it is the
source of all juices. Indeed, it
nourishes all plants by infusing its own
juice into everything. Besides,
15.14 Bhutva, taking the form of;
vaisvanarah, Vaisvanara, the fire in the
stomach, mentioned in such
Upanisadic texts as, 'This fire that is within
man and digests the food (that is
eaten) is Vaisvanara' (Br. 5.9.1);
becoming that Vaisvanara, and
asritah, residing in, entering; deham, the
bodies; praninam, of creatures, of
living beings; aham, I Myself; pranaapana-
samayuktah, in association [i.e.
kindled, inflamed, by Prana and
Apana.] with Prana and Apana;
[Prana-that vital force which goes
upward and has its seat really in
the heart (cf. Tai. Br. 3.10.8.5), but it
said to be located at the tip of
the nose since its presence is directly felt
there. Apana-that vital force which
goes downward, below the navel,
and has its seat in the organs of
excertion.-Tr.] pacami, digest; the
caturvidham, four kinds of; annam,
food-those that are eaten by
masticating, swallowing, sucking
and licking. The eater is the fire called
Vaisvanara, and the eaten is the
food Soma. One who looks upon all that
there is as being these two, fire
and Soma, is not affected by the
impurity of food. Further,
15.15 And aham, I, as the Self;
san-nivistah, am seated; hrdi, in the
hearts, in the intellects;
sarvasya, of all creatures. Therefore, with regard
to all the creatures, mattah, from
Me, from the Self; are Smrtih, memory;
jnanam, knowledge; and their
apohanam, loss. The knowledge and
memory of these creatures who
perform good deeds come from Me in
accordance with the good deeds;
similarly, the loss, deterioration, of
memory and knowledge of those who
perform evil deeds comes from
Me in accordance with the evil
deeds. Aham eva, I alone, the supreme
Self; am the vedyah, object to be
known; sarvaih, through all; vedaih, the
Vedas. I am also the vedanta-krt,
the originator of the Vedanta, i.e., the
source of the traditional school of
the teachings of Vedanta; and aham
eva, I Myself; am the veda-vit,
knower of the Vedas, the knower of the
teachings of the Vedas. In the
verses beginning with, 'That light in the
sun which...' (12), etc. have been
stated briefly the majesty of God, the
Lord called Naravana, which arise
from special limiting adjuncts. Now
then, the succeeding verses are
begun with a view to determining the
real nature of that very Lord as
the Unconditioned and Absolute, by
distinguishing Him from the
limiting adjuncts, (viz) the mutable and the
immutable. In that connection,
after dividing into three parts [The two
limiting adjuncts-the mutable and
the immutable-, and the supreme Self.]
all the teachings of the preceding
and the immediately succeeding
chapters, the Lord says:
15.16 There are imau, these; dvau,
two-grouped separately; purusau,
persons, so called [Persons-so
called only figuratively, since they are the
limiting adjuncts of the supreme
Person.]; loke in the world; the ksarah,
mutable-one group consists of the
perishable; the other person is the
aksarah, immutable, opposite of the
former, the power of God called
Maya, which is the seed of the
origin of the person called the mutable.
That which is the receptacle of the
impressions of desires, actions, etc.
of countless transmigrating
creatures is called the immutable person.
Who are those persons? The Lord
Himself gives the answer: Ksarah, the
mutable; consists of sarvani, all;
bhutani, things, i.e. the totality of all
mutable things. Kutasthah is the
one existing as Maya: Kuta means a
heap; kutasthah, is that which
exists like a heap. Or, kuta is maya,
deception, falsehood, crookedness,
which are synonymous; that which
exists in the diverse forms of maya
etc. is the kutasthah. It is ucyate,
called; the aksarah, immutable,
because, owing to the countless seeds
of worldly existence, it does not
perish.
15.17 Tu, but; anyah, different,
entirely contrary in characteristics from
these; is the uttamah, supreme,
most excellent; purusah, Person, who is
different in characteristics from
these-the mutable and the immutable-,
untouched by the mutable and the
immutable limiting adjuncts, and is by
nature eternal, pure, conscious and
free; udahrtah, spoken of in the
Upanisads; iti, as; the paramatma,
supreme Self; He is paramah,
supreme, as compared with the
selves like body etc. created by
ignorance, and is the atma, Self,
the inmost Consciousness of all beings.
Hence He is the supreme Self. He
Himself is being specially described:
yah, who, by dint of His own active
power inhering in the energy that is
Maya; [Caitanya, consciousness,
itself is the bala (energy); the sakti
(active power) therein is Maya.
Through that He upholds.] avisya,
permeating; loka-trayam, the three
worlds-called Bhuh (Earth), Bhuvah,
(Intermediate Space) and Svah
(Heaven); bibharti, upholds (them) by
merely being present in His own
nature. (And He) is the avyayah,
imperishable; isvarah, God, the
Omniscient One called Narayana, who is
the Lord by nature. This name-the
supreme Person-of God as
described is well known. Showing
that the name is apt by virtue of its
etymological significance, the Lord
reveals Himself saying, 'I am the
unsurpassable God':
15.18 Yasmat, since; aham, I; am
atitah, transcendental; ksaram, to the
mutable-I am beyond the Tree of
Maya, called the Peepul Tree, which
this worldly existence is; and
uttamah, above, most excellent or the
highest; as compared with api,
even; the akasarat, immutable, which is
the seed of the Tree of worldly
existence; atah, hence, by virtue of being
the most excellent as compared with
the mutable and the immutable;
aham, I; am prathitah, well known;
loke, in the world; and vede, in the
Vedas; as purusottamah, the supreme
Person. Devoted persons know
Me thus, and poets also use this
name 'Purusottama' in their poetry etc.;
they extol Me with this name.
Thereafter, now is stated this result
attained by one who knows the Self
as described:
15.19 Bharata, O scion of the
Bharata dynasty; yah, he who;
asammudhah, being free from
delusion; janati, knows; mam, Me, God,
having the aforesaid
qualifications; purusottamam, the supreme Person;
evam, thus, in the way described,
as 'I am this One'; sah, he; is sarvavit,
all-knowing- he knows everything
through self-identification with all-,
i.e. (he becomes) omniscient; and
bhajati, adores; mam, Me, existing in
all things; sarva-bhavena, with his
whole being, i.e. with his mind fixed
on Me as the Self of all. Now then,
having stated in this chapter the
knowledge of the real nature of the
Lord, which has Liberation as its
fruit, it is being euligized:
15.20 This guhyatamam, most secret,
i.e. most mystical;- what is that?-
sastram, scripture-. Although the
Gita as a whole is spoken of as the
scripture, still this chapter
itself is here referred to as such, and this for
eulogy as is evident from the
context. For, not only has the entire
meaning of the scripture Gita been
stated here in brief, but the whole
purport of the Vedas also has been
comprehended here. And it has
been said, 'He who realizes it is a
knower of the Vedas' (1), 'I alone am
the object to be known through all
the Vedas' (15). (Thus, this most
secret scripture) iti uktam, has
thus been uttered; maya, by Me; anagha,
O sinless one. O scion of the
Bharata dynasty, buddhva, understanding;
etat, this, the scripture which has
the purport as has been
revealed; syat, one becomes;
buddhiman, wise; and krta-krtyah, has his
duties fulfilled; but not
otherwise. The meaning is that what-ever a
Brahmana has to do as a consequence
of his special birth (as a
Brahmana), all that becomes
accomplished when the reality of the Lord
is known. The idea is that nobody's
duties become fulfilled in any other
way. And it has been said, 'O son
of Prtha, all actions in their totality
culminate in Knowledge' (4.33).
There is also a saying from Manu: 'This,
verily, is the fulfilment of a
Brahmana in particular. For, by getting this, a
twice-born has his duties
fulfilled; not otherwise' (Ma. Sm. 12.93). Since
you have heard from Me this truth
about the supreme Reality, therefore,
O scion of the Bharata dynasty, you
have achieved your Goal!
BHAGAVADGITA
English translation of Sri
Sankaracharya's Sanskrit Commentary - Swami
Gambhirananda
Chapter 16
RO
16.1 Abhayam, fearlessness;
sattva-samsuddhih, purtiy of the mind
(sattva), mentally avoiding fraud,
trickery, falsehood, etc. in dealings, i.e.,
honest behaviour;
jnana-yoga-vyavasthitih, persistence in knowledge
and yoga-jnana means knowledge of
such subjects as the Self, learnt
from scriptures and teachers; yoga
means making those things that have
been learnt matters of one's own
personal experience through
concentration by means of withdrawl
of the organs etc.; persistence,
steadfastness, in those two,
knowledge and yoga;-this [This-refers to all
the three from 'fearlessness' to
'persistence in knowledge and yoga'.] is
the principal divine characteristic
which is sattvika (born of the sattva
quality). That nature which may
occur in persons competent in their
respective spheres, [Persons
treading the path of Jnana-yoga or Karmayoga
have sattvika qualities. Some of
the qualities mentioned in the first
three verses occur only in the
former, whereas the others are found in
both or only in the
latter.-Tr.]-that is said to be their sattvika attribute.
Danam, charity, distribution of
food etc. according to one's ability; and
damah, control of the external
organs-the control of the internal organ,
santih, will be referred to later;
yajnah, sacrifices-Agnihotra etc.
sanctioned by the Vedas, and
sacrifices in honour of gods and others
[Others: Those in honour of the
manes, humans and other beings.
Brahma-yajna, the fifth sacrifice,
is referred to separately by svadhyaya.]
sanctioned by the Smrtis:
svadhyayah, study of the Rg-veda etc. for
unseen results; tapah, austerity,
those concerning the body, etc., which
will be stated (17.14-16); arjavam,
rectitude, straigthforwardness at all
times-.
Further,
16.2 Ahimsa, non-injury, abstaining
from giving pain to creatures;
satyam, truthfulness, speaking of
things as they are, without
unpleasantness and prevarication;
akrodhah, absence of anger, control
of anger that might result when
offened or assulatd by others; tyagah,
renunciation, monasticism-for,
charity has been mentioned earlier;
santih, control of the internal
organ; apaisunam, absence of vilificationpaisunam
means backbiting; its absence is
apaisunam; daya, kindness;
bhutesu, to creatures in distress;
aloluptvam, non-conveteousness,
absence of excitement of the organs
in the presence of objects;
mardavam, gentleness, absence of
hard-heartedness; hrih, modesty;;
acapalam, freedom from
restlessness, absence of unnecessary use of
organs such as speech, hands and
feet-.
Besides,
16.3 Tajah, vigour, not the
brightness of the skin; ksama, forgiveness,
absence of internal perturbation
when offened or assulated-absence of
anger has been explained by us as
the calming down of a perturbed
mind; thus, forgiveness and absence
of anger are distinguished; dhrtih,
fortitude, a particular function of
the mind which removes the tedium of
the body and organs when they
become exhausted, and being
rejuvenated by which the body and
organs do not feel any fatigue;
saucam, purity-is of two kinds:
external, with the help of earth and water;
and internal, the cleanliness of
mind and intellect, the absence of such
impurities as trickery, attachment,
etc.; purity of these two kinds;
adrohah, freedom from malice,
absence of the desire to injure others,
absence of hatred; na-atimanita,
absence of haughtiness-too much selfesteem
(mana) is atimanah; one having that
is atimani; its abstract form
is atimanita; absence of that,
na-atimanita, i.e., absence of the feeling of
one's being too honourable. These
(qualities) beginning with fearlessness
and ending with this, O scion of
the Bharata dynasty, bhavanti, are; (the
qualities) abhijatasya, of one
destined to have;-what kind of nature?-the
daivim, divine; sampadam, nature-of
one destined to have divine
attributes, of one who is worthy of
the excellence of the gods, i.e., of
one who would be illustrations in
future.
Thereafter, the demoniacal nature
is now being stated:
16.4 O son of Prtha, dambhah,
religious ostentation; darpah, pride
arising from wealth, relatives,
etc.; atimanah, haughtiness, as explained
earlier; and krodhah, anger; eva
ca, as also; parusyam, redeness, using
unkind words, e.g. to speak of a
blind person as having eyes, an ugly
person as handsome, a lowly born
man as born of aristocracy, and so
on; and ajnanam, ignorance,
non-discriminating knowledge, false
conception regarding what ought to
be and ought not to be done; are
(the attributes) abhijatasya, of
one destined to have;-destined for what?
in answer the Lord says-asurim,
demoniacal; sampadam, nature.
The consequences of these natures
are being stated:
16.5 That which is daivi, divine;
sampad, nature; is vimoksaya, for
Liberation from the bondage of the
world. The asuri, demoniacal nature;
mata, is considered to be;
nibandhaya, for inevitable bondage. So also is
the fiendish nature.
Now, when such a statement was
made, the Lord, noticing Arjuna
having this kind of inner
cogitation-'Am I endowed with the demoniacal
nature, or am I endowed with the
divine nature?'-, says: ma, do not;
sacah, grieve, O son of Pandu! Asi,
you are; abhijatah, destined to have,
born with the good fortune of
having; daivim, the divine; sampadam,
nature; i.e., you are destined for
an illustrious future.
16.6 Dvau, two, in number; are the
(kinds of) bhuta-sargau, creation of
beings, of men. Sarga is derived
from srj in the sense of that which is
created. The persons themselves,
who are created with the natures of
gods and demons, are being spoken
of as 'two creations of beings',
which accords with the Upanisadic
text, 'There were two classes of
Prajapati's sons, the gods and the
demons' (Br. 1.3.1). For, asmin, in
this; loke, world, all (persons)
can rationally be divided into two classes.
Which are those two creations of
beings? The answer is, the two are the
daiva, divine; eva ca, and; the
asura, the demoniacal which are being
discussed.
The Lord speaks of the need of
restating the two that have been
already referred to: Daivah, the
divine creation of beings; proktah, has
been spoken of; vistarasah,
elaborately-in, 'Fearlessness, purity of mind,'
etc. (1-3). But the demoniacal has
not been spoken of in extenso.
Hence, O son of Prtha, srnu, hear
of, understand; the asuram,
demoniacal; me, from Me, from My
speech which is being uttered in
detail, so that this may be
avoided.
Upto the end of the chapter the
demoniacal nature is being presented
as the qualities of creatures; for,
when this is directly perceived, it
becomes possible to eschew it:
16.7 Na, niether; do the asurah,
demoniacal; janah, persons; viduh,
understand; pravritim, what is to
be done with regard to that which is a
means to the human ends; and
nivirttim, what is not to be done, the
opposite of that (former) and from
which source of evil one should
desist. Nor only do they not know
what is to be done and what is not to
be done, na, nor; does saucam,
purity; na api, or even; acarah, good
conduct; or satyam, truthfulness;
vidyate, exist; tesu, in them. The
demons are verily bereft of purity
and good conduct; they are deceitful
and given to speaking lies.
Further,
16.8 Te, they, the domoniacal
persons; ahuh, say; that the jagat, world;
is asatyam, unreal-as we ourselves
are prone to falsehood, so is this
whole world unreal; apratistham, it
has no basis, it does not have
righteousness and unrighteousness
as its basis; it is anisvaram, without
a God-nor is there a God who rules
this (world) according to
rigtheousness and unrighteousness
(of beings). Hence they say that the
world is godless. Moreover, it is
aparaspara-sambhutam, born of mutual
union. The whole world is born of
the union of the male and female
impelled by passion. (That union
is) kama-haitukam, brought about by
passion. Kama-haitukam and
kama-hetukam are the same. Kim anyat,
what other (cause can there be)?
There exists to other unseen cause
such as righteousness,
unrigtheousness, etc. Certainly, the passion of
living beings is the cause of the
world. This is the view of the materialists.
16.9 Avastabhya, holding on to;
etam, this; drstim, view; (these people)
who are nasta-atmanah, of depraved
character, who have deviated from
the disciplines leading to the
other world; alpa-budhayah, of poor
intellect, whose intellect is
indeed limited, engrossed with material
things; ugra-kamanah, given to
fearful actions-who are cruel by nature;
and ahitah, harmful; i.e. inimical
to the world; prabhavanti, wax strong;
ksayaya, for the ruin; jagatah, of
the world. This is the construction.
16.10 And asirtya, giving
themselves upto; duspuram, insatiable;
kamam, passion-a kind of desire;
dambha-mana-mada-anvitah, filled
with vanity, pride and arrogance;
grhitva, adopting; asad-grahan, bad
objectives, evil intentions; mohat,
due to delusion, owing to nondiscrimination;
and asuci-vratah, having impure
resolves; they
pravartante, engage in actions in
the world.
Further,
16.11 Upasritah, beset with;
aparimeyam, innumerable; cintam, caresworries
that defy estimation of their
limits!, i.e., constantly burdened with
cares; pralayantam, which end
(only) with death; kama-upabhogaparamah,
holding that the enjoyment of
desirable objects is the highest
goal-kama is derived in the sense
of 'that which is desired for', viz sound
etc.; considered their enjoyment to
be the highest; having their minds
convinced thus that this alone, viz
the enjoyment of desirable objects, is
the highest human goal; niscitah,
feeling sure; iti, that; etavat, this is all-
16.12 Baddhah, bound, being
impelled, being lured from all sides; asapasa-
sataih, by hundreds of shackles in
the from of hope-the hopes
themselves are the shackles; by
hundreds of these; kama-krodhaparayanah,
giving themselves wholly to passion
and anger, having
passion and anger as their highest
resort; ihante, they endeavour; arthasancayan,
to amass wealth; anyayena, through
foul means, i.e. by
stealing others' wealth, etc.;
kama-bhoga-artham, for the enjoyment of
desirable objects-in order to enjoy
desirable objects, not for righteous
acts.
Their intentions, too, are of this
kind:
16.13 Idam, this thing; labham, has
been gained; maya, by me; adya,
today; prapsye, I shall acquire;
idam, this other; manoratham, desired
object which is delectable to the
mind. And idam, this; asti, is in hand;
punah, again; idam, this; dhanam,
wealth; api, also; bhavisyati, will
come; me, to me, in the next year.
Thereby I shall become rich and
famous.
16.14 Asau, that; unconquerable
satruh, enemy, named Devadatta;
hatah, has been killed; naya, by
me; and hanisye, I shall kill; aparan, the
other wretched ones. What will
these pitiable persons do? There is none
equal to me at all. Aham, I; am the
isvarah, lord; I am the bhogi, enjoyer;
and I am siddhah, well-established
in every respect-I am blessed with
sons, and grandsons born of sons
and daughters. Not only am I a man,
but I am also balavan, mighty; and
I myself am sukhi, happpy; others are
born to be but a burden to the
earth!
16.15 Adhyah, I am rich in wealth;
abhi-janavan, high-born in respect of
my lineage; my seven generations
are endowed with Vedic learnig etc.
From that point of view also there
is none equal to me. Kah anyah, who
else; asti, is there; sadrsah,
similar; maya, to me? Besides, yaksye, I
shall perform sacrifices; in
respect of sacrifices also I shall defeat others.
Dasyami, I shall give-to actors and
others; modisye, I shall rejoice, and I
shall derive intense joy. Iti,
thus; are they ajnana-vimohitah, diversely
deluded by non-discrimination,
subject to various indiscrimination.
16.16 Aneka-citta-vibhrantah,
bewildered by numerous thoughts,
confounded variously by thoughts of
the kind stated above; moha-jalasamavrtah,
caught in the net of delusion-moha
is non-discrimination,
lack of understanding; that itself
is like a net because of its nature of
covering; enshrouded by that;
prasaktah, engrossed; kama-bhogesu, in
the enjoyment of desirable objects,
being immersed in that itself; they
patanti, fall, owing to the sins
accumulated thereby; asucau, into a foul;
narake, hell, such as Vaitarani.
[Vaitarani: It is the most terrible place of
punishment; a river filled with all
kinds of filth-blood, hair, bones etc., and
running with great impetuosity, hot
and fetid. The other hells are
Tamisra, Andhatamisra, Raurava,
Kumbhipaka, and so on.]
16.17 Atma-sambhavitah,
self-conceited, considering themselves by
themselves to be possessed of good
qualities-not considered to be so
by holy men; stabdhah, haughty,
having minds that are not humble;
dhana-mana-mada-anvitah, filled
with (anvita) the pride (mana) and
intoxication (mada) of wealth
(dhana); te, they; yajnate, perform
sacrifices; namayajnaih, which are
so in name only; dambhena, with
ostentation, with religious
hypocricy; avidhi-purvakam, regardless of the
injunctions-without subsidiary
rites and proper methods of performance
as enjoined.
16.18 Ahankaram, egotism-that which
considers the Self to which have
been imputed actual and imaginary
qualities as 'I am this', which is
called ignorance and is most
painful, and is the source of all ills as also
of all evil deeds; so also balam,
power, which seeds to defear others and
is associated with passion and
desire; darpam, arrogance, a particular
defect abiding in the mind, on the
upsurge of which one transgresses
righteousness; kamam, passion with
regard to women and others;
krodham, anger at things tha are
undesirable;-samsritah, resorting to
these and other great evils; and
further, pradvisantah, hating; mam, Me,
God-transgression of My commands is
hatred (towards Me); indulging in
that, atma-para-dehesu, in their
own and others' bodies as the witness
of their intellects and actions;
(they become) abhyasuyakah, envious by
nature, intolerant of the qualities
of those who tread the right path.
16.19 Because of their defect of
unrighteousness, aham, I; ksipami,
cast, hurl; ajasram, for ever; all
tan, those; who are dvisatah, hateful of
Me; kruran, cruel; and asubhan, who
are evil doers; samsaresu, in the
worlds-who are on the paths leading
to hell; who are the nara-adhaman,
vilest of human beings, who are
opposed to the right path, who are
hostile to the pious people; eva,
verily; asurisu, into the demoniacal;
yonisu, classes-tigers, loins,
etc., which are full of evil deeds. The verb
cast is to be connected with 'into
the classes'.
16.20 Apannah, being born, having
acquired; (births) asurim, among the
demoniacal; yonim, species; janmani
janmani, in births after births; the
mudhah, fools, non-discriminating
ones; being born in every birth into
species in which tamas prevails,
and going downwards, aprapya eva,
without ever reaching, approaching;
mam, Me, who am God; O son of
Kunti, yanti, they attain; gatim,
conditions; tatah adhamam, lower even
than that.
Since there is not the least
possibility of attaining Me, what is implied
by saying, 'without ever reachin
Me', is, 'by not attaining the virtuous
path enjoined by Me.'
This is being stated as a summary
of all the demoniacal qualities. The
triplet-under which are
comprehended all the different demoniacal
qualities though they are infinite
in number, (and) by the avoidance of
which (three) they (all the
demaniacal qualities) become rejected, and
which is the root of all evils- is
being stated:
16.21 Idam, this; dvaram, door;
narakasya, of hell-for entering it; which
is the nasanam, destroyer; atmanah,
of the soul; is trividham of three
kinds. It is that by the mere entry
into which the soul perishes, i.e., it
ceases to be fit for attaining any
human goal. hence it is said that it is the
door which is the destroyer of the
soul. Which is that? Kamah, passion;
krodhah, anger; and also lobhah,
greed. Tasmat, therefore; tyajet, one
shoud forsake; etat trayam, these
three. Since this door is the destroyer
of the soul, therefore one should
renounce this group of three-passion
etc. This is a eulogy of
renunciation.
16.22 O son of Kunti, narah, a
person; who is vimuktah, free; etaih,
from these; tribhih, three;
tamo-dvaraih, doors to darkness, i.e., passion
etc. which are doors to the
darkness of hell consisting of sorrow and
delusion; freed from three three
which are such, acarati, strives for;-for
what?-sreyah, the good; atmanah, of
the soul: debarred by which
(doors) he could not strive
earlier, and on the dispelling of which he
strives. Tatah, thereby, as a
result of that striving; yati, he attains; the
param, suprme; gatim, Goal, i.e.
Liberation, as well. [Not only does he
attain Liberation by renouncing the
demoniacal qualities, but he also
secures happiness in this world.]
The scripture is instrumental in
this complete renunciation of the
demoniacal qualities and striving
for what is good. Both can be
undertaken on the authority of the
scriptures, not otherwise. Hence,
16.23 Utsrjiya, ignoring, setting
aside; sastra-vidhim, the precept of the
scriptures, which is th source of
the knoweldge of what is duty and what
is not-called injunction and
prohibition; yah, he who; vartate, acts; kamakaratah,
under the impulsion of passion;
sah, he; na, does not; avapnoti,
attain; siddhim, perfection,
fitness for Liberation; nor even sukham,
happiness in this world; nor even
the param, supreme best; gatim, Goalheaven
or Liberation.
16.24 Tasmat, therefore; sastram,
the scripure; is te, your; pramanam,
authority, the means of knowledge;
karya-akarya-vyavasthitau, as
regards the determination of what
is to be done and what is not to be
done. Therefore, jnatva, after
understanding; that which is your own
karma, duty; sastra-vidhana-uktam,
as presented by scriptural
injunction-vidhana is the same as
vidhi, precept, in the form, 'you should
do', 'you should not do'; as
presented by that; arhasi, you ought;
kartum, to perform; it iha, here.
'Here' is used for pointing out the sphere
in which one is intitled to perform
his duties.
F:gitadataR.K.GitaCHAPTER16.doc
Page 1 of 1
BHAGAVADGITA
English translation of Sri
Sankaracharya's Sanskrit Commentary - Swami
Gambhirananda
Chapter 17
RO
17.1 Tu, but; of Krsna, ka, what;
is the nistha, state; tesam, of thosewhosoever
they may be; ye, who; being
anvitah, endued; sraddhaya,
with faith, with the idea that
there is something hereafter; yajante, adore
gods and others; utsriya, by
ignoring, setting aside; sastra-vidhim, the
unjunctions of the scriptures, the
injunctions of the Vedas and the
Smrtis? Is the state of those who
are such sattvam, sattva; aho, or;
rajah, rajas; or tamah, tamas? This
is what is meant: Does the adoration
of gods and others that they
undertake come under the category of
sattva or rajas or tamas? By 'those
who, endued with faith, adore by
ignoring the injunctions of the
scriptures' are here meant those who, not
finding any injunction which can be
characterized as 'enjoined by the
Vedas' 'or enjoined by the Smrtis',
worship gods and others by merely
observing the conduct of their
elders. But, on the other hand, those
who, though aware of some
scriptural injunction, discard them and
worship the gods and others in ways
contrary to the injunctions, are not
meant here by 'those who, ignoring
scriptural injunctions, adore...'
Why? Because of the qualifying
phrase, 'being endued with faith'. For, it
cannot be imagined that even when
they are aware of some scriptural
injunction about worship of gods
and others, they discard this out of
their faithlessness, and yet they
engage in the worship of gods and
others enjoined by those scriptures
by becoming imbued with faith!
Therefore, by 'those who, endued
with faith, adore by ignoring the
injunctions of the scriptures' are
here meant those very ones mentioned
earlier. An answer to this question
relating to a general topic cannot be
given without splitting it up.
Hence,-
17.2 Sa, that; sraddha, faith, the
state about which you ask; dehinam,
of the embodied beings; svabhavaja,
born of their own nature-by
svabhava (nature) is meant that
latent impression of virtuous acts etc.
acquired in the past lives, which
becomes manifest at the time of death;
what arises out of that is
svabhavaja-; is trividha, threefold, of three
kinds; sattviki, born of sattva,
and related to worship of gods, etc.; rajasi,
born of rajas, concerning worship
of Yaksas (a class of demi-gods,
Kubera and others), Raksas (ogres,
Nairrti and others); and tamasi, born
of tamas, concerning worship of
ghosts, goblins and others. Thus it is of
three kinds. Srnu, hear; tam, about
it, that faith, as it is being stated.
That (faith) is threefold as
follows:
17.3 O scion of the Bharata
dynasty, the sraddha, faith; sarvasya, of all
beings; bhavati, is;
sattva-anurupa, in accordance with their minds, in
accordance with the internal organ
which is imbued with particular
impression. If this is so, what
follows? The answer is: Ayam, this;
purusah, person, the transmigrating
soul; is sraddhamayah, made up of
faith as the dominating factor.
How? Sah, he, the individual soul; is eva,
verily; sah, that; yah
yat-sraddhah,which is the faith of that individual-he
surely conforms to his faith. And,
as a consequence, a person's
steadfastness in sattva etc. is to
be inferred from the grounds of his
actions such as worship of gods
etc. Hence the Lord says:
17.4 Sattvikah, those having the
sattva quality, those steadfast in
sattva; yajante, worship; devan,
the gods; rajasah, those having rajas;
(worship) yaksa-raksamsi, the
demi-gods and ogres; and anye, other;
janah, people; tamasah, possessed
of tamas; yajante, worship; pretan,
ghosts; and bhuta-ganan, the hosts
of spirits-Sapta-matrkas (the Seven
Mothers) and others. Thus, in the
context of abandonment of scriptural
injunctions, the states of sattva
etc. have been determined through their
effects. As regards that, it is
only one in thousands who, being
established in sattva, becomes
devoted to the adoration of gods. But,
to be sure, creatures are mostly
rooted deeply in rajas or tamas. How?
17.5 Ye, those; janah, persons; who
tapyante, undertake, perform;
ghoram, severe; tapah, austerity,
productive of pain to oneself as also to
creatures; asastra-vihitam, not
sanctioned by the scriptures; they, being
dambh-ahankara-samyuktah, given to
ostentation and pride; and kamaraga-
bala-anvitah, impelled by the
strength of passion and attachment,
or possessed of passion, attachment
and strength [Kama-raga can also
mean desirable objects and the
desire to enjoy them.]-.
17.6 (And who,) acetasah, being
non-discriminating; karsayantah,
torture; bhuta-gramam, all the
organs; sarirastham, in the body, ca, as
also; torture eva, even; mam, Me;
antah-sarira-stham, who reside in the
body as the witness of its actions
and intellect-non-adherence to My
injunctions itself is 'torturing
Me'; viddhi, know; tan, them; asuraniscayan,
as possessed of demoniacal
convictions. Know them so that
they may be avoided. This is an
instruction. The liking of persons
possessing the qualities of sattva,
rajas and tamas for foods that are
divided into three groups, viz
succulent, oleaginous, etc., is respectively
being shown here so that, by
knowing the presence of the qualities of
sattva, rajas and tamas (in
oneself) from the indications of the degree of
one's preference for particular
foods as are succulent, oleaginous, etc.,
one may avoid foods having the
characteristics of rajas and tamas, and
accept food with the
characteristics of sattva. Similarly, sacrifices etc.
also are being explained here under
three categories according to the
distinguishing quality of sattva
etc. So that one may reject those known
to be born of rajas and tamas, and
undertake only those born of sattva.
17.7 Aharah, food; api tu, also;
which is priyah, dear; sarvasya, to all
[Here Ast. adds praninah
(creatures).-Tr.] who eat it; bhavati, is;
trividhah, of three kinds; so also
yajnah, sacrifices; similarly, tapah,
austerity; tatha, so also; danam,
charity. Srnu, listen; to imam, this;
bhedam, classification; tesam, of
them, of food etc., which is going to be
stated.
17.8 Aharah, foods;
ayuh-sattva-bala-arogya-sukha-priti-vivardhanah,
that augment life, firmneess of
mind, strength, health delight; [Life-a
brilliant life; firmness of mind or
vigour; strength-ability of body and
organs; happiness-pleasure of mind;
delight-great joy even at seeing
other persons prosperous.] and
which are rasyah, succulent; snigdhah,
oleaginous; sthirah, substantial,
lasing in the body for long; [Beneficial to
the body for long.] and hrdyah,
agreeable, to one's liking; are sattvikapriyah,
dear to one endowed with sattva.
17.9 Foods that are
katu-amla-lavana-atyusna-tiksna-ruksa-vidahinah,
bitter, sour, salty, very hot
(-'very' is to be connected with all, viz bitter
etc.; that is very bitter, very
sour, and so on-), pungent, dry [Without fat.]
and burning; and
duhkha-soka-amaya-pradah, which produce pain,
sorrow and disease; [Pain,
immediate suffering; sorrow, grief arising from
not having that desired food.] are
rajasasyaistah, dear to one having
rajas.
17.10 Bhojanam, food; which is
yata-yamam, not properly cooked
[Yata-yamam lit. means 'crooked
three hours ago', that which has lost
its essence; but here it is
translated as 'not properly cooked to avoid
tautology, for the next word
gata-rasam, too, means lacking in essence.-
Tr.] (-because food that has lost
its essence is referred to by the word
gatarasam-); gata-rasam, lacking in
essence; puti, putrid; and
paryusitam, stale, cooked on the
previous day and kept over-night; and
even ucchistam, ort, remnants of a
meal; and amedhyam, that which is
unfit for sacrifice;- this kind of
food is tamasa-priyam, dear to one
possessed of tamas. Now then,
sacrifices of three kinds are being
stated:
17.11 Sah, that; yajnah, sacrifice;
vidhi-drstah, which is in accordance
with the injunctions, which is
known through scriptural unjunctions; (and)
yah, which; is ijyate, performed;
a-phala-akanksibhih, by persons who
do not hanker after results; manah
samadhaya, with the mental
conviction; iti, that; yastavyam,
eva, it is surely obligatory, their duty is to
accomplish the sacrifice just as it
should be-with the firm idea, 'I have no
human goal to achieve through
this'-; is said to be a sacrifice which is
sattvikah, done through sattva.
17.12 Tu, but; yat, that which; is
ijyate, performed; abhisandhaya,
having in view; a phalam, result;
api ca, as also; dambhartham, for
ostentation; viddhi, know; tam,
that; yajnam, sacrifice; to be rajasam,
done through rajas; bharatasrestha,
O greatest among the descendants
of Bharata.
17.13 Paricaksate, they delclare;
that yajnam, sacrifice; as tamasam,
done through tamas; which is
vidhi-hinam, contrary to injunction,
opposed to what is enjoined;
asrstannam, in which food is not
distributed-a sacrifice in which
food (annam) is not distributed (asrstam)
to Brahmanas; mantra-hinam, in
which mantras are not used, which is
bereft of mantras, intonation and
distinct pronunciation; adaksinam, in
which offerings are not made to
priests as prescribed; and which is
sraddha-virahitam, devoid of faith.
After that, now is being stated the
three kinds of austerity:
17.14 Deva-dvija-guru-pujanam, the
worship of gods, twice-borns,
venerable persons and the wise;
saucam, purity; arjavam,
straightforwardness; brahmacarayam,
celibacy; and ahimsa, non-injury;
ucyate, are said to be; sariram,
bodily; tapah, austerity, austerity
accomplished through the body: that
which can be performed by the
agent, etc. [See 18. 13-15.-Tr.],
(i.e.) with the whole group of body and
organs, in which the body
predominates; for the Lord will say, 'these five
are its causes' (18.15).
17.15 Yat, that; vakyam, speech;
anudvegakaram, which causes no
pain, which is not hurtful to
creatures which is satyam, true; priya-hitam,
agreeable and beneficial with
regard to facts seen or unseen-. 'Speech'
is qualified by characteristics
such as being not hurtful, etc. The ca (and)
is used for grouping together the
qualifying characteristics. When a
sentence is used in order to make
another understand, if it happens to
be avoid of one or two or three
among the qualities-truthfulness,
agreeability, beneficialness, and
non-hurtfulness-, then it is not austerity
of speech. As in the case of a
truthful utterance there would occur a
want of austerity of speech if it
be lacking in one or two or three of the
others, so also in the case of an
agreeable utterance there would be no
austerity of speech were it ot be
without one or two or three of the
others; and similarly, there would
be no austerity of speech even in a
beneficial utterance which is
without one or two or three of the others.
What, again, is that austerity (of
speech)? That utterance which is true as
also not hurtful, and is agreeable
and beneficial, is the highest austerity
of speech: As for example, the
utterance, 'Be calm, my boy. Practise
study and yoga. Thereby you will
gain the highest.' Svadhyayaabhyasanam,
the practice of the study of
scriptures, as is enjoined; ca
eva, as well; ucyate, in said to
be; tapah, austerity; vanmayam, of
speech.
17.16 Manah-prasadah, tranquillity
of mind, making the mind free from
anxiety; saumyatvam,
gentleness-that which is called kindliness of spirit,
[Kindliness towards all, and also
not entertaining any evil thought
towards anybody.] a certain
condition of the mind resulting in calmness
of the face, etc.; maunam,
reticence-since even the control of speech
follows from the control of mind,
therefore the cause is implied by the
effect; so maunam means control of
the mind; [Or, maunam may mean
thinking of the Self, the attitude
of a meditator. The context being of
'mental austerity', reticence is
explained as control of the mind with
regard to speech.] atma-vinigrahah,
withdrawal of the mind-withdrawal
of the mind in a general way, from
everything; maunam (control of the
mind) is the mind's withdrawal with
regard to speech alone; this is the
distinction-; bhava-samsuddhih,
purity of heart, absence of trickery while
dealing with others; iti etat,
these are; what is ucyate, called; manasam,
mental; tapah, austerity. How the
above-described bodily, verbal and
mental austerities undertaken by
poeple are divided into three classes-of
sattva etc.-is being stated:
17.17 When tat, that; trividham,
threefold-based on three factors; tapah,
austerity, which is being
discussed; is taptam, undertaken, practised;
paraya, with supreme, with the
highest; sraddhaya, faith, belief in God
and the other world; naraih, by
people, by its performers; aphalaakanksibhih,
who do not hanker after results,who
are devoid of desire for
results; and yuktaih, who are
self-controlled;-that austerity which is of
this kind, the noble people
paricaksate, speak of it; as sattvikam, born of
sattva.
17.18 Yat, that; tapah, austerity;
which is kriyate, undertaken; satkaramana-
pujartham, for earning a name,
being honoured and worshippedfor
earning a name, (i.e.) for being
spoken of thus: 'This Brahmana, who
is given to austerity, is pious';
for being honoured by (others') standing
up respectfully, salutation, etc.;
for being worshipped with washing of
feet, adoration, feeding, etc.; for
these-; ca eva, and also, (that) austerity
which is performed dambhena,
ostentatiously; tat, that; proktam, is
spoken of; as rajasam, born of
rajas; iha, belonging to this world; [i.e.
yielding fruits only in this
world.] calam, uncertain-its result being
unpredictable; and adhruvam,
transitory.
17.19 Yat, that; tapah, austerity;
which is kriyate, under-taken; mudhagrahena,
with a foolish intent, with a
conviction arising out of nondiscriminating;
pidaya, causing pain; atmanah, to
oneself (to one's body
etc.); va, or; utsadanartham, for
the destruction; parasya, of another; tat,
that; is udahrtam, said to be; an
austerity tamasam, born of tamas. Now
the classification of charity is
being spoken of:
17.20 Tat, that; danam, gift; is
smrtam, referred to; as sattvikam, born
of sattva; yat, which gift; is
diyate, given; with the idea in mind datavyam
iti, that it ought to be given
without consideration; anupakarine, to one
who will not serve in return, and
even to oen who can; and dese, at the
(proper) place-in holy places like
Kuruksetra etc. ; kale, at the (proper)
time-during Sankranti [During the
passage of the sun or any planetary
body from one zodiacal sign into
another.-V.S.A.] etc.; and patre, to a
(proper) person-to one who is
versed in the Vedas together with their six
branches, and such others.
17.21 Tu, but; the danam, gift;
yat, which; diyate, is made; pratiupakara-
artham, expecting
reciprocation-with this purpose in view: 'In
time, he will render service in
return'-; va punah, or again; uddisya, with
a desire for; its phalam,
result-that, 'To me will accrue some unseen
reward of this gift'-; and which is
diyate, given; pariklistam, grudgingly,
with reluctance; tat, that; is
smrtam, considered to be; rajasam, born of
rajas.
17.22 Tat, that; danam, gift; yat,
which; diyate, is given; adesakale, at
an improper place and time-in an
unholy place full of barbarians and
impure things, etc.; at an improper
time: which is not well known as
productive of merit; without such
specially as Sankranti etc.-; and
apatrebhyah, to undeserving
persons, to fools, thieves and others;-and
even when the place etc. are
proper-asatkrtam, without proper
treatment, without sweet words,
washing of feet, worship, etc.; and
avajnatam, with disdain, with
insults to the recipient; is udahrtam,
declared to be; tamasam, born of
tamas. This advice is being imparted
for making sacrifices, gifts,
austerities, etc. perfect:
17.23 Om, tat, sat-iti, this; is
smrtah, considered, regarded, in the
Vedanta, by the knowers of Brahman;
to be the trividhah, threefold;
nirdesah, designation, mention by
name-nirdesa is that by which a thing
is specified; brahmanah, of
Brahman. The Brahmanas and the Vedas
and the sacrifices were vihitah,
ordainded, [When some defect arises in
sacrifice etc., then this is
corrected by uttering one of these words-Om,
tat, sat.] created; tena, by that
threefold designation; pura, in the days of
yore [In the beginning of creation
by Prajapati.]-this is said by way of
eulogizing the designation.
17.24 Tasmat, therefore;
yajna-dana-tapah, kriyah, acts of sacrifice,
charity and austerity-acts in the
form of sacrifice etc.; vidhana-uktah, as
prescribed through injunctions, as
ordained by the scriptures; brahmavadinam,
of those who study and expound the
Vedas; satatam, always;
pravartante, commence; udahrtya,
after uttering; om iti, the syllable Om.
17.25 After uttering the word tat,
which is a name of Brahman, yajnatapah-
kriyah, acts of sacrifice and
austerity; ca, as also; vividhah, the
various; dana-kriyah, acts of
charity, such as gift of land, gold, etc.;
kriyante, are performed;
anabhisandhaya, without regard for; phalam,
results of actions;
moksa-kanksibhih, by persons aspiring for Liberation.
The use of the words Om and tat has
been stated. Thereafter, the use of
the word sat is bieng presently
stated:
17.26 Etat, this; sat iti, word
sat, a name of Brahman; prayujyate, is
used, is uttered; sad-bhave, with
regard to (something) coming into
being-with regard to coming into
existence of something that was not
there, as for instance the birth of
a son who was not there before; so
also sadhu-bhave, with regard to
(someone) becoming good-sadhubhava
means coming to possess good
conduct by an evil person who
had bad behaviour; with regard to
that. Tatha, so also, O Son of Prtha;
the sat-sabdah, word sat; yujyate
(-which is the same as prayujyate-), is
used; prasaste karmani, with regard
to an auspicious rite, such as
mirage etc.
17.27 And sthitih, steadfastness;
that is yajne, in sacrifice, in the act of
sacrifice; the steadfastness that
is tapasi, in austerity; and the
steadfastness that is dane, in
charity; that ucyate, is spoken of; sat iti, as
sat, by learned persons. And eva,
even; the karma, action; tad-arthiyam,
meant for these-for sacrifice,
charity and austerity, or for Him whose
names are under discussion, i.e.
for God; is eva, verily; abhidhiyate,
called; sat iti, as sat (good).
Thus, in this way, the acts of sacrifice,
austerity, etc., even when they are
devoid of sattva and goodness,
become good and endued with sattva
by he use of the three names of
Brahman with faith. And as regards
those (sacrifice etc.), since in all
cases everything is performed with
a predominance of faith, therefore-
17.28 O son of Prtha, whatever is
hutam, offered in sacrifice, poured as
oblation; and dattam, given in
charity to Brahmanas,without faith;
whatever tapah, austerity; is
taptam, performed without faith; so also,
whatever is krtam, done without
faith, e.g. praise, salutation, etc.; all that
ucyate, is said to be; asat iti, of
no avail, since it is outside th course of
discipline leading to Me. Ca, and,
although involving great effort; na ca
tat, it is of no consequence;
pretya, after death, for producing (some)
result; na, nor even for any
result; iha, because it is condemned by the
wise. [Thus it is established in
this chapter that, among persons who are
not at all versed in the
scriptures, but are possessed of (either of the)
three characterisitcs of sattva,
(rajas) etc., only those shall attain to
Liberation who steadfastly resort
to sattva alone by partaking of sattvika
food, (performing sattvika)
sacrifices) etc. to te exclusion of rajasika and
tamasika food etc., who destroy any
defect that might arise in sacrifice
etc. by uttering the names of
Brahman, who have fully purified their
intellect, and who have attained to
the realization of Truth arising from
one's being endowed with such
disciplines as hearing and and thinking
(sravana, manana) of, and
meditation (nididhyasana) on Brahman.]
|